Automative Department Tender PDF

LT Internal Work HTC PH II
THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION & ALLIED WORKS FOR LT INTERNAL

ELECTRICAL WORK OF HTC PHASE II PROJECT AT CHAKAN PUNE.
TECHNICAL BID
Page 1 of 252
Tender no. ARAI/HTC-ID/LT Elect. Work/PC-
AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

TENDER AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT CONTENTS FOR
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND ALLIED WORKS
Sr. No. Details

Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers.
SECTION No 1
SECTION No 2 Tender and Contract Form

SECTION No 3 General Conditions of Contract for works
SECTION No 4 Clauses of Contract
SECTION No 5 Special Conditions of Contract
SECTION No 6 Schedules A to F
SECTION No 7 ARAI safety code
ARAI Model Rules For Protection Of Health And Sanitary

SECTION No 8
Arrangements For Workers
SECTION No 9 Contractor’s Labour regulations
SECTION No 10 Technical specifications
SECTION No 11 Tender Drawings

SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITES
ABSTRACT OF COST
2a Schedule ( bill ) of quantities
Page 2 of 252
SECTION 1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
SECTION 1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Tender Notice:
Tenders are invited by The Automotive Research Association of India, (Employer) an autonomous
body, formed under the guidance of department of Heavy Industries Govt. Of India, and Automobile
manufacturers, from contractors for the Electrical Installation & Allied works for LT Internal electrical
work of HTC Phase II Project at Chakan, Pune.
The contractors who have the experience of Electrical Installation & Allied works for LT Internal
electrical work can download 1.1a Blank Tenders.
ESTIMATED COST OF WORK

The estimated cost of work is as mentioned in Schedule E.
1.2 Completion Period:
The time allowed for completion of the work will be Three (3) Calendar months starting from the
th
10 day after the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance or from the first day of handing over of the site,
whichever is later, in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the Tender Documents.
1.3 Brief Scope of Work:
i. This scope of work is not limited to following but to complete the Electrification work in all
respect with all statutory and regulatory compliances including Approvals, Permissions, Sanctions
with required Liaisoning etc. from Electrical Inspectorate office and or any other respective
Agencies / Bodies to run the Functions inside and outside the buildings for which they are
constructed.
ii. Electrical Installation & Allied work of LT cables to Power Control Centre (PCC) ‐ 1, Power Control
Centre (PCC) ‐ 1 to Sub Distribution Panels with all necessary accessories. if required, Flexible,
Earthing and required support systems for installation with fabrication work etc.
Page 3 of 252
iii. Unloading, Storage, Local Transportation, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of L T Panels
Totally Type Tested assembly as per IEC 61439, Active Filters, UPS Systems, MCCs or any other
Panel Boards required in the Project with all required allied work for fixing, support systems,
fabrication work if required in all respect to Charge with Power Supply. It also includes to assist
and co‐ordinate Panel Manufacturer’s / Supplier’s Personal for Site Assembly, Relay Settings,
Testing and overall Commissioning of the Panel Boards.
Design, supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of Indoor & outdoor type LT Panels as per IS
8623. The warranty of the Indoor and Outdoor type LT Panels shall be 24 months.
iv. Electrical Installation & Allied work of M C B D i s t r i b u t i o n B o a r d s w i t h a l l necessary

accessories like MCCBs, MCBs, RCCBs, Neutral Links, Earth Links, Insulated Bus Bars, Circuit
Marking, etc. This also includes Internal Wiring, Fixing Arrangements, Support Systems,
Fabrication, Painting if required etc to Charge the DB with Power Supply.
v. Electrical Installation & Allied work of Cable Tray Systems with all required accessories like
Vertical Bends, Horizontal Bends, Tees, Covers wherever specified, and necessary primary and
secondary support systems, Fabrication work, Earthing etc complete ready for Cable Installations. It
also includes designing proper and optimal Routes for Cable Trays, Co‐ordinate and co‐operating
with other Agencies like Air Conditioning, Mechanical Piping, Fire Fighting, Civil, and Interior etc.
vi. Electrical Installation & Allied work, Laying, Drawing, Dressing, Tagging, Saddling, Installation,
Testing of LT Cables Buried in Ground, Through Hume / DWC Pipes, Conduits, on Cable Trays etc
with all necessary accessories like Lugs, Glands, Cable Ties, Terminal Blocks, Tag Markers, Route
Markers etc. as per specifications and typical drawings. It also includes to install fire stop
materials like Fire Flaps, Barriers, Seals at all Entry / Exit locations of Cables through Walls /
Chambers / Slabs / Panels etc.
vii. Electrical Installation & Allied work,Laying, fixing and Saddling DLP Trunking system with
covers and all required accessories like Vertical Bends, Horizontal Bends, Tees, Covers, and
necessary fixing systems, etc complete.
viii. Electrical Installation & Allied work of Light Fittings / Signage Boards with Lamps, Control
Gears, Chokes, and Control Switches and Accessories. It also includes installing Socket outlets
wherever mentioned as per Technical specifications and Drawings. This also includes Fixing
Arrangements for Light Fittings, Required Fabrications, Street Light Poles with Civil Foundation,
Brackets, Cables, Wires, Metal Conduits and their Accessories, Junction Boxes, Flexible Metal
Page 4 of 252
Conduits, Glands, Terminal Blocks / Lighting Connectors, Lugs Power Connections, Earthing
Connections etc. to complete Lighting Systems in all respect.
xi. Electrical Installation & Allied work of Earth Electrodes as per technical specifications and
Manufacturer’s installation guidelines and connecting to respective Equipment / Machines / Earth
Bus / Lightning Protection Systems / Panel Boards, Distribution Boards / MCCs, with necessary
conductors as per specifications and drawings. It also includes Construction /
Supply of Earth Pit Chambers with Heavy Duty Covers, Providing of Test Links and connecting All
Earth Electrodes to each other in Grid with specified Earth Strip as per Technical specifications and
drawing. Dedicated earth pits to be provided for UPS system as shown in drawing.
x. Electrical Installation & Allied work of Lig htning Protection System as per Technical
Specifications and Drawings. It also includes required Fixing arrangements, Supports, Fabrication
if required, Insulators, down conductor and Saddles etc to complete the system as per
Manufacturer’s Installation Guidelines.
xi. Electrical Installation & Allied work of UPS, Three Phase Input & Three Phase Output, Three
Phase Input & Single Phase Output complying as per technical data sheet having battery charger
suitable for 30 Minutes battery backup Batteries and SMF VRLA Batteries for various Ratings of
UPS and VAH of Batteries including suitable open type Battery Racks. Quoted rates shall
include all necessary cabling between UPS Incoming DB to UPS, UPS to Batteries, Batteries
Interconnections, UPS to UPS Outgoing DB with appropriate glands and lugs for terminations.
Assistance to IBMS Contractor for connection to IBMS for monitoring all technical alarms,
Electrical Parameters, Battery Status and Fault Indications on IBMS. UPS are in parallel operation
with auto load sharing and auto synchronization ratings as specified in BOQ.
The scope of work includes two years Warranty for his scope of work. The warranty shall
commence from the date of acceptance of the works. Scope of warranty also includes preventive
maintenance visits with appropriate periodicity.
xii. Civil work like Earthing chamber, Street light pole / Landscape / Environment luminaries
foundations, Core cutting in slab / Beams, cut out in wall and refurnish in good condition.
xiii. Preparation and submission of As Built Drawings and Documents and getting approval from
Employer and his representatives /
Engineer‐in‐charge/Consultant ( Consolidated consultant
Engineers).
1.4 Site Description:

Page 5 of 252
The site is located at Chakan Industrial Estate developed by Maharashtra Industrial Development
Corporation (MIDC) Phase III Plot E1/1. The Site is well connected by road network with NH 4 and Pune
- Nasik Highway. The typical tropical climate prevails at the site, with Temperature ranging between
10°C to 45°C, Relative Humidity 30 RH to 95 RH.
1.5 Inspection of Site:

The tenderers are advised to visit, inspect and examine the site of Works to acquaint him with the site
conditions and shall satisfy himself regarding the various conditions and all other relevant information
required for the preparation and submission of his Tender. All expenses incurred in this connection
shall be borne by the Tenderer. Acceptance of the Tender shall mean that the Contractor
acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the aforesaid details. Any failure of the Contractor to
acquaint himself as above will not relieve him from the responsibility for estimating properly or
successfully performing the works.
1.6 Refer 1.7 of this section

1.6.1 The bidders are advised that tenders in a TWO bid System will be evaluated. The covers containing the
“Technical Bid” will be opened first and subject to their being found acceptable, Financial Bids of only
those bidders who’s Technical Bids are found acceptable by ARAI shall be opened and evaluated.
1.6.2 This Notice Inviting Tender shall form a part of the contract document. The successful bidder on
acceptance of his tender by employer (ARAI) the Accepting Authority, shall within 15 days from the
stipulated date of start of work, sign the contract consisting of: -
a) The notice inviting tender, all the documents including additional conditions, specifications
and drawings if any, forming the tender as uploaded at the time of invitation of tender and
acceptance thereof together with correspondence leading thereto as given in schedule A to F
(section 6)
1.6.3 Agreement shall be drawn with the successful bidder on prescribed Form given in Annexure III. Bidder
shall quote his rates as per various terms and conditions specified in tender document which will form
part of the agreement.
1.6.4 BLANK
1.6.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS:

 The bidders are expected to examine carefully all the contents of the scope of the work,
technicalities involved in it, application format and contents. Incomplete and ambiguous bid
shall be rejected.
 The tender will be evaluated based on the information provided therein . Therefore, it is
imperative that thorough information along with appropriate objective evidences for the
claims made; be attached with the application.
Page 6 of 252
 The tender submitted on behalf of a Firm, shall be signed by all the Partners of the Firm or by
a Partner who has the necessary authority through “Power of Attorney” (Refer Annexure I) on
behalf of the Firm to submit the bid.
1.6.6 LIST OF FORMS:

The Forms to this document are as listed below required to be duly filled & submitted as a part of
Tender.
a) Financial Information ( Form ‘A’ ),
b) Form of Banker’s Certificate from Scheduled Bank ( Form ‘B’ ),
c) Details of all works of Similar class completed during last five years ( Form ‘C’ ),
d) Projects under execution or awarded ( Form ‘D’ ), of similar capacity
e) Performance reports of works ( Form ‘E’ ),
f) Basic Information ( Form ‘F’ ),
g) Details of Technical & Administrative Personnel ( Form ‘ G’ )
h) Proforma of Curriculum Vitae ( Form ‘ G1’ )
i) Details of Plant & Equipment ( Form ‘ H’ )
1.6.7 APPLICATION EVALUVATION
The Evaluation process shall be performed in THREE steps.
A. Eligibility Criteria: In the first step of evaluation, the documents submitted, shall be verified by
ARAI for their adequacy towards fulfilment of qualifying Eligibility criteria. In case the Applicant’s
proposal fails in demonstrating fulfilment of those Essential Parameters or its equivalence to it,
his offer shall be rejected. The qualified bids shall be further evaluated & marks given as per the
criteria specified in clause No. 1.6.8.3 of this document and scores are obtained.
B. Technical Evaluation: On basis of above, criteria are evaluated on the information submitted
along with this application, and on the supportive information attached with the application that
demonstrates applicant’s capability with reference to scope of the work. The information
provided on all the works / Projects in last five years shall be considered for evaluating financial
capacity and capability whereas, the information provided on projects of similar nature and
other works are taken into account in order to evaluate the technical capacity and capabilities of
the proposed application. The applicant shall include as much information as possible in order to
highlight applicant’s qualities and capabilities with respect to the scope of work.
Fulfilment of technical data sheet of UPS & LT Panels procurement.
“Similar works” means similar to the scope of work which is stipulated in para 1.3 with; all in
view of desired parameters and output as mentioned in the Technical specifications including
Page 7 of 252
capacities of equipment’s, Performance, Finishes, which will be considered. Similar work in

Automobile or other Engineering industries, commercial projects will be considered.
C. Financial Evaluation: Qualified bidders for above two steps are evaluated for their price bids.
The Application Evaluation process will be performed on following criteria.
1.6.8.1 MINIMUM ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
a) The applicant firm shall be a registered firm (Partnership or Public limited or Private limited) &
must have appropriate registrations such as PF, GST, & any other relevant registration.
Applicant shall provide the Registration details of the same.
b) The applicant shall have properly established office(s) having well qualified engineering and
technical staff on his roles, Computer set up with required software like Auto Cad etc. Internet
facility to facilitate speedy communications at India.
Minimum requirements of Human Resources at the office are:
 Project Manager with degree in corresponding field of Engineering of 10 years of

experience : 1 Nos
 Site Engineer with diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of
experience : 1 Nos
 Technicians with ITI in corresponding field of engineering of 5 years of experience: 5
Nos.
 Planning / Design Engineer. 1 Nos.
 Administrative support: 1 Nos
c) The applicant supplier shall have satisfactorily completed three similar works each costing of -
----Lakh OR two similar works each costing Rs ------ Lakh OR single similar work costing ------Lakh.
The work nature shall be LT Electrical Installation & allied work during the last seven years ending
last day of the month Dec 2018. For this purpose, ‘cost of work’ shall mean gross value of the
completed work including the cost of materials supplied by the Government/Client, but excluding
those supplied free of cost. An officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer / Project Manager
or equivalent shall certify this.
d) The applicant shall have average turnover of the firm not less than ------- Lakh in last 3
financial years.
Page 8 of 252
Bidding capacity of the applicant shall be equal to or more than --------- Lakh. The bidding
capacity shall be worked out by the following formula:
Bidding Capacity = [AxNx2]-B
Where,
A = Maximum value of works executed in any one year during the last seven years taking into
account the completed as well as works in progress.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited.
B = Value of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of
completion of work for which bids have been invited.
Applicant shall give a list of all the works carried out during last seven years. Chartered Engineer
shall certify the list and financial statement shall be certified by Chartered Accountant and
supported by Balance sheet.
e) The applicant/Supplier shall not have incurred any loss in more than two years during the
immediate last five consecutive financial years, duly certified by the Chartered Accountant
f) The applicant shall have a solvency certificate of Rs. ----------lakh certified by his Bankers.
g) Brief on litigation of ongoing and completed works shall be provided for all the works in last
seven years, which are listed in this application for all works. (Only for information).
h) Technical Abilities.
a. The applicant must have done industrial LT Electrical Installation & allied work work. – Please
attach earlier work order.
b. Adequate Engineering support should be available in the back office for carrying out Working
Drawings before actual start of work at site, and AS BUILT drawings after completion of project.
c. The applicant supplier shall have 5 qualified technicians, 1 Site engineer & 1 Project
Manager on the pay role to carry out the works.
.
Only after meeting eligibility criteria, further evaluation will be done.
1.6.8.2 EVALUATION CRITERIA
a) The applicant supplier shall have satisfactorily completed three similar works each costing of
156 Lakh OR two similar works each costing Rs 234 Lakh OR single similar work costing 312 Lakh.
Page 9 of 252
The work nature shall be Electrical Installation & Allied works for LT Internal electrical work during
the last seven years ending last day of the month Dec 2018. For this purpose, ‘cost of work’ shall
mean gross value of the completed work including the cost of materials supplied by the
Government/Client, but excluding those supplied free of cost. An officer not below the rank of
Executive Engineer / Project Manager or equivalent shall certify this.
b) The applicant shall have average turnover of the firm not less than 390 Lakh in last 3 financial
years. A Chartered Accountant should duly audit this. Year in which no turnover is shown
would also be considered for working out the average.
c) The applicant shall have minimum solvency certificate of Rs.117 Lakh certified by his Bankers.
d) The applicant shall own equipment as per list mentioned in Form H required for the effective
and timely execution of the work. Else, he shall certify that he would be able to manage the
equipment by hiring etc., and submit the list of firms from whom he proposes to hire.
e) The applicant shall have sufficient number of Technical an Administrative employees stating
clearly how these would be involved in this work as mentioned in form G and G1.
f) The applicant should provide a Customer feedback of a work mentioned in from C (minimum 3-
customer feedback).
1.6.8.3 EVALUATION SYSTEM
For the evaluations of the Application, the Applicant/Principal supplier shall be awarded points on the
following parameters in the manner as stated below.
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR FOR PRE-QUALIFICATION
Attributes Evaluation
A Financial Strength ( 20 Marks) 60 % marks for minimum eligibility

criteria
(i)Average Annual Turnover:‐Form ‘A’ 16 Marks
100% Marks for twice the minimum
(ii)Solvency Certificate:‐ Form ‘B’ 4 Marks eligibility criteria or more
In between above : on Pro‐ rata basis
B Experience in similar class of works 60 % marks for minimum eligibility

:‐ Form ‘C’ (20 Marks) criteria
100% Marks for twice the minimum

eligibility criteria or more
Page 10 of 252
Performance reports of works (Quality )

C
Form ‘D’ :‐ (15 Marks)
D Personnel and Establishment
Form ‘E’ :‐ (10 Marks)
(i) Project Manager with 10 yrs of experience 60 % marks for minimum eligibility
(ii) Diploma Engineer with 5 yrs of Experience criteria
(iii) Diploma / Site Engineer with 5 yrs of Experience 100% Marks for twice the minimum
eligibility criteria or more
(iv) Administrative support
To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least 60% percent marks in each. ARAI
reserves the right to restrict the list of such qualified contractors to any number deemed suitable by it.
In case, the evaluation of the received tenders does not result minimum three numbers of contractor as
qualified and shortlisted, further decision shall be at the discretion of Director ARAI.
Even though any applicant may satisfy the above requirements, he would be liable to disqualification if
he has:
(a) Made misleading or false representation or deliberately suppressed the information in forms,
statements and enclosures required in the eligibility criteria document,
(b) Record of poor performance such as abandoning work, not properly completing the contract,
or financial failures/ weaknesses etc.
The ARAI reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or obligation to inform the applicant,
to:
(a) Amend the scope and value of contract to the applicant.

(b) Reject any or all the applications without assigning any reason
Any effort on the part of the tenderer or his agent to exercise influence or to pressurize the employer
would result in rejection of his qualification. Canvassing of any kind is prohibited.
1.6.8.4 DISQUALIFYING CRITERIA
Any Application failing in demonstrating the following shall be summarily rejected:

1. Ability to fulfill the basic scope of the prequalification document Capability of the Applicant Company
for undertaking the assignment.
Page 11 of 252
Relevant experience in providing services as called in prequalification document. Not having the
necessary experience, Technical & Infrastructural strength in order to cope with the order Evaluation
Parameters
1.6.9 INFORMATION REQUIRED FROM APPLICANT FOR EVALUATION

1.6.9.1 Financial information
Tenderer should furnish the following financial information:
a. Annual financial Statement for the last five years in (Form “A”) and solvency certificate in
(Form “B”)
b. Information in forms should be complete and no information asked should be left out.
1.6.9.2 Experience in works highlighting experience in similar works

Tenderer should furnish the following:
(a) List of all works of similar nature successfully completed during the last seven years in (Form
“C”).
(b) List of the project under execution or awarded in (Form “D”).
(c) Particulars of completed works and quality performance of the Tenderer duly authenticated
/certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent should be
furnished separately for each work completed or in progress in (Form “E”).
1.6.9.3 Organization information

Tenderer is required to submit the information in respect of his organization in Forms “F”, “G” & “G1”
1.6.9.4 Plant and Equipment’s
Tenderer should furnish the list of plant and equipment to be used in carrying out the work. (In Form
“H”). Details of any other plant & equipment required for the work not included in Form “H” and
available with the applicant may also be indicated.
Page 12 of 252
1.6.9.4 FORM ‘A’
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1 Financial Analysis – Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance sheet/ profit and loss
account for the last five years duly certified by the Chartered Accountant, as submitted by the
applicant to the Income Tax Department (Copies to be attached)
Years 2013 – 2014 2014 - 2015 2015 - 2016 2016 - 2017 2017 – 2018
Gross annual
turnover on
works
Profit /Loss
2. Financial arrangements for carrying out the proposed work.
3. Solvency certificate from Bankers of the applicant in the prescribed Form ’B’ in favour of the
Tendering Authority
Signature of Chartered Accountant with seal Signature & Stamp of Tenderer
Page 13 of 252
1.6.9.5 FORM ‘B’
FORM OF BANKER’S CERTIFICATE FROM A SCHEDULED BANK
This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information that M/s / Sh ……
……………………………………… having marginally noted address, a customer of our bank are/is respectable
and can be treated as good for any engagement up to a limit of Rs.,…………. (Rs……………………….)
This certificate is issued without guarantee or responsibility of the bank or any of the officers.
Signature & Stamp
For the Bank
Note:
1) Banker’s certificate should be on letterhead of the Bank, sealed in cover addressed to tendering
authority. In case of partnership of firm, certificate should include names of all partners as recorded
with the bank.
Signature of Chartered Accountant with seal Signature & Stamp of applicant(s)
Page 14 of 252
1.6.9.6 Form ‘C’
DETAILS OF ALL WORKS OF SIMILAR CLASS COMPLETED DURING THE LAST 7 YEARS
Cost Name and

of Litigation/arbitration address/telephone
Name of Owner or Date of Stipulated Actual
Sr work cases pending / in number of officer
work/project sponsoring commencement date of date of Remarks
No in Lacs progress with to whom
and Location organization as per contract completion completion
of details* reference may be
rupees made
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
 Indicate gross amount claimed and amount awarded by the Arbitrator.
 All the necessary Purchase orders, completion certificates and other

documents as mentioned in 1.6.8.1 i) to be attached to this form.
Signature & Stamp

of Tenderer(s)
Page 15 of 252
1.6.9.7 Form ‘D’
PROJECTS UNDER EXECUTION OR AWARDED
Name and
Cost of Upto date Slow progress address/telephone
Name of Owner or Date of Stipulated
Sr work in percentage if any and number of officer
work/project sponsoring commencement date of
No Lacs of progress of reasons to whom
and Location organization as per contract completion
rupees work thereof reference may be
made
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Certified that the above list of works is complete and no work has been left out and that the information given is
correct to my knowledge and belief
Signature & Stamp

of Tenderer(s)
Page 16 of 252
1.6.9.8 FORM ‘E’
PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERED TO IN FORMS “C”
Details of work / project and location
1. Agreement no.
2. Tendered cost
3. Date to start
4. Date of Completion
i. Stipulated date of completion
ii. Actual date of completion
5. Amount of compensation levied for delayed completion if any
6. Amount of reduced rate items, if any due to inferior quality.
7. Performance report (Tick the appropriate)
(1) Quality of work :
Excellent/Very good/Good/Fair (Marks 15/10/5/0)
(2) Capability and competence of the organization:

(3) Promptness in response:

(4) Customer relations:

(5) Quality of Human resources deployed for the project:

(6) Timely completion of planed activities:

(7) Smoothness in co-ordination at site and with various contractors / utilities providers:
(8) Effective use of resources:

(9) Whether litigations or Court Cases: (Only for information)

Page 17 of 252
Yes/No
Dated: Executive Engineer or Equivalent
Sign & Seal of the Customer / Client
Note: Score of individual form shall be considered to the base of three.
1.6.9.9 FORM ‘F’
BASIC INFORMATION
1. Name of the applicant:

2. Nationality:
3. Address of the Applicant:
Regd. Office:
Head Office:
Other Offices:
4. Telephone no./Telex no./Fax no.

5. Email Address:
6. Legal status of the applicant (attach copies of original document defining the legal status)
a) An Individual
b) A Proprietary firm
c) A Firm in Partnership
d) A Public Limited company or Corporation
e) A Private Limited company
7. Particulars of registration with various Government Bodies (attach attested photocopy)
Organization/Place of registration Registration No.
8. Particulars of registrations for ESI / PF, GST Tax & Pan Card (attach attested photocopy)
9. Names and titles of Directors & Officers with designation to be concerned with this work.
10. Designation of individuals authorized to act for organization
11. Bidder must have to submit the Valid Electrical Contractor License copy.
12. Is the Individual / sole proprietor/ any partner/ director of company:
a. Dismissed Government Servant Yes / No
b. Removed from Approved List of Contractors Yes / No
Page 18 of 252
c. Demoted to lower class of Contractors Yes / No

d. Having business banned / suspended by Yes / No
any Government in the past
e. Convicted by the court of Law Yes / No

f. Retired Engineer / official from Engineering Yes / No
dept. of Govt of India within last two years
g. Director or partner of any other company/ firm Yes / No

Enlisted with CPWD or any other department
h. Member of Parliament or any State Yes / No

Legislative Assembly
If any answer of the above is ‘Yes’, furnish details on separate sheet.
13. Was the applicant ever required to suspend construction for a period of more than six months
continuously after he commenced the construction? If so, give the name of the project and reasons of
suspension of the work
14. Has the applicant or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever abandoned the awarded
work before its completion? If so, give name of the project and reasons for abandonment.
15. Has the applicant or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever been debarred/
blacklisted for tendering in any organization at any time? If so, give details.
16. Any other information considered necessary but not included above.
Signature & Stamp of Tenderer (s)
Page 19 of 252
1.6.9.10 Form ‘G’
Details of Technical & Administrative Personnel to be employed for the work
Signature & Stamp of applicant(s)
Note: Detailed information of above should be filled using format of Form ‘G1’
1.6.9.11 Form ‘G1’
PROFORMA FOR CURRICULUM VITAE
1. Name of Staff: ______________________________________________________________
2. Date of Birth: ______________________ Nationality: ___________________________
3. Education (Indicate college/university and other specialized education of staff member, giving names of
institutions, degrees obtained, and dates of obtainment):
________________________________________________________________________________
4. Training (Indicate significant training obtained):

_______________________________________________________________________________
5. Languages (For each language indicate proficiency: good, fair, or poor in speaking, reading and writing):
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. Details of Tasks Assigned for this Project (List of all tasks to be performed under this assignment):
_______________________________________________________________________________
7. Work Undertaken that Best Illustrates Capability to Handle the Tasks Assigned. (Among the assignments in
which the staff has been involved, indicate the assignments that best illustrate staff capability to handle the
tasks listed under point 6.)
Page 20 of 252
__________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
8. Employment Record (Starting with present position, list in reverse order every employment held by staff
member since graduation, giving for each employment: dates of employment, name of employing organization,
positions held.):
__________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
1.6.9.12 Form ‘H’
In this form Applicant should mention all the equipment owned, or can arrange the equipment by
Page 21 of 252
Minimum required equipment’s like handling equipment’s, tool & tackles etc also to be mentioned.
Signature & Stamp of applicant(s)
FORM 'H'
DETAILS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT LIKELY

TO BE USED IN CARRYING OUT THE WORK
S. NO. Name or Nos. Capacity Age Condition Ownership status Current Remarks
equipment or type Presently Leased To be location
owned purchased
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
10
Page 22 of 252
1.7 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER
1.7.8 This is an E-tender, Interested bidders may download the tender enquiry document (TED) and submit
their bids online at Central Public Procurement Portal website; www.eprocure.gov.in
Bidders are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public Procurement Portal
by clicking on the link “Click here to Enroll”. Enrolment on the CPP Portal is free of charge
1.7.9 Bidders should strictly follow the date & time schedule mentioned under the Tender enquiry on CPP
portal www.eprocure.gov.in
1.7.10 Bids received on e-tendering portal will only be considered. Bids in any other form sent through sealed
cover/email/post/fax etc. will be rejected.
1.7.11 ARAI will not be responsible for any delay in enrollment / registration as bidder or submitting
/uploading the offer/ tender on portal. Hence, bidders are advised to register in e-tendering website
URL:http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app and enroll their Digital Signature Certificate and upload their
bid well in advance.
1.7.12 The request for extension to “Bid submission end date” should be avoided, in case extension is
inescapable, ARAI can take suitable decision.
1.7.13 Any change/corrigendum/extension of opening date in respect of this tender will be issued through
websites/portal only and no separate notification will be issued in this regard. Bidders are therefore
requested to regularly visit portal for updates.
1.7.14 For tender content related doubts bidder should contact ARAI contact person, contact details are given
in clause no 3.1 in section 1 NIT & instruction to bidders.
For portal related issues bidders must contact NIC support team on below contact details
Email -cppp-nic@nic.in or support-eproc@nic.in
Telephone -0120-4200462 / 0120-4001002 / 0120-4001005 / 0120-6277787
1.7.15 While submitting the tender, if any of the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled or are incomplete in
any form, the tender is liable to be rejected. If any bidder stipulate any condition of his own, such
conditional tender is liable to be rejected.
1.7.16 All the tender documents & price bid to be uploaded as per this tender are to be digitally signed by the
bidder.
1.7.17 Contractor shall offer his rates in ‘Bill of Quantities’ and GST rates separately as per the price bid
format. PO/WO will be released along with GST rates.
1.7.18 The Bidder firm shall be a registered firm (Proprietary, Partnership or Public limited or Private limited)
& must have appropriate registrations such as PF, GST & any other relevant registration required
under statutory & regulatory requirements.
1.7.19 All columns of the Form shall be duly, properly and exhaustively filled in, additional page/scan be used
as Annexure duly referred in column, in case of space found is inadequate.
Page 23 of 252
1.7.20 If any information furnished by the Bidder is subsequently found to be incorrect, misleading, or
deceptive or if there is a breach of any of the terms & conditions at any time on the part of successful
bidder or any other reason considered by The Director, ARAI, the Contract with that party shall be
terminated summarily by the ARAI, without assigning any reason.
1.7.21 The Bidders are expected to examine carefully all the contents of the scope of the work, technicalities
involved in it, application format and contents. Incomplete and ambiguous application shall be
rejected.
The Bidders are advised that bids shall be submitted in a Two Bid System available on e-tendering website
https://eprocure.gov.in
Two Bid System:
In this system, the bidder must submit his offer online in two covers on or before bid submission
date.
“Cover No.1 – Technical Bid” and
“Cover No.2– Commercial Bid”. If Cover 1 is found in order and acceptable, then Cover 2 will be
opened for qualified bidder.
Detailed information on submission of bid is mentioned in clause no. 8 of this section.
A) Cover No.1: “Technical Bid” Shall contain
2.0 CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENT:
Each set of Tender or Bidding Document will comprise the Documents listed below:
Sr. No. Details
PART – 1
SECTION No 1 Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Bidders.

SECTION No 2 Tender and Contract Form
SECTION No 3 General Conditions of Contract for works
SECTION No 4 Clauses of Contract
SECTION No 5 Special Conditions of Contract
SECTION No 6 Schedules A to F
SECTION No 7 ARAI safety code
ARAI Model Rules For Protection Of Health And Sanitary
SECTION No 8
Arrangements For Workers
SECTION No 9 Contractor’s Labour regulations
SECTION No 10 Technical specifications
SECTION No 11 Tender Drawings

PART – 2 Bill of Quantity (Financial Bid)
ABSTRACT OF COST
2a Schedule ( bill ) of quantities
Page 24 of 252
3.0 CLARIFICATIONS ON TENDER DOCUMENTS &PRE-BID MEETING
3.1 CLARIFICATIONS ON TENDER DOCUMENTS
The bidders are required to submit any question in writing or by E-mail so as to reach at the Office of
The General Manager , Infrastructure Development Department ,ARAI , S.no.102, Vetal Hill , Pune -
411038, Email nalawade.pas@araiindia.com, warade.pas@araiindia.com as per dates given in para 8.5.
3.2 PRE-BID MEETING
The Bidder or his official representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting which will take place at
the Office of General Manager, Infrastructure Development Department, ARAI HTC Chakan Pune-
410501, as per dates given in para 8.5.
3.2.1 The purpose of meeting will be to clarify issues and answer supplementary questions on any matter
that may be raised by prospective bidder at that Stage.
3.2.2 Minutes of meeting including the text of the questions raised (without identifying the source enquiry)
and the responses given will be uploaded on tender e-portal website. Any modifications of the tender
document which may become necessary as a result of pre-bid meeting shall be made exclusively
through the issue of an addendum/corrigendum and not through the minutes of pre-Bid meeting. The
minutes of meeting as described above and the addendum /corrigendum, if any will be uploaded on
tender e-portal website.
3.2.3 Non-attendance at the Pre-bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a bidder.
4 AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENT
4.1 Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Tender Document may be modified by The
Automotive Research Association of India by uploading addendum/corrigendum.
4.2 Any addendum/corrigendum issued shall be part of the Tender Documents; there will not be any press
notification on addendum/ corrigendum. These addendum/corrigendum (If any) will be uploaded on
tender e-portal website.
5 Bid VALIDITY
5.1 The bid shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission of bid or any extended
date as indicated in sub Para below in 5.2.
5.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiry of the original time limit for bid Validity, ARAI may
request the bidders to extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and
the bidder response shall be made in writing. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting his
Earnest Money. A bidder agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify his
Financial Bid but will be required to submit earnest money for extended period.
Page 25 of 252
6 EARNEST MONEY AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

6.1 The bid should be accompanied by Earnest Money of Rs. 7,80,000/- (Rupees seven Lakh eighty thousand
only) in any of the forms given below: -
Banker’s Cheque / Pay Order/ Demand Draft payable at Pune drawn on Scheduled or
Nationalized Bank in favor of The Automotive Research Association of India. EMD in form of
FDR is acceptable. A part of Earnest Money is acceptable in the form of Bank Guarantee also
In such Case, 50% of EMD or Rs.20 lac whichever is less will have to be submitted in the
Shape EMD Mentioned above and the balance can be submitted in the shape of Bank
Guarantee. The Bank Guarantee submitted as a part of Earnest Money shall be valid for a
Period of six months or more from the date of submission of the tender
Any Tender not accompanied by soft copy of Earnest money deposit in an acceptable form shall be
rejected by the ARAI as non-responsive. For claiming exemption on EMD, organization/firm to submit
relevant registration certificate & corresponding supporting rules for exemption of EMD. ARAI shall
scrutinize & consider as appropriate.
6.2 The Contractor whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish Security deposit equivalent to 5%
of contract value within the period specified in Schedule F. This deposit shall be in the form of Banker’s
cheque / Demand Draft / pay order /Bank Guarantee of any Scheduled bank or Nationalized Bank in
accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor fails to deposit the said security deposit
within the period as indicated in Schedule F, including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money
deposited by the contractor shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor.
6.3 Refund of Earnest Money
a. EMD for the bidders whose tender is not accepted will be returned in 8 days after the award of
contract to successful bidder.
b. No interest will be paid towards the Earnest Money deposited.
c. The Earnest Money of the bidders, whose eligibility is found not to be adequate, shall be returned as
soon as evaluation of COVER 1 has been completed by the ARAI subject to provisions of Para 6.4.
6.4 The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited
a) If after bid opening during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance, whichever
is earlier, any bidder
i) Withdraws his tender or
ii) Makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not
acceptable to the Employer (ARAI).
Page 26 of 252
b) In case any statement/information/document furnished by the bidder is found to be incorrect

or false.
c) In the case of a successful bidder, if the bidder
i) Fails to furnish the Security deposit within the time limit stipulated in schedule F after
the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance.
In case of forfeiture of EMD as pre-scribed hereinabove, the bidder shall not be allowed to participate
in the retendering process of the work.
7.0 ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS BY THE BIDDERS
The Bidders shall submit offers, which comply strictly with the requirements of the Tender Document.
Alternatives or any modifications shall render the bid invalid.
8.0 SUBMISSION OF TENDER
8.1 Two Packet System
The Bidder shall submit the Tender in original in two packets as under-
COVER 1: - Technical bid
(i) The technical bid should not contain any price information. If found so, ARAI reserves the right to
disqualify the bidder.
(ii) The technical bid should contain dully filled detail compliance sheet to ARAI Technical specifications
& supporting documents asked under Eligibility criteria, if it is not submitted by the bidder, ARAI may
reject such bid.
(iii) If registered with the National Small Industries Corporation/ DGS&D, the registration number,
purpose of registration and the validity period of registration and a copy of the said registration
certificate wherever it is applicable should also be provided in Technical Bid
(iv) SC/ST/ Women Entrepreneurs should attach relevant MSME Registration certificate along with
their bid.
(v) GST registration no. details should be submitted in technical bid.
(vi) Contact details of Authorized signatory (e-mail ID, Mobile No. and general e-mail ID) for easy and
faster communication.
(vii) The tender submitted on behalf of a Firm, shall be signed by all the Partners of the Firm or by a
Partner who has the necessary authority through “Power of Attorney” (Refer Annexure I) on behalf of
Page 27 of 252
the Firm to submit the application.
(viii) The successful bidder shall enter into contract for execution of the complete scope of work with
ARAI within stipulated time mentioned in schedule F
(ix) The decisions and / or the exercise of discretion by ARAI shall not be challenged by any bidder and
are final.
(x) The Director, The Automotive Research Association of India, Pune – 38, reserves the right to cancel
all or any bids, without assigning any reason whatsoever.
Folder 1- “EMD” (In PDF scan format)

Earnest Money.
Folder 2- “DECLARATON AND POA” (In PDF scan format)
Letter of undertaking
Power of attorney
Form of Tender
Indemnity Bond
Folder 3 -“FORM A TO H” (In PDF scan format)
 FORM A : Financial information

 FORM B : Banker’s Certificate from a scheduled bank
 FORM C : Details of work of similar class completed during last 7 years

 FORM D : Projects under execution or awarded
 FORM E : Performance Reports of work.
 FORM F : Basic information.
 FORM G : Details of technical and administrative personnel
 FORM G1 : Performa of Curriculum Vitae
 FORM H : Details of Plant and Equipment’s
All above forms shall be duly filled with enclosures and its attachments and objective evidences as
applicable.
Folder 4 – TECHNICAL BID (In PDF format)
TECHNICAL BID (Technical Bid should not contain any information about Financial bid).Shall contain
a copy of complete set of tender document including blank BOQ duly digitally signed as token of
understanding & accepting all tender requirements.
Page 28 of 252
COVER 2: - FINANCIAL BID - Schedule / Bill of Quantities in the form of PDF scan copy
The bidder should sign each page of the Financial Bid. In the last page of Financial Bid, at the end, the
Bidder should sign in full with the name of the Company, Seal of the Company and Date.
Each Correction, Cutting, Addition should be signed by the bidder. On each page bidder should write
number of corrections/ cuttings/ additions. Overwriting shall not be allowed. Item rate found over
written shall be considered as free supply with rate as zero.
The rates must be quoted in decimal coinage. Amounts must be quoted in full rupees by ignoring fifty
paise and less and considering more than fifty paise as rupee one. If the same item figures in more
than one section/part of Schedule of Quantities, the Bidder should quote the same rate for that item in
all sections/parts. If different rates are quoted for the same item, the lowest of the different rates
quoted only shall be considered for evaluation of that item in all sections/parts of the Schedule of
Quantities.
8.2 Authority to Sign
a) If the bidder is an individual, he should sign above his full type written name and current address.
b) If the bidder is a proprietary firm, the Proprietor should sign above his full type written name and the
full name of his firm with its current address.
c) If the bidder is a firm in partnership, the Documents should be signed by all the partners of the firm
above with their full type written names and current addresses. Alternatively, a partner holding Power
of Attorney should sign the Documents.
d) If the bidder is a limited Company, or a Corporation, the Documents shall be signed by a duly
authorized person holding Power of Attorney for signing the Documents in the prescribed Format in
Annexure I in section 2
8.3 Points to be kept in mind while furnishing details
While filling in Information, documents and the Financial Bid, following should be kept in mind:
i) There shall be no additions or alterations except those to comply with the instructions issued
by the ARAI.
ii) Conditional Offer/ bid will be rejected. Unconditional rebate/ discounts in the Financial offer
will however be accepted.
iii) The ARAI reserves the right to reject any indirect benefit. While evaluating the Price bid, the
indirect benefits offered which are in excess of the requirements of the bidding documents or
Page 29 of 252
otherwise result in accrual of unsolicited benefits to the ARAI shall not be taken into account.
8.4 The tenders received by Email shall be summarily rejected.

The ARAI may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an addendum/corrigendum by
uploading on tender E-portal website in which case all rights and obligations of ARAI previously subject
to the original deadline will be subject to new deadline.
8.5 Schedule of activities related to tender
Activity Date Time
Downloading of tender documents
from Website
Receipt of bidders’ queries
Pre bid meeting
Submission of Tenders on website
Submission of Hard copy of original

documents requested in Folder 1,2 & 3 of
COVER 1 at ARAI
Opening of Cover 1
Opening of Cover 2
9.0 TENDER OPENING AND CLARIFICATIONS OF APPLICATIONS
9.1 The ARAI will open all the bids received (except those received late or delayed) as described below, in
the presence of the bidders or their representatives who choose to attend the office of Manager,
Purchase Department, 2nd floor ‘A’ building, ARAI, S.no.102, Vetal Hill, Pune -411038. In the event of
the specified date of the opening being declared a holiday by the ARAI, the bids will be opened at the
appointed time and location on the next working day.
9.2 Two Bid System
(a) (i) The Cover 1 shall be opened and Folder 1 containing scan copy of EMD of this tender document
Page 30 of 252
shall be opened of all bidders. If the original hard copy of EMD furnished as per schedule 8.5 is not for
the stipulated amount or is not in an acceptable form or any discrepancy, the bid shall be disqualified.
The folder 2 of Cover 1 containing declaration & PoA of remaining bidders who have fulfilled the
requirements of folder 1, shall then be opened.
Further, Folder 3 of Cover 1 containing FORMS A to H shall be opened.
Subsequently, Folder 4 of cover 1 containing tender documents including unpriced BOQ duly digitally
as a token of understanding and accepting all terms and conditions.
If required, the ARAI may ask any such bidder for clarifications on information submitted; whose
submitted information needs additional information or clarification. The request for clarification and
the response from the bidder shall be made in writing.
The information submitted in COVER 1 & subsequent clarification if any shall be analyzed.
(b) The ARAI will scrutinize the Technical Bids to determine whether each bidder conforms to all terms,
conditions and specifications of the Tender Document without any modifications or conditions.
Note: Non-submission of Original documents required as per schedule 8.5 shall lead to disqualification of
bid during evaluation stage.
Bidders whose Technical bid is found acceptable, will be communicated regarding date of opening of
financial bid.
Lowest (L1) will be defined as per financial bid (Schedule / Bill of Quantities).
10.0 INSPECTION OF SITE BY THE BIDDERS – Refer Para 1.5 above.

11.0 EMPLOYER’S RIGHT ON ACCEPTANCE OF ANY TENDER
11.1 The bidders shall quote rates for all items of work. It will be obligatory on the part of the bidder to sign
the tender document for all the components (The schedule of quantities, conditions and special
conditions etc.).
If required, the ARAI may ask any bidder the break-up of unit rates. If the bidder does not submit the
clarification by the date and time set in the ARAI request for clarification, such bid is likely to be
rejected.
11.2 The competent authority on behalf of the ARAI does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any other
bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids received without the assignment of
any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed condition is not fulfilled or any condition including
that of conditional rebate is put forth by the bidder shall be summarily rejected.
12.0 CANVASSING PROHIBITED
Page 31 of 252
Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the bids
submitted by the Contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
13.0 EMPLOYER’s RIGHT TO ACCEPT WHOLE OR PART OF THE TENDER
13.1 The competent authority on behalf of ARAI reserves to himself the right of accepting the whole or any
part of the tender and the bidder shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted.
14.0 MISCELLANEOUS RULES AND DIRECTIONS
14.1 The Bidder shall not be permitted to tender for works if his near relative is working with ARAI. He shall
also intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently
employed by him and who are near relatives to any senior level officer in the organization of the
Employer. Any breach of this condition by the bidder would render his Tender to be rejected.
No Engineer or Officer employed in Engineering or Administrative duties in the Organization of the
Employer is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from the
Employer’s service without the previous permission of the Employer in writing. The contract is liable
to be cancelled if either the Contractor or any of his employees is found any time to be such a person
who had not obtained the permission of the Employer as aforesaid before submission of the tender or
engagement in the Contractor’s service.
14.2 If required by the Employer, the bidders shall sign a declaration under the officials Secret Act 1923, for
maintaining secrecy of the tender documents drawings or other records connected with the work
given to them. The unsuccessful bidders shall return all the drawings given to them.
14.3 Use of correcting fluid anywhere in tender document is not permitted. Such tender is liable for
rejection.
14.4 In the case of Item Rate Tenders, only rates quoted shall be considered. Any tender containing
percentage below/above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. Rates quoted by the contractor in
item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the
rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with
the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the
amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written
either in figures or in words, then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as
correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not
worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will, unless otherwise provided, be taken as
correct and not the amount.
14.5 In the case of any tender where unit rate of any item/items appear unrealistic, such tender will be
Page 32 of 252
considered as unbalanced and in case the bidder is unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such a
tender is liable to be disqualified and rejected.
14.6 All rates shall be quoted on the tender form. The amount for each item should be worked out and
requisite totals given. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and
the amount in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount should be
written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be written before the
figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. Rs.2.15 P and in case of words, the word,
‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paise’ should be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole
rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting
the rate in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount and
it should not be written in the next line.
14.7 GST on material, labour and Works in respect of this Contract shall be payable by the Contractor and
the Employer will not entertain any claim whatsoever in respect of the same.
14.8 The tender for the work shall not be witnessed by a Contractor or Contractors who himself/themselves
has/ have tendered for the same work. Failure to observe this condition would render tenders of the
Contractors tendering, as well as witnessing the tender, liable to summary rejection.
15 SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
15.1 The Bidder whose tender has been accepted will be notified of the award by the employer by issue of a
`Letter of Acceptance’ prior to expiration of the Bid Validity period, in the form at Annexure II. Within
10 Days of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance, the successful Bidder shall deliver to the
Employer, Performance Guarantee.
The Letter of Acceptance will be sent to the Contractor in two copies one of which he should return
promptly, duly signed and stamped. The Letter of Acceptance will be a binding Contract between the
Employer and the Contractor till the formal Contract Agreement is executed.
15.2 The Bidder whose Tender is accepted shall be required to submit stamp papers of appropriate value as
per the provisions of Indian Stamp Act within 15 days of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. The
cost of the stamp papers shall be borne by the Bidder.
15.3 At the same time the Employer notifies the successful Bidder that his tender has been accepted, the
Employer will direct him to attend the Employer’s office within 28 days of issue of Letter of Acceptance
for signing the Agreement in the Proforma at Annexure III.
Page 33 of 252
16 GST Instructions:
1.1.1.1 GST Tax Invoice or Debit or Credit note for supply of Goods or service or both shall contain all the
requirements as mandated under Section 31 to 34 of the CGST Act 2017 read with all the CGST Rules
relating to Tax Invoice, Credit and Debit Note Rules as amended from time to time or under any
applicable SGST Act or UTGST Act and Rules made thereunder and as amended from time to time.
1.1.1.2 Tax Invoice can be either physically signed copy or digitally signed as required under the Sec 31 to 34
of the CGST Act 2017 read with CGST Rules relating to Tax Invoice, Credit and Debit Note Rules as
amended from time to time or under any applicable SGST Act or UTGST Act and Rules as amended
from time to time.
1.1.1.3 Supplier will ensure correct and accurate uploading of invoices and Returns specified in GST law on
GSTN Portal as per the dates specified under GST law.
1.1.1.4 Basic Price should not include any central taxes (CGST), state taxes (SGST), union territory taxes
(UTGST) or integrated taxes (IGST)
1.1.1.5 The supplier must agree to ensure that the invoices are correctly uploaded and matched on the GSTN
portal.
1.1.1.6 In view of Anti Profiteering Provisions, the reduction in the price has to be passed to us.
1.1.1.7 E-way Bill provisions as notified are to be complied with.
1.1.1.8 INDEMNIFICATION: The supplier should agree for recovery made by us of any tax amount from him on
account of any refusal of Input Tax Credit to us for any deeds which deprives us from availing the
eligible credit.
Page 34 of 252
ANNEXURE I
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

POWER OF ATTORNEY
(To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with relevant Stamp Act.
The stamp paper to be in the name of the firm/ company who is issuing the Power of Attorney).
We, M/s.______ (name of the firm/company with address of the registered office) hereby constitute, appoint
and authorize Mr./Ms.______ (Name and residential address) who is presently employed with us and holding
the position of ______, as our Attorney to do in our name and our behalf all or any of the acts, deeds or things
necessary or incidental to our bid for the work _____ (name of work), including signing and submission of
application proposal, participating in the meetings, responding to queries, submission of information /
documents and generally to represent us in all the dealings with ARAI or any other Government Agency or any
person, in connection with the works until culmination of the process of bidding till the Contract Agreement is
entered into with ARAI and thereafter till the expiry of the Contract Agreement.
We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by our said Attorney pursuant to this Power
of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid Attorney shall and shall always be
deemed to have been done by us.
(Add in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture) Our firm is a Member/Lead Member of the Consortium of
___________, _________ and ___________.
Dated this the _____ day of ______ 20
(Signature and name of authorized signatory)
(Signature and name in block letters of all the remaining partners of the firm,
Signatory for the Company)
Seal of firm/ Company
Page 35 of 252
Witness 1: Witness 2:
Name: Address: Name: Address:
Occupation: Occupation:
Notes:
- To be executed by all the members individually. In case of a Consortium/ JV, the authorized signatory
has to be the one employed by the Lead Member.
- The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any,
laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so
required the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.
Page 36 of 252
ANNEXURE II
(FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE)

(By REGD POST / ACK.DUE)
(On the letter head of ARAI)
NO.: ARAI/ Dated:
To
Name & Address of the Contractor
Dear Sirs,
Sub: TENDER No. FOR THE WORK OF
Ref: Your tender dated _________________ and letter dated _____________.
This is to notify you that the Competent Authority of THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA has
accepted your Tender for the work under reference for a total Contract Price of Rs. _______ (Rupees
_____________only) in its capacity as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder acting for and on behalf of
Employer.
Pursuant to Clause 6.2 of Section 1 of the contract, you are required to furnish irrevocable Performance
Guarantee of amount equivalent to 5% (Five percent) of quoted price is required to be submitted within 15
days of issue of this Letter of Acceptance.
The time of -------- months allowed for execution of the work will be reckoned from 15 days after the date of
issue of this Letter of Acceptance or from the first day of the handing over of the site, whichever is later, in
accordance with phasing, if any, indicated in tender document.
You are requested to contact _________ (complete designation and address of the project-in-charge) for
carrying out the contract.
You are also requested to attend this office within Twenty-Eight days from the date of issue of this letter for
execution of the formal agreement. It may be noted that no payment shall be made for any work carried out
by you till the Agreement is executed and till such time the Performance Guarantee has been submitted by
you.
This Letter of Acceptance is being sent to you in duplicate and you are requested to return without delay one
copy of the letter duly signed and stamped, as a token of your acknowledgement.
Kindly note that this Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract between us pending execution of
formal Agreement.
Page 37 of 252
Your letter referred to above shall form part of the Contract.
Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of______ The Employer)
Copy to:
1 ___________ (The Employer) for information.

(To be included on the Original sent to the Contractor)
2 Project-in-charge (Complete designation and address)
3 Associated Finance (Not in original)
Page 38 of 252
ANNEXURE III
FORM OF AGREEMENT
(ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)
This AGREEMENT is made on ___ Day of _____ 2019 between The Automotive Research Association of India
(ARAI), the employer, register under the Societies registration Act XXI of 1860 Regn.No. 133/66 GBBSD
(hereinafter called and refer to as “the Employer”) and___ (Name of firm)____ (hereinafter called “the said
Contractor”) for the work
Electrical Installation & Allied works for LT Internal electrical work of HTC Phase II Project at Chakan,
Pune. (herein after called the said agreement”) the Contractor having agreed to production of a irrevocable
bank guarantee for Rs___________ (Rupees in words Only) (5% of contract value) as a Security / Guarantee for
compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement.
WHEREAS the Employer is desirous that certain works should be executed viz. Electrical Installation & Allied
works for LT Internal electrical work of HTC Phase II Project at Chakan, Pune. (brief description of the work)
and has by Letter of Acceptance dated ____ accepted a tender submitted by the Contractor for the execution,
completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of such works at a
Total Contract Price of Rs. ______ (Rupees ______________ only)
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows: -
1 In this agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are respectively assigned to
them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to.
2 The following documents in conjunction with addenda/ corrigenda to Tender Documents shall be
deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this agreement.
3 a) The Letter of Acceptance or PO dated______.
b) Priced Schedule (Bill) of Quantities
c) Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers.
d) ARAI Tender and Contract Form
e) Special Conditions / Specifications
f) Schedules A to H.
g) General Specifications
h) Drawings
i) Amendments to Tender Documents
j) General Conditions of Contract comprising of
(i) Conditions of Contract
(ii) Clauses of Contract
(iii) ARAI Safety Code
(iv) ARAI - Model Rules for the protection of Health and Sanitary arrangements
for Workers
(v) ARAI – Contractor's Labour Regulations and proformae of
registers.
4 In consideration of the payment to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter
Page 39 of 252
mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute, complete, remedy defects
therein and maintain the works in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.
5 The Employer hereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in consideration of the execution,
completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of the works, the contract price or
such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the contract at the time and in the
manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be hereinto affixed (or
have herewith set their respective hands and seals) the day and year first above written.
For and in the Capacity of Authorized Signatory, For and in the Name of M/s
Representing the Director of ARAI ________________ Represented by Mr.
Signature Signature
Witness: - (Signature, Name, & Designation.)

1.
2.
Page 40 of 252
SECTION 2
TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
To
The Accepting Authority
(Refer Schedule F (Conditions of contract 2(vii))
FORM OF TENDER
1 I/We have received, read and examined the complete document set issued as tender which includes
the Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers, Conditions of Contract, Clauses of Contract,
Special Conditions/Specifications, Schedule of Rates, Schedules A, B, C, D, E&F, Specifications
applicable, Drawings and Designs, Schedule of Quantities, other documents and rules referred to in the
Conditions of Contract and all other contents contained in the Tender Document for the work.
2 I/We hereby tender for the execution and completion of the work and remedy any defects therein,
specified in the Schedule of Quantities within the time specified in Schedule “F”, and in accordance in
all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Notice
Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers and in Section 4 Clause 11 of the Clauses of Contract and
with such materials as are provided for, by, and in respects in accordance with, such conditions so far
as applicable.
3 We agree that our tender shall remain valid for a period of Sixty days (60 days) from the due date of its
opening or from the date of opening of financial bid and not to make any modifications in its terms
and conditions.
4 A sum of Rs. 7.8 Lakhs (Rupees seven lakhs eighty thousand only) EMD is hereby forwarded in the
form of Banker’s cheque/Demand Draft or as mentioned page no-28 issued in favor of The Automotive
Research Association of India, payable at Pune, as the Earnest Money.
5 If I/We withdraw my/our tender during the period of tender validity or before issue of Letter of
Acceptance whichever is earlier or make modifications in the Terms and Conditions of the Tender
which are not acceptable to the Employer, then the Employer shall, without prejudice to any other
right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit entire Earnest Money absolutely.
6 If I/We fail to furnish the prescribed Performance Guarantee within prescribed period, I/We agree
that the said Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the
said Earnest Money absolutely.
7 If, I/We fail to commence the work within the specified period, I/We agree that the Employer shall,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the Earnest
Money and Performance Guarantee absolutely.
8 Further, I/We hereby agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or both Earnest Money &
Performance Guarantee as aforesaid in paras 5 to 7 above, I/we shall be debarred for
participation in re-tendering process of the work.
9 On issue of Letter of Acceptance by the Employer, I/We agree that the said Earnest Money shall be
retained by the Employer towards SECURITY DEPOSIT, to execute all the works referred to in the
Tender document upon the Terms and Conditions contained or referred to therein and to carry out
such deviations as may be ordered, upto maximum of the percentage mentioned in Schedule F, and
those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the provisions contained
in section 4 Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.
10 I/We hereby agree that I/ We shall sign the Formal Agreement with the Employer within 28 days from
the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. In case of any delay, I/We agree that we shall not submit any
Bill for Payment till the Contract Agreement is signed.
Page 41 of 252
11 I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents, drawings and other records
connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate information
derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are authorized to
communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the
Employer/State.
12 I/We hereby declare that I/We have not laid down any condition/deviation to any content of
Technical Bid and/or Financial Bid. I/We agree that in case any condition is found to be quoted by us in
the Technical and/or Financial Bid, my/our Tender may be rejected.
13 I/We understand that the Employer is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender he may
receive. I/We also understand that the Employer reserves the right to accept the whole or any part of
the tender and I/We shall be bound to perform the same at the rates quoted.
14 Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, this bid together with ARAI’s written acceptance
thereof shall constitute a binding contract between us and ARAI.
15 I am/We are signing this Tender offer in my / our capacity as one/those authorized to sign on behalf of
my/our company..
Signature of Authorized Person/s
Date
Name/s & Title of Signatory
Name of Tenderer
Postal Address
Seal
Witness
Signature
Name
Postal Address
Occupation
Page 42 of 252
PROFORMA 1
DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER
(Affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of 100/- duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)

This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this offer confirm that:-
i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and
attachments in proof of the qualification requirements;
ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly
completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial
failures etc.
iii) Business has not been banned with us by any Central / State Government Department/
Public Sector Undertaking or Enterprise of Central / State Government.
iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant details as per
prescribed format.
v) The information and documents submitted with the tender by us are correct and we are fully
responsible for the correctness of the information and documents submitted by us.
vi) We understood that in case of any statement /information/document furnished by us or to

be furnished by us in connection with this offer is found to be incorrect or false, our EMD in
full will be fortified and business dealings will be banned.
vii) We understood and agree all tender condition & specification and no deviations are sought. As a token of
our acceptance of tender document each page has been endorsed. We also agree that if any deviations
sought, the tender will be rejected.
viii) Each page of bill of quantities is duly filled and enclosed in commercial / financial bid.
ix) We shall maintain complete confidentiality as per official Secret Act 1923 regarding tender document,
drawings and records related to work if assigned to us.
x) We have valid License to carry out the work and we will ensure that our registration and license will be
valid when work is complete.
SEAL, SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER signing this document
Witness 1: Witness 2:
Name: Address: Name: Address:
Occupation: Occupation:
Page 43 of 252
SECTION –3
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Definitions:
1. The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal
agreement executed between the competent authority on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor,
together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, design,
drawings and instructions issued from time to time by the Engineer-in-charge and all these documents
taken together, shall be deemed to form one Contract and shall be complementary to one another.
Meaning of Expressions
2. In the Contract, the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the
meanings, hereby respectively assigned to them:
i) The expression works or work shall, unless there be something either in the subject or context
repugnant to such construction / work, be construed or taken to mean the works by or by virtue of the
Contract Contracted to be executed whether temporary or permanent, and whether original, altered,
substituted or additional.
ii) The Site shall mean the land/or other places on, into or through which work is to be executed under
the Contract or any adjacent land, path or street through which work is to be executed under the
Contract or any adjacent land, path or street which may be allotted or used for the purpose of carrying
out the Contract.
iii) The Contractor/ Tenderer shall mean the individual, firm or company, whether incorporated or not,
undertaking the works and shall include the legal personal representative of such individual or the
persons composing such firm or company, or the successors of such firm or company and the
permitted assignees of such individual, firm or company.
iv) The Employer shall mean the THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA having its
Registered Office at S.no. 102, Vetal Hill, Pune 411 038, represented by its Director
v) The Engineer-in-charge means the Engineer Officer authorized by the Employer who shall supervise
and be in charge of the work and who shall sign the contract on behalf of the Employer as mentioned
under schedule F herein after.
vi) Blank.
vii) The Engineer means the person to whom the Engineer-in-charge entrusts as his authorized
representative his responsibility to act on his behalf and perform any or all the functions of the
Engineer-in-charge under the Contract.
viii) Appointing Authority/Accepting Authority/Appellate Authority shall mean the authority mentioned in
Schedule 'F'.
ix) Excepted Risks are risks due to riots (other than those on account of Contractor's employees), war
(whether declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion revolution,
insurrection, military or usurped power, any acts of Government, damages from aircraft, acts of God,
such as earthquake, lightning and unprecedented floods, and other causes over which the Contractor
has no control and accepted as such by the Accepting Authority or causes solely due to use or
occupation by the Employer of the part of the works in respect of which a certificate of completion has
been issued or a cause solely due to the Employer's faulty design of works.
Page 44 of 252
x) Market Rate shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of the cost of
materials and labor at the site where the work is to be executed plus the percentage mentioned in
Schedule 'F' to cover all overheads and profits.
xi) Schedule (s) referred to in these conditions shall mean the relevant schedule (s) annexed to the
tender papers or the Standard Schedule of Rates mentioned in Schedule 'F' hereunder, with the
amendments thereto issued up to the date of receipt of the tender.
xii) Specifications mean the Technical specifications to be followed by the Contractor on the work to be
executed.
xiii) Tendered value means the value of the entire work as stipulated in the letter of award / work order.
Scope and Performance

3. Where the context so requires, words imparting the singular only also include the plural and vice
versa. Any reference to masculine gender shall whenever required include feminine gender and vice
versa.
Headings and Marginal Notes

4. Headings to these General Conditions of Contract shall not be deemed to form part thereof or be
taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction / work, thereof or of the Contract.
Documentation to be supplied to the Contractor

5. The Contractor shall be furnished free of cost one certified copy of the Contract documents.
ARAI Standard General Conditions of Contract, Safety Code, Model Rules and Contract Labour
Regulations and such other printed and published documents, together with all drawings as may be
forming part of the tender papers except CPWD standard specifications. None of these documents
shall be used for any purpose other than that of this Contract.
Works to be carried out

6. The work to be carried out under the Contract shall, except as otherwise provided in these
conditions, include all labour, materials, tools, plants, equipment, transport and any other resources
which may be required in preparation of and for and in the full and entire execution and completion of
the works. The descriptions given in the Schedule of Quantities (Schedule-A) shall, unless otherwise
stated, be held to include wastage on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying and return of empties,
hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position and all other labours necessary in and for the full and
entire execution and completion of the work as aforesaid in accordance with good practice and
recognized principles.
Sufficiency of Tender
7. The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and
sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the rates and prices quoted in the Schedule of
Quantities, which rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under
the Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the
works.
Page 45 of 252
Discrepancies and Adjustment of Errors

8. The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another,
detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawings and figured dimensions in
preference to scale and Special Conditions in preference to General Conditions.
8.1 In the case of discrepancy between the Schedule of Quantities, the Specifications and/or the Drawings,
the following order of preference shall be observed:
(i) Description of Schedule of Quantities.
(ii) Technical Specifications and Special Conditions/Specifications, if any.
(iii) Drawings
(iv) CPWD Specifications
(v) Indian Standard Specifications of BIS.
vi) List of approved makes.
8. 2 If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any one document forming part of the Contract,
the Accepting Authority shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention of the document
and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
8.3 Any error in description, quantity or rate in Schedule of quantities or any omission there from shall not
vitiate the Contract or release the Contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the works
comprised therein according to drawings and specifications or from any of his obligations under the
Contract.
Signing of Contract
9. The successful tenderer /Contract or, on acceptance of his tender by the Accepting Authority shall,
within 28 days from the Letter of Acceptance of the work sign the Contract consisting of:
i) The Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers, all the documents including drawings, if
any, forming the tender set as issued at the time of invitation of tender and acceptance thereof
together with any correspondence leading thereto.
ii) General Conditions of Contract for Works consisting of :
(a) Various standard clauses with corrections up to the dates stipulated in Schedule 'F' along
with annexures thereto.
(b) ARAI Safety Code.
(c) Model Rules for the protection of health, sanitary arrangements for workers employed by ARAI
or its Contractors.
(d) ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations.
iii) Each page of the Contract Agreement should be signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and the
Contractor's authorized signatory. If there are any corrections, cuttings, omissions, over writings,
insertions etc (after issue of Tender Document) their number should be clearly mentioned on each
page of the Contract Document before signing.
iv) No payment for the work done will be made to the Contractor till the Contract Agreement is signed
by the Contractor and Performance Guarantee has been submitted by the Contactor.
10. Miscellaneous Conditions of Contract
Page 46 of 252
i) On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the Contractor who
would be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge shall be communicated in
writing to the Engineer-in-Charge.
ii) The Contractor has to work in co-ordination / conjunction with various other agencies working at site.
If a portion of the work or project area cannot be made available to contractor for his activities due to
operations being carried out by other contractors, he shall suitably modify his sequence of operations
as to continue work without interruption.
Page 47 of 252
Section – 4
CLAUSES OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE 1
Performance Guarantee
(i) The contractor shall submit an irrevocable Performance Guarantee of 5% (Five
percent) of the tendered amount in addition to other deposits mentioned elsewhere in the
contract for his proper performance of the contract agreement, (not withstanding and/or
without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract) within period specified in
Schedule ‘F’ from the date of issue of letter of acceptance. This period can be further
extended by the Engineer-in-Charge up to a maximum period as specified in schedule ‘F’ on
written request of the contractor stating the reason for delays in procuring the Performance
Guarantee, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. This guarantee shall be in the
form of Cash (in case guarantee amount is less than Rs. 10,000/-) or Deposit at Call receipt
of any scheduled bank/Banker’s Cheque of any scheduled bank/Demand Draft of any
scheduled bank/Pay Order of any scheduled bank (in case guarantee amount is less than
Rs. 1,00,000/-) or Government Securities or Fixed Deposit Receipts or Guarantee Bonds of
any Scheduled Bank or the State Bank of India in accordance with the form annexed
hereto. In case a fixed deposit receipt of any Bank is furnished by the contractor to the
Government as part of the performance guarantee and the Bank is unable to make payment
against the said fixed deposit receipt, the loss caused thereby shall fall on the contractor
and the contractor shall forthwith on demand furnish additional security to the Government
to make good the deficit.
(ii) The Performance Guarantee shall be initially valid up to the stipulated date of
completion plus 60 days beyond that, in case the time for completion of work
gets enlarged, the contractor shall get the validity of Performance Guarantee
extended to cover such enlarged time for completion of work. After recording
of the completion certificate for the work by the competent authority, the
performance guarantee shall be returned to the contractor without any
interest.
(iii) The Engineer-in-Charge shall not make a claim under the performance
guarantee except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the
contract (not withstanding and /or without prejudice to any other provisions
in the contract agreement) in the event of:
a) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee

as described herein above, in which event the Engineer-in-Charge may claim
the full amount of the Performance Guarantee.
g) Failure by the contractor to pay Employer any amount due, either as agreed
by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses / conditions of the
agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this
h) effect by Engineer-in-Charge.
Iv) In the event of the contract being determined or rescinded under provision of any of the
clause / Condition of the agreement, the performance guarantee shall stand forfeited in full
and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the Employer.
V) On substantial Completion of any work which has been completed to such an extent
that the intended purpose of the work is met and ready to use, then a provisional
Completion Certificate shall be recorded by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
provisional certificate shall have appended with a list of outstanding balance item
Page 48 of 252
of work that need to be completed in accordance with the provisions of the

contract. This provisional completion certificate shall be recorded by the
concerned Engineer- in–charge with the approval of Project Manager / Chief
Project Manager /Superintending Engineer. After recording of the provisional
Completion Certificate for the work by the competent authority, the 80 % of
performance guarantee shall be returned to the contractor, without any interest.
However, in case of contracts involving Maintenance of building and services /
any other work after construction of same building and services/ other work,
then 40% of performance guarantee shall be returned to the contractor, without
any interest after recording the Provisional Completion certificate
CLAUSE 1A
Recovery of Security Deposit
The person/persons whose tender(s) may be accepted (hereinafter called the

Contractor) shall permit the Employer at the time of making any payment to him for
work done under the Contract to deduct a sum at the rate of 2.5% of the gross
amount of each running bill till the sum along with the sum already deposited as
earnest money will amount to Security Deposit of 5% of the tendered value of the
work. Earnest Money shall be adjusted first in the Security Deposit and further
recovery of Security Deposit shall commence only when the up-to-date amount of
Security Deposit starts exceeding the Earnest Money. Such deductions will be made
and held by the employer by way of security deposit unless he/they has /have
deposited the amount of security at rate mentioned above in cash or by DD or by
B.G. on Nationalized bank.
All compensations or the other sums of money payable by the Contractor under the
terms of this Contract may be deducted from, or paid by the sale of a sufficient part
of his Security Deposit, or from any sums which may be due to or may become due to
the Contractor by the Employer on any account whatsoever and in the event of his
Security Deposit being reduced by reason of any such deductions or sale as
aforesaid, the Contractor shall within 10 days make good in cash or by DD or by B.G.
on Nationalized bank any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or
raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof. The Security Deposit shall
be collected from the running bills of the Contractor at the rates mentioned above
and the Earnest Money deposited at the time of tenders will be treated as part of the
Security Deposit.
The security deposit as deducted above can be released against bank guarantee
issued by the Nationalized / scheduled bank, on its accumulations of a minimum of
Rs. 5 lakh., subject to condition that amount of such B.G., except last one shall not
be less than 5 lakh, Provided further that the validity of bank guarantee including
the one given against the earnest money shall be in conformity with provisions
contained in clauses 17 which shall be extended from time to time depending upon
extension of contract granted under provisions of clause 2 and clause 5.
CLAUSE 2
Compensation for Delay
If the contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of clause 5 or to complete
the work and clear the site on or before the contract or justified extended date of
Page 49 of 252
completion, as per clause 5 (excluding any extension under Clause 5.5) as well as any
extension granted under clauses 12 and 15, he shall, without prejudice to any other right or
remedy available under the law to the Government on account of such breach, pay as
agreed compensation the amount calculated at the rates stipulated below as the authority
specified in schedule ‘F’ may decide on the amount of Tendered Value of the work for every
completed day/month (as determined) that the progress remains below that specified in
Clause 5 or that the work remains incomplete. This will also apply to items or group of
items for which a separate period of completion has-been specified.
(i) Compensation @ 1 % per month of delay for delay of work to be computed on per day
basis Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid under this
Condition Shall not exceed 10 % of the Tendered Value of work or of the Tendered Value of
the Sectional Part of work as mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ for which a separate period of
completion is originally given. In case no compensation has been decided by the authority
in Schedule ‘F’ during the Progress of work, this shall be no waiver of right to levy
compensation by the said authority if the work remains incomplete on final justified
extended date of completion. If the Engineer in Charge decides to give further extension of
time allowing performance of work beyond the justified extended date, the contractor shall
be liable to pay compensation for such extended period. If any variation in amount of
contract takes place during such extended period beyond justified extended date and the
contractor becomes entitled to additional time under clause12, the net period for such
variation shall be accounted for while deciding the period for levy of compensation.
However, during such further extended period beyond the justified extended
Period, if any delay occurs by events under sub clause 5.2, the contractor shall be liable to
Pay compensation for such delay.
Provided that compensation during the progress of work before the justified extended date
of completion for delay under this clause shall be for non-achievement of sectional
completion or part handing over of work on stipulated/justified extended date for such part
work or if delay affects any other works/services. This is without prejudice to right of action
by the Engineer in Charge under clause 3 for delay in performance and claim of
compensation under that clause. In case action under clause 2 has not been finalized and
the work has been determined under clause 3, the right of action under this clause shall
remain post determination of contract but levy of compensation shall be for days the
progress is behind the schedule on date of determination, as assessed by the authority in
Schedule F, after due consideration of justified extension. The compensation for delay, if not
decided before the determination of contract, shall be decided after of determination of
contract.
The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set-off against any sum payable to the
Contractor under this or any other contract with the Government. In case, the contractor
does not achieve a particular milestone mentioned in schedule F, or the re-scheduled
milestone(s) in terms of Clause 5.4, the amount shown against that milestone shall be
withheld, to be adjusted against the compensation levied as above. With-holding of this
amount on failure to achieve a milestone, shall be automatic without any notice to the
contractor. However, if the contractor catches up with the progress of work on the
subsequent milestone(s), the withheld amount shall be released. In case the contractor fails
to make up for the delay in subsequent milestone(s), amount mentioned against each
Page 50 of 252
milestone missed subsequently also shall be withheld. However, no interest, whatsoever,

shall be payable on
such withheld amount.
CLAUSE 2A – BLANK (Not Applicable)

CLAUSE 3
When Contract can be Determined
Subject to other provisions contained in this clause the Engineer-in-Charge may,
without prejudice to his any other rights or remedy against the Contractor in respect
of any delay, inferior workmanship, any claims for damages and/ or any other
provisions of this Contract or otherwise, and whether the date of completion has or
has not elapsed, by notice in writing absolutely determine the Contract in any of the
following cases.
(i) If the Contractor having been given by the Engineer-in-charge a notice in
writing to rectify, reconstruct or replace any defective work or that the work is
being performed in an inefficient or otherwise improper or un-workmanlike
manner shall omit to comply with the requirement of such notice for the
period of seven days thereafter.
(ii) If the Contractor has, without reasonable cause, suspended the progress of
the work or has failed to proceed with the work with due diligence so that in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge (which shall be final and binding) he
will be unable to secure completion of the work by the date for completion and
continues to do so after a notice in writing of seven days from the Engineer-in-
charge.
(iii) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated date or items
of work with individual date of completion, if any stipulated, on or before such
date(s) of completion and does not complete them within the period specified
in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the Engineer-in-charge.
(iv) If the Contractor persistently neglects to carry out his obligations under the
Contract and/or commits default in complying with any of the terms and
conditions of the Contract and does not remedy it or take effective steps to
remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him in that behalf
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(v) If the Contractor shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in the
Employer service or to any other person on his behalf any gift or consideration
of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do or for
having done or forborne to do any action in relation to the obtaining or
execution of this or any other Contract for the Employer.
(vi) If the Contractor shall enter into a Contract with the Employer in connection
with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his
knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of
payment thereof have been previously disclosed in writing to the Engineer-in-
Charge.
(vii) If the Contractor shall obtain a Contract with the Employer as a result of
wrong tendering or other non-bonafide methods of competitive tendering.
(viii) If the Contractor being an individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof shall at
Page 51 of 252
any time be adjudged insolvent or have a receiving order or order for

administration of his estate made against him or shall take any proceedings
for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the
purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under any insolvency Act for the
time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or
composition or arrangement for the benefit of his creditors or purport so to do,
or if any application be made under any Insolvency Act for the time being in
force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him
for benefit of his creditors.
(ix) If the Contractor being a company shall pass a resolution or the court shall
make an order that the company shall be wound up or if a receiver or a
manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed or if circumstances shall
arise which entitle the Court or the Creditor to appoint a receiver or a manager
or which entitles the court to make a winding up order.
(x) If the Contractor shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow
it to be continued for a period of 21 days.
(xi) If the Contractor assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece-

work basis or of labour with materials not to be incorporated in the work,
shall not be deemed to be subletting) or otherwise parts with or attempts to
assign, transfer, sublet or otherwise parts with the entire works or any portion
thereof without the prior written approval of the Accepting Authority.
(xii) If the work is not started by contractor within 1/8th the stipulated time.
When the Contractor has made himself liable for action under any of the cases
aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge, on behalf of the Employer, shall have
powers:
(a) To determine the Contract as aforesaid (of which termination notice in writing
to the Contractor under the hand of Engineer-in-Charge shall be conclusive
evidence). Upon such determination, the Earnest Money Deposit, Security
Deposit already recovered and Performance Guarantee and Additional
Performance Guarantee under the Contract shall be liable to be forfeited and
shall be absolutely at the disposal of the Employer.
(b) After giving notice to the Contractor to measure up the work of the Contractor
and to take such whole, or the balance or part thereof, as shall be un-
executed out of his hands and to give it to another Contractor to complete the
work. The Contractor, whose Contract is determined as above, shall not be
allowed to participate in the tendering process for the balance work.
In the event of above courses being adopted by the Engineer-in-charge, the

Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him
by reasons of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into
any engagements or made any advances on account or with a view to the
execution of the work or the performance of the Contract. And in case action is
taken under any of the provision aforesaid, the Contractor shall not be entitled
to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereof or actually performed
under this Contract unless and until the Engineer-in-Charge has certified in
writing the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof
and he shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified.
CLAUSE 3A
Page 52 of 252
Action in case of delay in start of work

In case, the work cannot be started due to reasons not within the control of the Contractor
within 1/8th of the stipulated time for completion of work, either party may close the
Contract. In such eventuality, the Earnest Money deposit and the Performance Guarantee
and Additional Performance Guarantee of the Contractor shall be refunded, but no payment
on account of Interest, loss of profit or damages etc. shall be payable at all. Performance
Guarantee of the contractor shall be refunded within following
Time limits:
(i) If the Tendered value of work is up to Rs. 45 lac : 15 days.
(ii) If the Tendered value of work is more than Rs. 45 lac and up to Rs. 2.5 Crore : 21
days.
(iii) If the Tendered value of work exceeds Rs. 2.5 Crore : 30 days.
CLAUSE 4
Contractor liable to pay compensation even if action not taken under Clause 3
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Engineer-in-Charge by
Clause 3 thereof, shall have become exercisable and the same are not exercised, the
non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and
such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of
default by the Contractor and the liability of the Contractor for compensation shall
remain unaffected. In the event of the Engineer-in-Charge putting in force all or any of
the powers vested in him under the preceding clause he may, if he so desires after
giving a notice in writing to the Contractor, take possession of (or at the sole discretion
of the Engineer-in-Charge which shall be final and binding on the Contractor) use as
on hire (the amount of the hire money being also in the final determination of the
Engineer-in-Charge) all or any tools, plant, materials and stores, in or upon the works,
or the site thereof belonging to the Contractor, or procured by the Contractor and
intended to be used for the execution of the work/ or any part thereof, paying or
allowing for the same in account at the Contract rates, or, in the case of these not
being applicable, at current market rates to be certified by the Engineer-in-Charge,
whose certificate thereof shall be final and binding on the Contractor, clerk of the
works, foreman or other authorized agent to remove such tools, plant, materials or
stores from the premises (within a time to be specified in such notice). In the event of
the Contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Engineer-in-Charge may
remove them at the Contractor's expense or sell them by auction or private sale on
account of the Contractor and his risk in all respects and the certificate of the
Engineer-in-Charge as to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the
proceeds and expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the
Contractor.
CLAUSE 5
Time and extension for Delay
The time allowed for execution of the Works as specified in the Schedule ‘F’ or the extended
time in accordance with these conditions shall be the essence of the Contract. The
execution of the works shall commence from such time period as mentioned in schedule ‘F’
or from the date of handing over of the site notified by the Engineer-in-Charge, whichever is
later. However, the handing over of site by the Engineer in Charge, in full or in part (if so
Page 53 of 252
provided in contract), shall be completed within two months from issue of acceptance letter.
If the Contractor commits default in commencing the execution of the work as aforesaid, the
performance guarantee shall be forfeited by the Engineer in Charge and shall be absolutely
at the disposal of the Government without prejudice to any other right or remedy available
in law.
5.1 As soon as possible but within twenty one days of award of work and in consideration of
a) Schedule of handing over of site as specified in the Schedule ‘F’
b) Schedule of issue of designs as specified in the Schedule ‘F’
(i) The Contractor shall submit a Time and Progress Chart for each mile stone.
The Engineer in-Charge may within 30 days thereafter, if required modify, and
communicate the program
Approved to the contractor failing which the program submitted by the contractor shall be
deemed to be a
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The work programme shall include all details of
balance drawings and decisions required to complete the contract with specific dates by
which these details are required by contractor without causing any delay in execution of the
work. The Chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the Contract
documents for completion of items of the works. It shall indicate the forecast of the dates of
commencement and completion of various trades of sections of the workand may be
amended as necessary by agreement between the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor
within the limitations of time imposed in the Contract documents, and further to ensure
good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall in all cases in which
the time allowed for any work, exceeds one month (save for special jobs for which a separate
programme has been agreed upon) complete the work as per mile stones given in Schedule
‘F’.
(ii) In case of non-submission of construction programme by the contractor the program
Approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be deemed to be final.
(iii) The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of such programme shall not relieve the
contractor
of any of the obligations under the contract.
(iv) The contractor shall submit the Time and Progress Chart and progress report using the
Mutually agreed software or in other format decided by Engineer-in-Charge for the work
done during previous month to the Engineer-in-charge on or before 5th day of each month
failing which a recovery Rs. 2500/ - (for works costing upto Rs. 20 Crores) / Rs. 5000/-
(For works costing more than Rs. 20 Crores) shall be made on per week or part basis in
Case of delay in submission of the monthly progress report.
5.2 If the work(s) be delayed by:-

(i) Force majeure, or
(ii) Abnormally bad weather, or
(iii) Serious loss or damage by fire, or
(iv) Civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout, affecting any of the
trades employed on the work, or
(v) Delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by Engineer-in-Charge in
executing work not forming part of the Contract, or
(vi) Non-availability of stores, which are the responsibility of Government to supply or
(vii) Non-availability or break down of tools and Plant to be supplied or supplied by
Government or
Page 54 of 252
(viii) Any other cause like above which, in the reasoned opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is
beyond the Contractor’s control. then upon the happening of any such event causing delay,
the Contractor shall immediately
Give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge for entry in the hindrance register
(Physical or web-based as prescribed in Schedule ‘F’ but shall nevertheless use constantly
his best endeavors to prevent or make good the delay and shall do all that may be
reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge to proceed with the works.
The contractor shall have no claim of damages for extension of time granted or rescheduling
of milestone/s for events listed in sub clause 5.2.
5.3 In case the work is hindered by any reasons, in the opinion of the contractor, by the
Department or for someone for whose action the Department is responsible, the contractor
may immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge in the same
manner as prescribed under sub Clause 5.2 seeking extension of time or rescheduling of
milestone/s. The authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ shall, if justified, give a fair and
reasonable extension of time and reschedule the mile stones for completion of work after
due consideration of the same within
30 days of receipt of such request. In event of non-application by the contractor for
extension of time E-in-C after affording opportunity to the contractor may give, supported
with a programme, a fair and reasonable extension within a reasonable period of occurrence
of the event. Such extension of time or rescheduling of milestone/s shall be without
prejudice to any other right or remedy of the parties in contract or in law; provided further
that for concurrent delays under this sub clause and sub clause 5.2 to the extent the delay
is covered under sub clause 5.2 the contractor shall be entitled to only extension of time
and no damages.
5.4 Request for rescheduling of Mile stones or extension of time, to be eligible for
consideration,
shall be made by the Contractor in writing within fourteen days of the happening of the
event causing delay on the prescribed forms i.e. Form of application by the contractor for
seeking rescheduling of milestones (Appendix-XVI) or Form of application by the contractor
for seeking extension of time (Appendix –XVII) respectively to the authority as indicated in
Schedule ‘F’. The Contractor shall indicate in such a request the period by which
rescheduling of milestone/
s or extension of time is desired. With every request for rescheduling of milestones, or if at
any time the actual progress of work falls behind the approved programme by more than
10% of the stipulated period of completion of contract, the contractor shall produce a
revised programme which shall include
all details of pending drawings and decisions required to complete the contract and also the
target dates by which these details should be available without causing any delay in
execution of the work. A recovery as specified in Schedule ‘F’ shall be made on per day basis
in case of delay in submission of the revised programme.
5.4.1 In any such case the authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ may give a fair and
reasonable extension of time for completion of work or reschedule the mile stones. Such
extension or rescheduling of the milestones shall be communicated to the Contractor by the
authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ in writing, within 30 days of the date of receipt of
such request from the Contractor in prescribed form. In event of non-application by the
contractor for extension of time E-in-C after affording opportunity to the contractor, may
Page 55 of 252
give, supported with a programme (as specified under 5.4 above), a fair and reasonable
extension within a reasonable
Period of occurrence of the event.
5.5 In case the work is delayed by any reasons, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, by
the contractor for reasons beyond the events mentioned in clause 5.2 or clause 5.3 or
clause 5.4 and beyond the justified extended date; without prejudice to right to take action
under Clause 3, the Engineer-in-Charge may grant extension of time required for
completion of work without rescheduling of milestones. The contractor shall be liable for
levy of compensation for delay for such extension of time.
CLAUSE 6
Measurement of Work Done
Engineer-in-charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by
measurement the value in accordance with the Contract of work done.
All measurement of all items having financial value shall be entered in Measurement
Book and/or level field Book so that complete record is obtained of all works
performed under the Contract.
All measurements and levels shall be taken jointly by the Engineer-in-Charge or his
authorized representative and by the Contractor or his authorized representative
from time to time during the progress of the work and such measurements shall be
signed and dated by the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor or their
representatives in token of their acceptance. If the Contractor objects to any of the
measurements recorded, a note shall be made to that effect with reason and signed
by both the parties. Thereafter Any measurement taken by the Engineer-in-Charge
in the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has been given to
him in consequence of objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding
on the Contractor, and no claim whatsoever shall thereafter be entertained regarding
the accuracy and classification of the measurement.
If for any reason the Contractor or his authorized representative is not available and
the work of recording measurements is suspended by the Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative, the Engineer-in-Charge shall not entertain any claim from the
Contractor for any loss or damages on this account. If the Contractor or his
authorized representative does not remain present at the time of such measurements
after the Contractor or his authorized representative has been given a notice in
writing three (3) days in advance or fails to countersign or to record objection within
a week from the date of the measurement, then such measurements recorded in his
absence by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall be deemed to be
accepted by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall, without extra charge, provide all assistance with every
appliance, labour and other things necessary for measurements and recording levels.
Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shows to the
contrary, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in
the specifications notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of
measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items which are not
covered by specifications, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the
relevant standard method of measurements issued by the Bureau of Indian
standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed
method shall be followed.
Page 56 of 252
The Contractor shall give not less than seven days’ notice to the Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorized representative in-charge of the work before covering up or
otherwise placing beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same
may be measured and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is
covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and shall not cover up and
place beyond reach of measurement any work without consent in writing of the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative in-charge of the work who shall
within the aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any work shall be
covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements without such notice having
been given or the Engineer-in-Charge's consent being obtained in writing, the same
shall be uncovered at the Contractor's expense, or in default thereof no payment or
allowance shall be made for such work or the materials with which the same was
executed.
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or
through another office of the Employer to check the measurements recorded jointly
or otherwise as aforesaid and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be
applicable to such checking of measurements or levels.
It is also a term of this Contract that recording of measurements of any item of work
in the measurement book and/ or its payment in the interim, on account or final bill
shall not be considered as conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work or
material to which it relates nor shall it relieve the Contractor from liabilities from any
over measurement or defects noticed till completion of the defects liability period.
CLAUSE 6A
Computerized Measurement Book
Engineer-in –Charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine

by measurement the value of work done in accordance with the contract.
All measurements of all items having financial value shall be entered by the
contractor and compiled in the shape of the computerized Measurement Book having
pages of A-4 size as per the format of the department so that a complete record is
obtained of all the items of work performed under the contract.
All such measurements and levels recorded by the contractor or his authorized
representative from time to time, during the progress of the work, shall be got
checked by the contractor from the Engineer-in –Charge or his authorized
representative. As per interval or program fixed in consultation with Engineer-in –
Charge or his authorized representative. After the necessary corrections made by the
Engineer-in –Charge, the measurement sheets shall be returned to the contractor for
incorporating the corrections and for resubmission to the Engineer-in –Charge for the
dated signatures by the Engineer-in –Charge and the contractor or their
representatives in token of their acceptance.
Whenever bill is due for payment, the contractor would initially submit draft
computerized measurement sheets and these measurements would be got checked/
test checked from the Engineer-in –Charge and / or his authorized representative.
The contractor will, thereafter incorporate such changes as may be done during these
checks/test checks in his draft computerized measurements, and submit to the
department a computerized measurement book, duly bound, and with its pages
machine numbered. The Engineer-in –Charge and /or his authorized representative
would thereafter check this MB, and record the necessary certificates for their
checks/ test checks.
Page 57 of 252
The final fair, computerized measurement book given by the contractor, duly bound,
with a pages machine numbered, should be 100% correct, and no cutting or over-
writing in the measurements would thereafter be allowed. If at all any error is
noticed, the contractor shall have to submit a fresh computerized MB with its pages
duly machine numbered and bound after getting the earlier MB cancelled by the
department. Thereafter, the MB shall be taken to the Project Office records, and
allotted a number as per the Register of Computerized MBs. This should be done
before the corresponding bill is submitted to the Project office for payment. The
contractor shall submit two spare copies of such computerized MB’s for the purpose
of reference and record by the various officers of the department.
The contractor shall also submit to the department separately his computerized
Abstract of cost and the bill based on these measurements, duly bound, and its
pages machine numbered along with two spare copies of the ‘Bill’. Thereafter, this
bill be processed by the Project Office and allotted a number as per the computerized
record in the same way as done for the measurement book ment for measurements.
The contractor shall, without extra charge, provide all assistance with every
appliance, labour and other things necessary for checking of measurements / levels
by the Engineer-in –Charge or his representative
Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shown to the
contrary measurement shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set for the in
the specifications notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of
measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items which are not
covered by specifications, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the
relevant standard method of measurement issued by the Bureau of Indian standards
and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method
shall be followed.
The contractor shall give not less than seven days’ notice to the Engineer-in –Charge
and /or his authorized representative in charge of the work before covering up or
otherwise placing beyond the reach of checking and/ or test checking the
measurement of any work in order that the same may be checked and /or test
checked and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is covered up or
placed beyond the reach of checking and /or test checking measurement and shall
not cover up and place beyond reach of measurement any work without consent in
writing of the Engineer-in –Charge or his authorized representative in-charge of the
work who shall within the aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any
work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and /or test
checking measurements without such notice having been given or the Engineer-in –
Charge’s consent being obtained in writing the same shall be uncovered at the
contractor’s expense, or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for
such work or the materials with which the same was executed.
Engineer-in –Charge and /or his authorized representative may cause either
themselves or through another office of the department to check the measurements
recorded by contractor and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable
to such checking of measurements or levels.
It is also a term of this contract that checking and /or test checking the
measurements of any item of work in the measurement book and /or its payment in
the interim, on account of final bill shall not be considered as conclusive evidence as
to the sufficiency of any work or material to which it relates not shall it relieve the
contractor from liabilities from any over measurement or defects noticed till
completion of the defects liability period.
Page 58 of 252
CLAUSE 7
Payment on intermediate Certificates to be regarded as Advances
No payment shall be made for work, estimated to cost Rupees One Lakh or less till
after the whole of the work shall have been completed and certificate of completion
given. For works estimated to cost over Rupees One Lakh, the interim or running
account bills shall be submitted by the Contractor for the work executed on the basis
of such recorded measurements on the format stipulated by the Engineer-in-Charge,
in triplicate on or before the date of every month fixed for the same by the Engineer-
in-Charge. The Contractor shall not be entitled to be paid any such interim payment
if the gross work done together with net payment/ adjustment of advances for
material collected, if any, since the last such payment is less than the amount
specified in Schedule 'F', in which case the interim bill shall be prepared on the
appointed date of the month after the requisite progress is achieved. The Engineer-
in-Charge in his sole discretion may modify the periodicity of running bill from one
month to such lesser/longer time as he considers appropriate, Engineer-in-Charge
shall arrange to have the bill verified by taking or causing to be taken, where
necessary, the requisite measurements of the work. In the event of the failure of the
Contractor to submit the bills, Engineer-in-Charge shall prepare or cause to be
prepared such bills in which event no claims whatsoever due to delays on payment
including that of interest shall be payable to the Contractor. Payment on account of
amount admissible shall be made by the Engineer-in-Charge certifying the sum to
which the Contractor is considered entitled by way of interim payment at such rates
as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
75% of bill amount may be paid within 7 working days (excluding the day of
submission) of presentation of the corrected bill by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-
Charge or his Engineer together with the account of the material issued by the
Employer, or dismantled materials, if any. Balance amount of bill may be paid
within 15 working days of the presentation of correct bill. The time limit of 7 days /
15 days mentioned above will be adhered to by the Engineer-in-Charge as far as
possible and the contractor will not be entitled to any compensation or claims or
damages by way of interest etc. in case of delay in payment.
All such interim payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advances against
final payment only and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and
imperfect or unskilled work to be rejected, removed, taken away and reconstructed or
re-erected. Any certificate given by the Engineer-in-Charge relating to the work done
or materials delivered forming part of such payment, may be modified or corrected by
any subsequent such certificate (s) or by the final certificate and shall not by itself be
conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates is/ are in
accordance with the Contract and specifications. Any such interim payment or any
part thereof shall not in any respect conclude, determine or affect in any way powers
of the Engineer-in-Charge. Under the Contract or any of such payments be treated as
final settlement and adjustment of accounts or in any way vary or affect the
Contract.
Pending consideration of extension of date of completion interim payments shall
continue to be made as herein provided, without prejudice to the right of the
Employer to take action under the terms of this Contract for delay in the completion
of work, if the extension of date of completion is not granted by the competent
authority.
Page 59 of 252
The Engineer-in-Charge in his sole discretion on receipt of written request from

Contractor and On the basis of a certificate from the Engineer may make interim advance
payments without detailed measurements for work done at 75% of the assessed value. The
advance payments so Allowed shall be adjusted in the subsequent interim bill to be
submitted by the contractor within 10 days of the interim payment. In case of delay in
submission of bill by the contractor a simple Interest @ 10% per annum shall be paid to the
Government from the date of expiry of prescribed time limit which will be compounded on
yearly basis
CLAUSE 7A
No Running Account Bill shall be paid for the work till the applicable labour
licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board, whatever applicable are
submitted by the contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge.
CLAUSE 8
Completion Certificate
Within ten days of the completion of the work, the Contractor shall give notice of
such completion to the Engineer-in-Charge and within thirty days of the receipt of
such notice the Engineer-in-Charge shall inspect the work and if there is no defect
in the work shall furnish the Contractor with a final certificate of completion,
otherwise a provisional certificate of physical completion indicating defects (a) to be
rectified by the Contractor and/or (b) for which payment will be made at reduced
rates, shall be issued. But no final certificate of completion shall be issued, nor shall
the work be considered to be complete until the Contractor shall have removed from
the premises on which the work shall be executed all scaffolding, surplus materials,
rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements required for his/ their work people
on the site in connection with the execution of the works as shall have been erected
or constructed by the Contractor (s) and cleaned off the dirt from all wood work,
doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of the building, in, upon, or about which
the work is to be executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of
the execution thereof, and not until the work shall have been measured by the
Engineer-in-Charge. If the Contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of
this Clause as to removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and all huts
and sanitary arrangements as aforesaid and cleaning off dirt on or before the date
fixed for the completion of work, the Engineer-in-Charge may at the expense of the
Contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish etc. and dispose
of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid, and the Contractor
shall have no claim in respect of scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except
for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof.
CLAUSE 8A
Contractor to keep Site Clean

During execution of contract, Contractor shall keep the site in a clean and hygienic
condition. In case the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this clause,
the Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to get this work done at the cost of the
Contractor either departmentally or through any other agency. Before taking such
action the Engineer-in-Charge shall give ten days’ notice in writing to the Contractor.
CLAUSE 8B Completion Plans and Operating /Maintenance Manual to be submitted by
Page 60 of 252
the Contractor
The contractor shall submit completion plan as required vide General Specifications for Electrical
Works (Part-I internal) 2005 and (Part-ll External) 1994 as applicable within thirty days of the
Completion of the work. In case, the contractor fails to submit the completion plan as aforesaid, he
shall be liable to pay a sum of 0.1 % of Tendered Value or limit prescribed in Schedule F whichever is
more as May be fixed by the Superintending Engineer concerned and in this respect the decision of
the Superintending Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor. The contractor shall
submit completion plan for Internal and External Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Services within
thirty days of the completion of the work, provided that the service Plans having been issued for
execution by the Engineer-in-Charge, unless the contractor, by Virtue of any other provision in the
contract, is required to prepare such plans.
CLAUSE 9
Payment of Final Bill
The final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor in the same manner as specified in
interim bills within three months of physical completion of work or within one month
of the date of the final certificate of completion furnished by the Engineer-in-Charge
whichever is earlier. No further claims shall be made by the Contractor after
submission of the final bill and these shall be deemed to have been waived and
extinguished. Payments of those items of the bill in respect of which there is no
dispute and of items in dispute, for quantities and rates as approved by Engineer-in-
Charge, will, as far as possible be made within the period specified herein under, the
period being reckoned from the date of receipt of the bill by the Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorized Engineer, complete with account of materials issued by the
Employer and dismantled materials.
The prescribed time limits are as under:-
(i) If the Tendered value of work is up to Rs. ---------lac: 2Month
(ii) If the Tendered value of work is more than Rs. ---------Lacs and up to Rs. 2.5 Crore:
3Month
(iii) If the Tendered value of work exceeds Rs. ------------- Crore: 6 Month
In case of delay in payment of final bills after prescribed time limit, a simple interest @ 10%
per annum shall be paid to the contractor from the date of expiry of prescribed time limit
which will be compounded on yearly basis, provided the final bill submitted by the
contractor found to be in order.
CLAUSE 9 A
Payment of Contractor's Bill to Banks
Payment due to the Contractor may, if so desired by him, be made to his bank,
registered financial, co-operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions
instead of direct to him provided that the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer-in-
Charge (1) an authorization in the form of a legally valid document such as power of
Page 61 of 252
attorney conferring authority on the bank, registered financial, cooperative or thrift

societies or recognized financial institutions to receive payments and (2) his own
acceptance of the correctness of the amount made out as being due to him by the
Employer or his signature on the bill or other claim preferred against the Employer
before settlement by the Engineer-in-Charge of the account or claim by payment to the
bank, registered financial, cooperative or thrift societies or recognized financial
institutions. While the receipt given by such Bank; registered financial, cooperative or
thrift societies or recognized financial institutions shall constitute a full and sufficient
discharge for the payment, the Contractor shall whenever possible present his bills
duly receipted and discharged through his Bank, registered financial, cooperative or
thrift societies or recognized financial institutions. Nothing herein contained shall
operate to create in favour of the bank; registered financial, cooperative or thrift
societies or recognized institutions any rights or equities vis-à-vis the Employer.
CLAUSE 10 - Materials supplied by ARAI (Not Applicable)
Materials which Government will supply are shown in Schedule ‘B’ which also
stipulates quantum, place of issue and rate(s) to be charged in respect thereof. The
contractor shall be bound to procure them from the Engineer-in-Charge. As soon as
the work is awarded, the contractor shall finalise the programme for the completion of
work as per clause 5 of this contract and shall give his estimates of materials required
on the basis of drawings/or schedule of quantities of the work. The Contractor shall
give in writing his requirement to the Engineer-in-Charge which shall be issued to him
keeping in view the progress of work as assessed by the Engineer-in-Charge, in
accordance with the agreed phased programme of work indicating monthly
requirements of various materials. The contractor shall place his indent in writing for
issue of such materials at least 7 days in Advance of his requirement. Such materials
shall be supplied for the purpose of the contract only and the value of the Materials so
supplied at the rates specified in the aforesaid schedule shall be set off or deducted, as
and when materials are consumed in items of work (including normal wastage) for
which payment is being made to the contractor, from any sum then due or which may
therefore become due to the contractor under the contract or otherwise or from the
security deposit. At the time of submission of bills, the contractor shall certify that
balance of materials supplied is available at site in original good condition.
The contractor shall submit along with every running bill (on account or interim bill)
material wise reconciliation statements supported by complete calculations reconciling
total issue, total consumption and certified balance (diameter/section-wise in the case
of steel) and resulting variations and reasons therefore. Engineer-in-Charge shall
(whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor) be within his rights to
follow the procedure of recovery in clause 42 at any stage of the work if reconciliation is
not found to be satisfactory.
The contractor shall bear the cost of getting the material issued, loading, transporting
to site, unloading, storing under cover as required, cutting assembling and joining the
several parts together as necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in any other clause of the contract and (or the CPWA Code) all
stores/materials so supplied to the contractor or procured with the assistance of the
Government shall remain the absolute property of Government and the contractor
shall be the trustee of the stores/materials, and the said stores/materials shall not be
removed/disposed off from the site of the work on any account and shall be at all times
open to inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized agent. Any such
Page 62 of 252
stores/materials remaining unused shall be returned to the Engineer-in-

Charge in as good a condition in which they were originally supplied at a place directed
by him, at a place of issue or any other place specified by him as he shall require, but
in case it is decided not to take back the stores/materials the contractor shall have no
claim for compensation on any account of such stores/materials so supplied to him as
aforesaid and not used by him or for any wastage in or damage to in such
stores/materials.
On being required to return the stores/materials, the contractor shall hand over the
stores/ materials on being paid or credited such price as the Engineer-in-Charge shall
determine, having due regard to the condition of the stores/materials. The price
allowed for credit to the contractor, however, shall be at the prevailing market rate not
exceeding the amount charged to him, excluding the storage charges, if any. The
decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and conclusive. In the event of breach
of the aforesaid condition, the contractor shall in addition to throwing himself open to
account for contravention of the terms of the licenses or permit and/or for criminal
breach of trust, be liable to Government for all advantages or profits resulting or which
in the usual course would have resulted to him by reason of such breach. Provided
that the contractor shall in no case be entitled to any compensation or damages on
account of any delay in supply or non-supply thereof all or any such materials and
stores provided further that the contractor shall be bound to execute the entire work if
the materials are supplied by the Government within the original scheduled time for
completion of the work plus 50% thereof or schedule time plus 6 months whichever is
more if the time of completion of work exceeds 12 months, but if a part of the materials
only has been supplied within the aforesaid period, then the contractor shall be bound
to do so much of the work as may be possible with the materials and stores supplied in
the aforesaid period. For the completion of the rest of the work, the contractor shall be
entitled to such extension of time as may be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge
whose decision in this regard shall be final and binding on the contractor. The
contractor shall see that only the required quantities of materials are got issued. Any
such material remaining unused and in perfectly good/original condition at the time of
completion or determination of the contract shall be returned to the Engineer-in-
Charge at the stores from which it was issued or at a place directed by him by a notice
in writing. The contractor shall not be entitled for loading, transporting, unloading and
stacking of such Unused material except for the extra lead, if any involved, beyond the
original place of issue
CLAUSE 10A
Materials to be provided by the Contractor
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all materials required for the works
other than those which are stipulated to be supplied by the Employer.
The Contractor shall, at his own expense and without delay; supply to the Engineer-in-
Charge samples of materials to be used on the work and shall get these approved in
advance. All such materials to be used on the work shall be in conformity with the
specifications laid down or referred to in the Contract. The Contractor shall, if
requested by the Engineer-in-charge furnish proof, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge that the materials so comply. The Engineer-in-Charge shall within ten days
of supply of samples or within such further period as he may require intimate to the
Contractor in writing whether samples are approved by him or not. If samples are not
approved, the Contractor shall forthwith arrange to supply to the Engineer-in-Charge
for his approval fresh samples complying with the specifications laid down in the
Contract. When materials are required to be tested in accordance with specifications,
Page 63 of 252
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be issued after the test results are received.
The Contractor shall at his risk and cost submit the samples of materials to be tested
or analyzed and shall not make use of or incorporate in the work any materials
represented by the samples until the required tests or analysis have been made and
materials finally accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall not be
eligible for any claim or compensation either arising out of any delay in the work or due
to any corrective measures required to be taken on account of and as a result of testing
of materials.
The Contractor shall, at his risk and cost, make all arrangements and shall provide all
facilities as the Engineer-in-Charge may require for collecting, and preparing the
required number of samples for such tests at such time and to such place or places as
may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and bear all charges and cost of testing
unless specifically provided for otherwise elsewhere in the Contract or specifications.
The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative shall at all times have access
to the works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from
where materials, manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the works
and the Contractor shall afford every facility and every assistance in obtaining the right
to such access.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to require the removal from the
premises of all materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the
specifications and in case of default the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to
employ at the expense of the Contractor, other persons to remove the same without
being answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may happen or arise to
such materials. The Engineer-in-Charge shall also have full powers to require other
proper materials to be substituted thereof and in case of default the Engineer-in-
Charge may cause the same to be supplied and all costs which may attend such
removal and substitution shall be borne by the Contractor.
CLAUSE 10 B
Secured Advance on Non-perishable Materials
(i) The Contractor, on signing an indenture in the form to be specified by the Engineer-in-
Charge, shall be entitled to be paid during the progress of the execution of the work up
to 75% of the assessed value of any materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer-
in-Charge non-perishable, non-fragile and non-combustible and are in accordance with
the Contract and which have been brought on the site in connection therewith and are
adequately stored and/ or protected against damage by weather or other causes but
which have not at the time of advance been incorporated in the works. When materials
on account of which an advance has been made under this sub-clause are
incorporated in the work the amount of such advance shall be recovered / deducted
from the next payment made under any of the clause or clauses of this Contract.
Such secured advance shall also be payable on other items of perishable nature, fragile
and combustible with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge provided the Contractor
provides a comprehensive insurance cover for the full cost of such materials. The
decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor in this
matter. No secured advance, shall however, be paid on high-risk materials such as
ordinary glass, sand, petrol, diesel etc.
Mobilization Advance
(ii) Mobilization advance at 10% of the tendered value may be given, if requested by the
Contractor in writing within 15 days of the order to commence the work.
Page 64 of 252
Such advance shall be paid in two equal installments. The first installment of such
advance shall be released on a request made by the contractor to the Engineer-in-
Charge in this behalf. The second installment shall be released by the Engineer-in-
Charge only after the Contractor furnishes a proof of the satisfactory utilization of the
earlier installment to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Before any installment of advance is released, the contractor shall furnish Bank
Guarantee of 110% of that installment amount and not exceeding three in number
from any Scheduled Bank as per form given in Annexure ‘B’. The BG shall be
furnished initially valid for the full contract period. If the contract period gets extended
due to any reasons, the BG shall be kept renewed from time to time to cover the
balance amount to be recovered together with interest @ 10% and valid for the likely
period of complete recovery. The BG Bonds shall be discharged depending on the
amount of mobilization advance recovered along with interest.
iii) BLANK
Interest & Recovery

iv) The mobilization advance in (ii) above bear simple interest at the rate of 10 % per
annum and shall be calculated from the date of payment to the date of recovery, both
days inclusive, on the outstanding amount of advance. Recovery of such sums advance
shall be made by deduction from the Contractor's bill commencing after first 10 % of
the gross value of the work is executed and paid or 25% of the stipulated period of
Contract has elapsed, whichever occurs earlier on pro-rata percentage basis to the
gross value of the work billed beyond 10% and/or elapse of stipulated period of
Contract in such a way that the entire advance is recovered by the time eighty percent
of the gross value of the Contract is executed and paid or 85% of the stipulated period
of Contract has elapsed whichever occurs earlier together with interest due on the
entire outstanding amount up to the date of recovery of the installment. Recovery of
advance at any intermediate stage shall be affected, if necessary, by encashment of
Bank Guarantees if the appropriate prorata amount of advance is not available from
the work done by the Contractor.
v) If the circumstances are considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-Charge, the period

mentioned in (ii) for request by the Contractor in writing for grant of mobilization
advance and Plant and Machinery advance may be extended in the discretion of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
vi) The said Bank guarantees for advances shall initially be made for the full amount
including interest and valid for the Contract period, and be kept renewed from time to
time to cover the balance amount and likely period of complete recovery together with
interest.
CLAUSE 10 C - Blank
CLAUSE 10 CA: - Blank
CLAUSE 10 CC: - Blank
CLAUSE 10D
Page 65 of 252
Dismantled Material Employers’ Property

The Contractor shall treat all materials obtained during dismantling of a structure,
excavation of the site for a work, etc. as the Employer’s Property and such materials
shall be disposed off to the best advantage of the Employer according to the
instructions in writing issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.
CLAUSE 11
Work to be executed in Accordance with Specifications, Drawings, and Orders etc.
The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most
substantial and workman like manner both as regards materials and otherwise in
every respect in strict accordance with the specifications. The Contractor shall also
confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to the design, drawings and instructions in writing
in respect of the work signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor shall be
furnished free of charge one copy of the Contract documents together with
specifications, designs, drawings and instructions as are not included in the standard
specifications of Central Public works Department specified in Schedule 'F' or in any
Bureau of Indian Standard or any other, published standard or code or, Schedule of
Rates or any other printed publication referred to elsewhere in the Contract.
Any reference made to the standards, specifications issued by the BIS and other
similar organizations shall be deemed to include the latest edition of issue of such
standards, specifications and bye-laws including all revisions, amendments and
addenda subsequently issued. Where ISI Standards exist in respect of materials, then
the materials shall in all respects comply with the relevant and current ISI Standard.
In such cases where ISI Standard Specifications do not exist nearest equivalent
International Standards/ Specifications will be followed. In absence of either the
specified manufacturers' specifications shall be followed. In absence of all these, the
Engineer's instructions shall be followed.
If any ambiguity arises as to the meaning of any of portion of the specifications and
drawings or as to execution or quality of any work or material or as to measurement of
the works, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Contract and with the care and
diligence execute and maintain the works and provide all labour and materials, tools
and plants including for measurements and supervision of all works, structural plans
and other things of temporary or permanent nature required for such execution and
maintenance in so far as the necessity for providing these, is specified or is reasonably
inferred from the Contract. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for adequacy,
suitability and safety of all the works and methods of construction.
CLAUSE 12
DEVIATIONS/VARIATIONS EXTENT AND PRICING
The Engineer-in-Charge shall have power (i) to make alteration in, omissions from,
additions to, or substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and
instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the
work, and (ii) to omit a part of the works in case of non-availability of a portion of the site or
for any other reasons and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the works in
accordance with any instructions given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-Charge
and such alterations, omissions, additions or substitutions shall form part of the contract
Page 66 of 252
as if originally provided therein and any altered, additional or substituted work which the
contractor may be directed to do in the manner specified above as part of the works, shall
be carried out by the contractor
on the same conditions in all respects including price on which he agreed to do the main
work except as hereafter provided. The completion cost of any agreement for Maintenance
works including works of upgradation, aesthetic, special repair, addition/ alteration shall
not exceed 1.25 times of Tendered amount. Any further deviation beyond this limit upto 1.5
times of tendered amount shall be approved
by Chief Engineer with recorded reason and in exceptional case, ADG shall have full power
to approve the deviation beyond 1.50 times of tendered amount with recorded reason and
take suitable corrective action.
12.1 The time for completion of the works shall, in the event of any deviations resulting
in additional cost over the tendered value sum being ordered be extended, if requested
by the Contractor, as follows:
i) In the proportion which the additional cost of the altered, additional or substituted
work, bears to the original tendered value plus
ii) 25% of the time calculated in (i) above or such further additional time as may be
considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-Charge which decision shall be final
and binding on the Contractor.
12.2 Deviation, Extra items and Pricing
In the case of extra item (s) the Contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order
or occurrence of the item (s) claim rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work
and the Engineer-in-Charge shall within one month of the receipt of the claims
supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates
submitted by the Contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and
the Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined.
Deviation, Substituted Items, Pricing
In the case of substituted items, the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted)
and substituted item shall also be determined in the manner as mentioned in the
following Para. (a) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is more
than the market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable the
Contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be
substituted) so increased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of
substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).
(b) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is less than the
market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable to the
Contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be
substituted) so decreased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of
substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).
Deviation, Deviated Quantities, Pricing

In the case of Contract items, substituted items, Contract cum substituted items,
which exceed the limit laid down in Schedule 'F', the Contractor may within fifteen
days of receipt of order or occurrence of the excess, claim revision of the rates,
supported by proper analysis, for the work in excess of the above mentioned
limits, provided that if the rates so claimed are in excess of the rates specified in
the schedule of quantities the Engineer-in-Charge shall within one month of receipt of
the claims supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates
submitted by the Contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and
Page 67 of 252
the Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined.
12.3 The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to the decrease in the
rates of items for the work in excess of the limits laid down in Schedule 'F', and the
Engineer-in-Charge shall after giving notice to the Contractor within one month of
occurrence of the excess and after taking into consideration any reply received from him
within fifteen days of the receipt of the notice, revise the rates for the work in question
within one month of the expiry of the said period of fifteen days having regard to the
market rates.
12.4 The Contractor shall send to the Engineer-in-Charge once in every month an up to
date account giving complete details of all claims for additional payments to which the
Contractor may consider himself entitled and of all additional work ordered by the
Engineer-in-Charge which he has executed during the preceding quarter failing which
the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right. However, the Engineer-in-
Charge may authorize consideration of such claims on merits.
12.5 For the purpose of operation of Schedule “F”, the following works shall be treated as
works relating to foundation unless & otherwise defined in the contract:
(i) For Buildings: All works up to 1.2 metres above ground level or up to floor 1 level
Whichever is lower.
(ii) For abutments, piers and well staining: All works up to 1.2 m above the bed level.
(iii) For retaining walls, wing walls, compound walls, chimneys, overhead reservoirs/
tanks and other elevated structures: All works up to 1.2 metres above the ground level
(iv) For reservoirs/tanks (other than overhead reservoirs/tanks) : All works up to 1.2
metres above the ground level.
(v) For basement: All works up to 1.2 m above ground level or up to floor 1 level
whichever is lower.
(vi) For Roads, all items of excavation and filling including treatment of sub base.
12.6 Any operation incidental or necessarily has to be in contemplation of tenderer while

filing tender, or necessary for proper execution of the item included in the Schedule of
quantities or in the schedule of rates mentioned above, whether or not, specifically
indicated in the description of the item and the relevant specifications, shall be
deemed to be included in the rates quoted by the tenderer or the rate given in the said
schedule of rates, as the case may be. Nothing extra shall be admissible for such
operations.
CLAUSE 13 Foreclosure of Contract due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of

Work - If at any time after acceptance of the tender the Employer shall decide to
abandon or reduce the scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not
require the whole or any part of the works to be carried out, the Engineer-in-Charge
shall give notice in writing to that effect to the Contractor and the Contractor shall act
accordingly in the matter. The Contractor shall have no claim to any payment of
compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or advantage which
Page 68 of 252
he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but which he did not
derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the works. The
Contractor shall be paid at Contract rates full amount for works executed at site and,
in addition, a reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge which
decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor, for the items hereunder
mentioned which could not be utilized on the work to the full extent in view of the
foreclosure:
i) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g. temporary access roads,
temporary labour huts, staff quarters and site office, storage accommodation and
water storage tanks.
ii) The Employer shall have the option to take over Contractor's materials or any
part thereof either brought to site or of which the Contractor is legally bound to
accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work)
provided, however, the Employer shall be bound to take over the materials or
such portions thereof as the Contractor does not desire to retain. For materials
taken over or to be taken over by the Employer cost of such materials as detailed
by Engineer-in-Charge shall be paid. The cost shall, however, take into account
purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may
have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the Contractor.
iii) If any materials supplied by the Employer are rendered surplus, the same except
normal wastage shall be returned by the Contractor to the Employer at rates not
exceeding those at which these were originally issued less allowance for any
deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials were
in the custody of the Contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such materials
from site to the Employer's stores, if so required by the Employer shall be paid.
iv) Reasonable compensation for transfer of T & P (Tools & Plants) from site to
Contractor's permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If T & P
are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of transportation shall be
payable.
v) Reasonable compensation for repatriation of Contractor's site staff and imported

labour to the extent necessary.
The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish to him books of

account, wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and evidence as may
be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this
condition. The reasonable amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in
excess of 2% of the cost of the work remaining incomplete on the date of closure, i.e.
total stipulated cost of the work as per accepted tender less the cost of work actually
executed under the Contract and less the cost of Contractor's materials at site taken
over by the Employer as per item (ii) above. Provided always that against any
payments due to the Contractor on this account or otherwise, the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances due from the
Contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials and any other
sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the Employer from the
Contractor under the terms of the Contract.
Page 69 of 252
CLAUSE 14
Carrying out part work at risk & cost of contractor
If Contractor:
i) At any time makes default during currency of work or does not execute any
part of the work with due diligence and continues to do so even after a notice
in writing of 7 days in this respect from the Engineer-in- Charge; or
ii) Commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the
contractor and does not remedy it or takes effective steps to remedy it within 7
days even after a notice in writing is given in that behalf by the Engineer-in-
Charge; or
iii) Fails to complete the work(s) or items of work with individual dates of
completion on or before the date (s) so determined, and does not complete
then within the period specified in the notice given in writing in that behalf by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Engineer-in-Charge without invoking action under clause 3 may, without

prejudice to any other right or remedy against the contractor which have either
accrued or accrue thereafter to government, by a notice in writing to take the part
work / part incomplete work of any item(s) out of his hands and shall have power to:
a) Take possession of the site and any materials, construction plant, implements,
stores, etc. thereon, and /or
b) Carry out the part work /part incomplete work of any item(s) by any means at the
risk and cost of the contractor.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall determine the amount, if any, is recoverable from the
contractor for completion of the part work / part incomplete work of any item(s)
taken out of his hands and execute at the risk and cost of the contractor, the liability
of contractor on account of loss or damage suffered by employer because of action
under this clause shall not exceed 10% of the tendered value of the work.
In determining the amount, credit shall be given to the contractor with the value of
work done in all respect in the same manner and at the same rate as if it had been
carried out by the original contractor under the terms of his contract, the value of
contractor’s materials taken over and incorporated in the work and use of plant and
machinery belonging to the contractor. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge as
to the value of work done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor
provided always that action under this clause shall only be taken after giving notice
in writing to the contractor. Provided also that if the expenses incurred by the
department are less than the amount payable to the contractor at his agreement
rates, the difference shall not be payable to the contractor.
Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by employer in completing the

part work / part incomplete work of any item (s) or the excess loss of damages
suffered or may be suffered by government as aforesaid after allowing such credit
shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to government in law or
per as agreement be recovered from any money due to the contractor on any account,
and if such money is insufficient, the contractor shall be called upon in writing and
shall be liable to pay the same within 30 days.
Page 70 of 252
If the contractor fails to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30 days,
the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to sell any or all of the contractors’
unused materials, constructional plant, implements, temporary building at site etc.
and adjust the proceeds of sale thereof towards the dues recoverable from the
contractor under the contract and if thereafter there remains any balance
outstanding, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of contract.
In the event of above course being adopted by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor
shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his
having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or
made any advances on any account or with a view to the execution of the work or the
performance of the contract.
CLAUSE 15
Suspension of Work
(i) The Contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing of the Engineer-in-
Charge, (whose decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor) suspend
the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time and in such
manner as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider necessary so as not to cause
any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof
for any of the following reasons:
a. on account of any default on the part of the Contractor or;
b. for proper execution of the works or part thereof for reasons other than the
default of the Contractor; or
c. for safety of the works or part thereof. The Contractor shall, during such
suspension, properly protect and secure the works to the extent necessary and
carry out the instruction given in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(ii) If the suspension is ordered for reasons (b) and (c) in sub-para (i)
above.
a. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to the period of

every such suspension plus 25%, for completion of the item or group of items
of work for which a separate period of completion is specified in the Contract
and of which the suspended work forms a part, and;
b. If the total period of all such suspensions in respect of an item or group of

items of work for which a separate period of completion is specified in the
Contract exceeds thirty days, the Contractor shall, in addition, be entitled to
such compensation as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable in
respect of salaries and/ or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees and
labour at site, remaining idle during the period of suspension, adding thereto
2% to cover indirect expenses of the Contractor. Provided the Contractor
submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-Charge within
fifteen days of the expiry of the period of 30 days.
iii) If the works or part thereof is suspended on the orders of the Engineer-in-
Charge for more than three months at a time, except when suspension is
ordered for reason (a) in sub-para (i) above, the Contractor may after receipt
Page 71 of 252
of such order serve a written notice on the Engineer-in-Charge requiring

permission within fifteen days from receipt by the Engineer-in-Charge of the
said notice, to proceed with the work or part thereof in regard to which
progress has been suspended and if such permission is not granted within
that time, the Contractor, if he intends to treat the suspension, where it
affects only a part of the works as an omission of such part by the Employer
or where it affects whole of the works, as an abandonment of the works by
the Employer, shall within ten days of expiry of such period of 15 days give
notice in writing of his intention to the Engineer-in-Charge. In the event of
the Contractor treating the suspension as an abandonment of the Contract
by the Employer, he shall have no claim to payment of any compensation on
account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the
execution of the work in full but which he could not derive in consequence of
the abandonment. He shall, however, be entitled to such compensation, as
the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable, in respect of salaries and/
or wages paid by him to his employees and labor at site, remaining idle in
consequence adding to the total thereof 2% to cover indirect expenses of the
Contractor provided the Contractor submits his claim supported by details to
the Engineer-in-Charge within 30 days of the expiry of the period of 3
months.
Provided, further that the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim any
compensation from the Employer for the loss suffered by him on account of
delay by the Employer in the supply of materials in Schedule 'B' where such
delay is covered by difficulties relating to the supply of wagons, force majeure
including non-allotment of such materials by controlling authorities, acts of
God, acts of enemies of the state/country or any reasonable cause beyond the
control of the Employer.
Clauses 15A- Compensation in case of Delay of Supply of Material by ARAI- Not

Applicable
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Government for the
loss suffered by him on account of delay by Government in the supply of materials in
schedule 'B' where such delay is covered by the difficulties relating to the supply of wagons,
force majeure or any reasonable cause beyond the control of the Government.
This clause 15 A will not be applicable for works where no material is stipulated.
CLAUSE 16
Action in case Work not done as per specifications
All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the Contract

shall at all times be open and accessible to the inspection and supervision of the
Engineer-in-Charge, his authorized subordinates in charge of the work and all the
superior officers, officer of the Quality Control Organization of the Employer or any
organization engaged by the Employer for Quality Assurance and of the Chief
Technical Examiner's Office, and the Contractor shall, at all times, during the usual
working hours and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the visit of such
officers has been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive orders
and instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present for
that purpose. Orders given to the Contractor's agent shall be considered to have the
same force as if they had been given to the Contractor himself.
If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized subordinates in charge
Page 72 of 252
of the work or to the Chief Engineer-in-Charge of Quality Control or his subordinate

officers or the officers of the organization engaged by the Employer for Quality
Assurance or to the Chief Technical Examiner or his subordinate officers, that any
work has been executed with unsound, imperfect, or unskillful workmanship, or with
materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work which are unsound
or of a quality inferior to that contracted or otherwise not in accordance with the
Contract, the Contractor shall, on demand in writing which shall be made within
twelve months of the completion of the work from the Engineer-in-Charge specifying
the work, materials or articles complained of notwithstanding that the same may have
been passed, certified and paid for, forthwith rectify, or remove and reconstruct the
work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or as the case may be,
remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper and suitable
materials or articles at his own charge and cost. In the event of his failing to do so
within a period specified by the Engineer-in-Charge in his demand aforesaid, then the
Contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the same rate as under clause 2 of
the Contract (for no completion of the work in time) for this default.
In such case the Engineer-in-Charge may not accept the item of work at the rates
applicable under the Contract but may accept such items at reduced rates as the
authority specified in Schedule `F' may consider reasonable during the preparation of
on account bills or final bill if the item is so acceptable without detriment to the safety
and utility of the item and the structure or he may reject the work outright without
any payment and/or get it and other connected and incidental items rectified, or
removed and re-executed at the risk and cost of the Contractor. Decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge to be conveyed in writing in respect of the same will be final and
binding on the Contractor.
CLAUSE 17
Contractor Liable for Damages, defects during Maintenance Period (i.e. Defect
Liability Period) and Refund of Security Deposit
If the Contractor or his working people or servants shall break, deface, injure or
destroy any part of building in which they may be working, or any building, road,
road curb, fence, enclosure, water pipe, cables, drains, electric or telephone post or
wires, trees, grass or grassland, or cultivated ground contiguous to the premises on
which the work or any part is being executed, or if any damage shall happen to the
work while in progress, from any cause whatever or if any defect, shrinkage or other
faults appear in the work within twelve months (six months in the case of work
costing Rs. Ten lakhs and below except road work) after a certificate final or otherwise
of its completion shall have been given by the Engineer-in-Charge as aforesaid arising
out of defect or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor shall upon receipt
of a notice in writing on that behalf make the same good at his own expense or in
default the Engineer-in-Charge shall cause the same to be made good by other
workmen and deduct the expense from any sums that may be due or at any time
thereafter may become due to the Contractor, or from his security deposit or the
proceeds of sale thereof of a sufficient portion thereof. The security deposit of the
Contractor shall not be refunded before the expiry of twelve (six months in case of
work costing Rupees Ten lakhs and below except road work) after the issue of the
certificate final or otherwise, of completion of work, or till the final bill has been
prepared and passed whichever is later. Provided that in the case of road work if in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, half of the security deposit is sufficient to meet
all liabilities of the Contractor under this Contract, half of the Security Deposit will be
refundable after six months and the remaining half after twelve months of the issue of
Page 73 of 252
the said certificate of completion or till the final bill has been prepared and passed
whichever is later.
The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Maintenance Certificate
shall have been signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and delivered to the Employer
stating that the works have been completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The
Maintenance Certificate shall be given by the Engineer-in-Charge within twenty eight
days after the expiry of the Period of Maintenance as stipulated above or as soon
thereafter as any works ordered during such period, shall have been completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and full effect shall be given to this clause,
notwithstanding any previous entry on the Works or taking the possession, working
or using thereof or any part thereof by the Employer.
In case of Maintenance and Operation works of E & M services, the security deposit
deducted from the Contractor shall be refunded within one month from the date of
final payment or within one month from the date of completion of the maintenance
Contract whichever is earlier.
CLAUSE 18
Contractor to Supply Tools & Plants etc.
The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all materials (except such special
materials if any, as may in accordance with the Contract be supplied from the
Engineer-in-Charge's stores), machinery, tools and plants, appliances, implements,
ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary works required for the proper
execution of the work, whether original, altered or substituted and whether included
in the specification or other documents forming part of the Contract or referred to in
these conditions or not, or which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or
complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge as to any matter as to
which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to
require together with carriage therefore to and from the work. The Contractor shall
also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and
materials, necessary for the purpose of setting out works and counting, weighing and
assisting the measurement for examination at any time and from time to time of the
work or materials. Failing his so doing the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-
Charge at the expense of the Contractor and the expenses may be deducted, from any
money due to the Contractor, under this Contract or otherwise and/or from his
security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portions thereof.
List of mandatory machinery, Tools and Plants to be deployed at site shall be as
specified in Schedule ‘F’. In case contractor fails to deploy required no. of tools and
plants within the time specified by Engineer –in-charge an amount of Rs. 5000/- per
day will be levied on contractor and will be non-refundable.
CLAUSE 18 A
Recovery of Compensation paid to Workman
In every case in which by virtue of the provisions sub-section (1) of Section 12 of the
Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, the Employer is obliged to pay compensation to
a workman employed by the Contractor, in execution of the works, the Employer will
recover from the Contractor the amount of the compensation so paid; and, without
prejudice to the rights of the Employer under sub-section (2) of Section 12 of the said
Act, the Employer shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by
deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by the Employer to the
Page 74 of 252
Contractor whether under this Contract or otherwise. The Employer shall not be
bound to contest any claim made against it under sub-section (1) Section 12 of the
said Act, except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the
Employer full security for all costs for which the Employer might become liable in
consequence of contesting such claim.
CLAUSE 18 B
Ensuring Payment and Amenities to Workers if Contractor fails
In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation
and Abolition) Act, 1970, and of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Central Rules, 1971, the Employer is obliged to pay any amounts of wages to a
workman employed by the Contractor in execution of the works, or to incur any
expenditure in providing welfare and health amenities required to be provided under
the above said Act and the rules under Clause 19H or under the ARAI Contractor's
Labour Regulations, or under the Rules framed by Government from time to time for
the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by the
Employer's Contractors, the Employer will recover from the Contractor the amount of
wages so paid or the amount of expenditure so incurred; and without prejudice to the
rights of the Employer under sub-section (2) of Section 20, and sub-section (4) of
Section 21, of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, the Employer
shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the
security deposit or from any sum due by the Employer to the Contractor whether
under this Contract or otherwise. The Employer shall not be bound to contest any
claim made against it under sub-section (1) of Section 20, subsection (4) of Section
21, of the said Act, except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his
giving to the Employer full security for all costs for which the Employer might become
liable in contesting such claim.
CLAUSE 19
Labour Laws to be complied by the Contractor
i) The Contractor shall obtain a valid license under the Contract Labour (R&A) Act,
1970 and the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central rules 1971,
before the commencement of the work, and continue to have a valid license until
the completion of the work. - The Contractor shall also abide by the provisions of
the Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.
ii) The Contractor shall also comply with the provisions of Building and Other
Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and conditions of Service) Act
1996 and the rules made there under.
iv) The Contractor shall also comply with the Building and Other Construction
Worker's Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and Cess Rules 1998.
v) The contractor shall also comply with provisions of the Inter-State Migrant
Workmen
(Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979
Any failure to fulfill these requirements shall attract the penal provisions of this
Contract arising out of the resultant non-execution of the work.
Page 75 of 252
CLAUSE 19 A Employment of Under-age Labour

No labour below the age of fourteen years shall be employed on the work.
CLAUSE 19 B
Payment of wages:
i) The Contractor shall pay to labour employed by him either directly or through sub-
Contractors, wages not less than fair wages as defined in the ARAI Contractor's
Labour Regulations or as per the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) Act 1970 and the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules,
1971, wherever applicable.
ii) The Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any Contract to the contrary,
cause to be paid fair wage to labour indirectly engaged on the work, including any
labour engaged by his sub-Contractors in connection with the said work, as if the
labour had been immediately employed by him.
iii) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for performance of
the Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be
complied with ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations from time to time in regard to
payment of wages, wage period, deductions from wages, recovery of wages not paid
and deductions unauthorized made, maintenance of wage books or wage slips,
publication of scale of wages and other terms of employment, inspection and
submission of periodical returns and all other matters of the like nature or as per the
provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable.
iv) a) The Engineer-in-Charge concerned shall have the right to deduct from the moneys
due to the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good
the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non-fulfillment of the conditions
of the Contract for the benefit of the workers, non-payment of wages or of
deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by their terms of the
Contract or non-observance of the Regulations. The decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge on the amount to be deducted from the amount due to the Contractor shall be
final and binding on the Contractor.
b)Under the provision of Minimum Wages (Central) Rules 1950, the Contractor is
bound to allow to the labours directly or indirectly employed in the works one day
rest for 6 days continuous work and pay wages at the same rate as for duty. In the
event of default, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to deduct the sum or
sums not paid on account of wages for weekly holidays to any labours and pay
the same to the persons entitled thereto from any money due to the Contractor by the
Engineer-in-Charge Concerned. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge on the
amount to be deducted from the amount due to the Contractor shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
In the case of Union Territory of Delhi, however, as the all-inclusive

minimum daily wages fixed under Notification of the Delhi
Administration No.F.12 (162) MWO/DAB/43884-91 dated 31.12.1979
as amended from time to time are inclusive of wages for the weekly day
of rest, the question of extra payment for weekly holiday would not arise.
Page 76 of 252
v) The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Payment of

Wages Act, 1936, Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees Liability Act,
1938 Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, Industrial Disputes Act,
1947, Maternity Benefits Act, 1961, Building and Other Construction
Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act
1996, Building and Other Construction Worker's Welfare Cess Act, 1996
and the Contractor's Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, or the
Contractor's Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, or the
modifications thereof or any other laws relating thereto and the rules
made there under from time to time.
vi) The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer
against payments to be made under and for the observance of the laws
aforesaid and the ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations without
prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub-Contractors.
vii) The laws aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this Contract and any
breach thereof shall be deemed to be a breach of this Contract.
viii) Whatever is the minimum wage for the time being, or if the wage payable
is higher than such wage, such wage shall be paid by the Contractor to
the workmen directly without the intervention of Jamadar and that
Jamadar shall not be entitled to deduct or recover any amount from the
minimum wage payable to the workmen as and by way of commission or
otherwise
ix) The Contractor shall ensure that no amount by way of commission or

otherwise is deducted or recovered by the Jamadar from the wage of
workmen
x) The Contractor shall ensure that all employees are covered for all social
benefits viz PF, EPS, EDLI and ESI etc
xi) The Contractor shall submit proof of recovery and remittance of EPF,
EPS, EDLI and ESI etc. along with the monthly/running bill for the next
month
CLAUSE 19 C
Compliance with provisions in Safety Code
In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for the performance
of the Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall at his own expense
arrange for the safety provisions as per ARAI Safety Code framed from time to time
and shall at his own expense provide for all facilities in connection therewith. In case
the Contractor fails to make arrangement and provide necessary facilities as aforesaid
he shall be liable to pay a penalty of Rs.200/- for each default and in addition the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to make arrangement and provide facilities as
aforesaid and recover the costs incurred in that behalf from the Contractor.
CLAUSE 19 D
Submission of Fortnightly Labour Report
The Contractor shall submit by the 4th and 19th of every month, to the Engineer-in-
Charge a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month
and the first half of the current month respectively :
Page 77 of 252
1) The number of labourers employed by him on the work,

2) Their working hours,
3) The wages paid to them,
4) The accidents that occurred during the said fortnight showing the
circumstances under which they happened and the extent of damage and
injury caused by them, and
5) The number of female workers who have been allowed maternity
benefit according to Clause 19F and the amount paid to them.
Failing which the Contractor shall be liable to pay to the Employer a
sum not exceeding Rs.200/- for each default or materially incorrect
statement.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final in deducting from any bill due to
the Contractor the amount levied as fine and be binding on the Contractor.
CLAUSE 19 E
Compliance with the Rules on Health and Sanitary arrangements
In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the
performance of the Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply
with or cause to be complied with all the rules framed by ARAI from time to time for
the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by the
Employer and its Contractors.
CLAUSE 19 F
Maternity Benefits
Leave and pay during leave shall be regulated as follows:
1. Leave:
(i) in the case of delivery - maternity leave not exceeding 8 weeks, 4 weeks upto and
including the day of delivery and 4 weeks following that day,
(ii) in the case of miscarriage - up to 3 weeks from the date of miscarriage.
2. Pay:
(i) in the case of delivery - leave pay during maternity leave will be at the rate of the
women's average daily earnings, calculated on total wages earned on the
days when full time work was done during a period of three months
immediately preceding the date on which she gives notice that she expects to be
confined or at the rate of Rupee one only a day whichever is greater.
(ii) In the case of miscarriage - leave pay at the rate of average daily earning
calculated on the total wages earned on the days when full time work was
done during a period of three months immediately preceding the date of such
miscarriage.
3 Conditions for the grant of Maternity Leave: No maternity leave benefit shall be
admissible to a woman unless she has been employed for a total period of not
less than six months immediately preceding the date on which she proceeds on leave.
4 The Contractor shall maintain a register of Maternity (Benefit) in the Prescribed

form as shown in Appendices I and II in the Proforma of Registers attached to ARAI
Page 78 of 252
Contractor’s Labour Regulations and the same shall be kept at the place of work.
CLAUSE 19 G
Action in case of Non-observance of Rules and Regulations
In the event of the Contractor (s) committing a default or breach of any of the
provisions of ARAI' Contractor's Labour Regulations and Model Rules for the
protection of health and sanitary arrangements for the workers as amended from time
to time or furnishing any information or submitting or filing any statement under the
provisions of the above Regulations and Rules which is materially incorrect, he/ they
shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to the Employer a sum not
exceeding Rs. 200/- for every default, breach or furnishing, making, submitting, filing
such materially incorrect statements and in the event of the Contractor(s) defaulting
continuously in this respect, the penalty may be enhanced to Rs. 200/- per day for
each day of default subject to a maximum of 5 per cent of the estimated cost of the
work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding
on the parties.
Should it appear to the Engineer-in-Charge that the Contractor(s) is/ are not properly
observing and complying with the provisions of the ARAI Contractor's Labour
Regulations and Model Rules and the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation
and Abolition) Act 1970, and the Contract Labour (R & A) Central Rules 1971, for the
protection of health and sanitary arrangements for work-people employed by the
Contractor(s) (hereinafter referred as "the said Rules") the Engineer-in-Charge shall
have power to give notice in writing to the Contractor (s) requiring that the said Rules
be complied with and the amenities prescribed therein be provided to the work-people
within a reasonable time to be specified in the notice. If the Contractor (s) shall fail
within the period specified in the notice to comply with and observe the said Rules
and to provide the amenities to the work-people as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge
shall have the power to provide the amenities hereinbefore mentioned at the cost of
the Contractor (s). The Contractor(s) shall erect, make and maintain at his/their own
expense and to approved standards all necessary huts and sanitary arrangements
required for his/their work-people on the site in connection with the execution of the
works, and if the same shall not have been erected or constructed, according to
approved standards, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to give notice in writing
to the Contractor(s) requiring that the said huts and sanitary arrangements be
remodeled and/or reconstructed according to approved standards and if the
Contractor (s) shall fail to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary
arrangements according to approved standards within the period specified in the
notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to remodel or reconstruct such
huts and sanitary arrangements according to approved standards at the cost of the
Contractor(s).
CLAUSE 19 H
Provision of Labour Camp with Amenities
The Contractor (s) shall at his/their own cost provide his/their labour with a
sufficient number of huts (hereinafter referred to as the camp) of the following
specifications on a suitable plot of land to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1) a) The minimum height of each hut at the eaves level shall be 2.10m (7ft.) and
the floor area to be provided will be at the rate of 2.7 sq. m. (30 sq.ft.) for each
Page 79 of 252
member of the worker's family staying with the labourer.
b) The Contractor(s) shall in addition construct suitable cooking places

having at minimum area of 1.80m x 1.50m (6'x5') adjacent to the hut for
each family.
c) The Contractor(s) shall also construct temporary latrines and urinals for
the use of the labourers each on the scale of not less than four per each one
hundred of the total strength, separate latrines and urinals being provided for
women.
d) The Contractor (s) shall construct sufficient number of bathing and

washing places, one unit for every 25 persons residing in the camp. These
bathing and washing places shall be suitably screened.
2) a) All the huts shall have walls of sun-dried or burnt bricks laid in mud
mortar or other suitable local materials as may be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
In case of sun-dried bricks, the walls should be plastered with mud gobri on both
sides. The floor may be kutcha but plastered with mud gobri and shall be at least 15
cm (6") above the surrounding ground. The roofs shall be laid with thatch or any
other materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor
shall ensure that throughout the period of their occupation the roofs remain water-
tight.
b) The Contractor(s) shall provide each hut with proper ventilation.
c) All doors, windows, and ventilators shall be provided with suitable

leaves for security purposes.
d) There shall be kept an open space of at least 7.2m (8 yards) between the
rows of huts which may be reduced to 6m (20 ft.) according to the availability
of site with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Back to back construction
will be allowed.
3) Water Supply - The Contractor(s) shall provide adequate supply of water for
the use of labourers. -The provisions shall not be less than two gallons of pure and
wholesome water per head per day for drinking purposes and three gallons of clean
water per head per day for bathing and washing purposes. -Where piped water supply
is available, supply shall be at stand posts and where the supply is from well or river,
tanks which may be of metal or masonry, shall be provided. The Contractor(s) shall
also at his/their own cost make arrangements for laying pipe lines for water supply to
his/ their labour camp from the existing mains wherever available, and shall pay all
fees and charges therefor.
4) The site selected for the camp shall be high ground, removed from jungle.
5) Disposal of Excreta - The Contractor (s) shall make necessary arrangements

for the disposal of excreta from the latrines by trenching or incineration which shall be
according to the requirements laid down by the Local Health Authorities. If trenching or
incineration is not allowed the Contractor (s) shall make arrangements for the removal
of the excreta through the Municipal Committee/authority and inform it about the
number of labourers employed so that arrangements may be made by such committee/
authority for the removal of the excreta. All charges on this account shall be borne by
Page 80 of 252
the Contractor and paid direct by him to the Municipality/ authority. The
Contractor shall provide one sweeper for every eight seats in case of dry system.
6) Drainage - The Contractor(s) shall provide efficient arrangements for

draining away sullage water so as to keep the camp neat and tidy.
7) The Contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for keeping the

camp area sufficiently lighted to avoid accidents to the workers.
8) Sanitation - The Contractor(s) shall make arrangements for conservancy and

sanitation in the labour -camps according to the rules of- the Local Public Health and
Medical Authorities.
CLAUSE 19 I Compliance with instructions on removal from site of undesirable

person
The Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to dismiss or remove from the site
of the work any person or persons in the Contractors' employ upon the work who may
be incompetent or misconduct himself and the Contractor shall forthwith comply with
such requirements.
CLAUSE 19 J
Unauthorized occupation of building during construction
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that the building under
construction is not occupied by anybody unauthorized during construction / work,
and is handed over to the Engineer-in-Charge with vacant possession of complete
building. If such building though completed is occupied illegally, then the Engineer-
in-Charge shall have the option to refuse to accept the said building/ buildings in that
position. Any delay in acceptance on this account will be treated as the delay in
completion and for such delay a levy upto 5% of tendered value of work may be
imposed by the Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final both with regard to
the justification and quantum and be binding on the Contractor.
However, the Engineer-in-Charge, through a notice, may require the Contractor to
remove the illegal occupation any time on or before construction and delivery.
CLAUSE 19 K
Employment of skilled / semi skilled workers
The contractor shall, at all stages of work, deploy skilled/semi skilled tradesman who
are qualified and possess certificate in particular trade from CPWD training Institute
/Industrial training Institute / National Institute of construction Management and
Research (NICMAR) National Academy of construction, CIDC or any similar reputed
and recognized institute managed / certified by State /Central govt. The number of
such qualified tradesmen shall not be less than 20% of total skilled /semi skilled
Page 81 of 252
workers required in each trade at any stage of work. The contractor shall submit
number of man days required in respect of each trade, its scheduling and the list of
qualified tradesmen alongwith requisite certificate from recognized institute to
Engineer-in-Charge for approval. Notwithstanding such approval, if the tradesmen
are found to have inadequate skill to execute the work of respective trade, the
contractor shall substitute such tradesmen within two days of written notice from
Engineer-in-Charge. Failure on the part of contractor to obtain approval of Engineer-
in-Charge or failure to deploy qualified tradesmen will attract a compensation to be
paid by contractor at the rate of Rs. 100 pre such tradesman per day. Decision of
Engineer in charge as to whether particular tradesman possesses requisite skill and
amount of compensation in case of default shall be final and binding.
Provided always, that the provisions of this clause, shall not be applicable for works
with estimated cost put to tender being less than Rs. 5 crores
CLAUSE 19L
The ESI and EPF contributions on the part of employer in respect of this contract shall be
paid by the contractor. These contributions on the part of the employer paid by the
contractor shall be reimbursed by the Engineer-in-Charge to the contractor on actual basis.
The applicable and eligible amount of EPF&ESI shall be reimbursed preferably within 7
days but not later than 30 days of submission of documentary proof of payment provided
same are in order.
CLAUSE 20
Minimum Wages Act to be complied with
The Contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the Minimum Wages Acts,
1948, and Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, amended from time
to time and rules framed thereunder and other labour laws affecting Contract labour
that may be brought into force from time to time.
CLAUSE 21
Work not to be sublet, Action in case of insolvency & Illegal Gratification etc.
The Contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The permitted subletting of work by the Contractor shall not
establish any contractual relationship between the Sub-Contractor and the Employer
and shall not absolve the Contractor of any responsibility under the Contract. The
execution of work by petty Contractors under the direct and personal Supervision of
the Contractor or his agent shall not be deemed to be subletting under this Clause.
And if the Contractor shall assign or sublet his Contract, or attempt to do so, or
become insolvent or commence any insolvency proceedings or make any composition
with his creditors or attempt to do so, or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite,
reward or advantage pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly, be
given, promised or offered by the Contractor, or any of his servants or agent to any
public officer or person in the employ of the Employer in any way relating to his office
or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or
indirectly interested in the Contract, the Engineer-in-Charge on behalf of the
Employer shall have power to adopt the course specified in Clause 3 hereof in the
interest of the Employer and in the event of such course being adopted the
consequences specified in the said Clause 3 shall ensue.
Page 82 of 252
CLAUSE 22
Payment of Compensation
All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be
considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of the Employer
without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether or not any
damage shall have been sustained.
CLAUSE 23
Changes in firm's Constitution to be intimated
Where the Contractor is a partnership firm, the previous approval in writing of the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of
the firm. Where the Contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family business
concern such approval as aforesaid shall likewise be obtained before the Contractor
enters into any partnership agreement where under the partnership firm would have
the right to carry out the works hereby undertaken by the Contractor. If previous
approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the Contract shall be deemed to have been
assigned in contravention of Clause 21 hereof and the same action may be taken, and
the same consequences shall ensue as provided in the said Clause 21.
CLAUSE 24
Execution of works under the Direction of the Engineer-in-Charge
All works to be executed under the Contract shall be executed under the direction and
subject to the approval in all respects of the Engineer-in-Charge who shall be entitled
to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced, and
from time to time carried on.
CLAUSE 25
Settlement of Disputes & Arbitration
Except where otherwise provided in the Contract all questions and disputes relating
to the meaning of the specifications, design, drawings and instructions herein before
mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as
to any other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever in any way arising out
of or relating to the Contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates,
instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the works or the
execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the
work or after the cancellation, termination, completion or abandonment thereof shall
be dealt with as mentioned hereinafter:
1) If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements
of the Contract, or disputes any drawings, record or decision given in writing by the
Engineer on any matter in connection with or arising out of the Contract or carrying
out of the work, to be unacceptable, he shall promptly within 15 days request the
Engineer-in-Charge in writing for written instruction or decision. Thereupon, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall give his written instructions or decision within a period of
one month from the receipt of the Contractor's letter.
If the Engineer-in-Charge fails to give his instructions or decision in writing within the
aforesaid period or if the Contractor is dissatisfied with the instructions or decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor may, within 15 days of the receipt of the
Page 83 of 252
Engineer-in-Charge decision, appeal to the Appellate Authority specified in Schedule

'F' who shall afford an opportunity to the Contractor to be heard, if the latter so
desires, and to offer evidence in support of his appeal. The Appellate Authority shall
give his decision within 30 days of receipt of Contractor's appeal. If the Contractor is
dissatisfied with this decision, the Contractor shall within a period of 30 days from
receipt of the decision, give notice to the Appointing Authority specified in Schedule 'F'
for appointment of arbitrator failing which the said decision shall be final binding and
conclusive and not referable to adjudication by the arbitrator.
2) Except where the decision has become final, binding and conclusive in terms of Sub
Para (1) above, disputes or difference shall be referred for adjudication through
arbitration by a sole arbitrator appointed by the Appointing Authority. The selection of
Arbitrator by the Appointing Authority will be governed by the fact whether the
dispute is (i) between two Public Sector Enterprises or (ii) between a Public Sector
Enterprise and a Government Department or (iii) Otherwise. In case the dispute does
not fall under item (i) or (ii) of this Para the Appointing Authority, shall appoint the
sole Arbitrator. Within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Contractor to refer the
dispute for Arbitration, the Appointing Authority stipulated in Schedule F shall send
to the Contractor a list of three serving officers of ARAI of appropriate status
depending on the total value of claim, who have not been connected with the work
under the Contract. The Contractor shall, within 15 days of receipt of this list select
and communicate to the Appointing Authority, the name of one officer from the list
who shall then be appointed as the Sole Arbitrator. If the Contractor fails to
communicate his selection of name within the stipulated period, the Appointing
Authority shall without delay, select one officer from the list and appoint him as the
Sole Arbitrator.
3) In case the dispute falls under item (i) or (ii) of Sub Para (2) above, the Appointing
Authority shall refer the dispute for Arbitration by one of the Arbitrators in the
Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by the Secretary to the Govt. of
India in charge of the Department of Public Enterprises. The Arbitration &
Conciliation Act 1996 shall not be applicable to the Arbitration in such a case. The
Award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties to the dispute, provided
however that any party aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for
setting aside or revision of the Award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal
Affairs, Ministry of Law & Justice, Govt. of India. Upon such reference, the dispute
shall be decided by the Law Secretary or the Special Secretary/Additional Secretary
when so authorized by the Law Secretary, whose decision shall bind the parties finally
and conclusively. The Parties to the dispute will share equally the cost of Arbitration
as intimated by the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall make a speaking Award and the
Award may be published on plain paper. In the event of the Sole Arbitrator dying,
neglecting or refusing to act or being unable to act for any reason, it shall be lawful
for the Secretary to the Govt. of India in charge of the Department of Public
Enterprises to nominate another person in place of the outgoing Arbitrator to act as
Sole Arbitrator. The new Arbitrator as appointed shall as far as practicable proceeds
from the stage where it was left by the outgoing Arbitrator.
It is a term of this Contract that the party invoking arbitration shall give a list of
disputes with amount claimed in respect of each such dispute along with the notice
for appointment of arbitrator and giving reference to the rejection by the Appellate
Authority of the appeal in the form at Annexure `C' It is a term of this Contract that
"Excepted matters" or matters where the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge or any
Page 84 of 252
higher authority has been stipulated as "Final and Binding" in various Clauses of
Contract, stand specifically excluded from the purview of Arbitration Clause.
It is also a term of this Contract that no person other than a person appointed by
such Appointing Authority as aforesaid should act as arbitrator and if for any reason
that is not possible, the matter shall not be referred to arbitration at all.
It is also a term of this Contract that if the Contractor does not make any demand for
appointment of arbitrator in respect of any claims in writing as aforesaid within 120
days of receiving the intimation from the Engineer-in-Charge that the final bill is
ready for payment, the claim of the Contractor shall be deemed to have been waived
and absolutely barred and the Employer shall be discharged and released of all
liabilities under the Contract in respect of these claims.
4) Obligation during pendency of arbitration

Work under the Contract shall unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
continue during the Arbitration proceeding and no payment due or payable by the
Employer shall be withheld on account of such proceedings, provided however, it
shall be open for the Arbitrator to consider and decide whether or not such work
should continue during arbitration proceedings.
5) Signing of "No Claim" certificate

The Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim whatsoever against the
Employer under or by virtue of or arising out of the Contract, nor shall the Employer
entertain or consider any such claim if made by the Contractor after he shall have
signed a "No Claim Certificate" in favour of the Employer in such form as stipulated
by the Employer, after the works are finally measured up. The Contractor shall be
debarred from disputing the correctness of any item covered by the "No Claim
Certificate" or demanding a reference to arbitration in respect thereof.
6) Parties to be impleaded in the arbitration proceedings
In case of any claims by the Contractor, the Employer as well as ARAI acting as
Agent to the Employer will implead themselves as parties to the Arbitration
Proceedings.
7) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) or any statutory modifications or
reenactment thereof and the rules made there under and for the time being in
force shall apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause, except for cases
falling under para 2 (i) or (ii).
8) It is also a term of this Contract that the arbitrator shall adjudicate on only such
disputes as are referred to him by the appointing authority and give separate award
against each dispute and claim referred to him and in all cases where the total
amount of the claims by any party exceeds Rs.1, 00,000/- the arbitrator shall give
reasons for the award.
9) It is also a term of the Contract that where the arbitral award is for the payment of
money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period
till the date on which the award is made.
Page 85 of 252
10) It is also a term of this Contract that the arbitrator shall indicate
i) The Award amount payable on the date of award
ii) The period within which it is to be paid and
iii) Simple rate of interest applicable beyond the stipulated free period for
making payment of Award amount.
11) It is also a term of the Contract that if any fees are payable to the arbitrator these shall
be paid equally by both the parties.
12) It is also a term of the Contract that the arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on
the reference on the date he issues notice to both the parties calling them to submit
their statement of claims and counter statement of claims. The venue of the
arbitration shall be such place as may be fixed by the arbitrator in his sole discretion.
The fees, if any, of the arbitrator shall, if required to be paid before the award is made
and published, be paid half and half by each of the parties. The cost of the reference
and of the award (including the fees, if any, of the arbitrator) shall be in the discretion
of the arbitrator who may direct to any by whom and in what manner, such costs or
any part thereof shall be paid and fix or settle the amount of costs to be so paid.
CLAUSE 26
Contractor to Indemnify the Employer against Patent Rights
The Contractor shall fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against any
action, claim or proceeding relating to infringement or use of any patent or design or
any alleged patent or design rights and shall pay any royalties which may be payable
in respect of any article or part thereof included in the Contract. In the event of any
claims made under or action brought against the Employer in respect of any such
matters as aforesaid the Contractor shall be immediately notified thereof and the
Contractor shall be at liberty, at his own expenses, to settle any dispute or to conduct
any litigation that may arise therefrom, provided that the Contractor shall not be
liable to indemnify the Employer if the infringement of the patent or design or any
alleged patent or design right is the direct result of an order passed by the Engineer-
in-Charge in this behalf.
CLAUSE 27
Lump sum Provisions in Tender
SUFFICIENCY OF THE CONTRACT SUM
The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself before entering into the
Contract as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Sum and of the rates
and prices. The Contract Sum is a lump sum fixed price and will not be adjusted save
as expressly provided in the Contract.
CLAUSE 28
Action where no Specifications are specified
In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as referred to
in Clause 11, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Indian
Standards Specifications. In case there is no such specification in Bureau of India
Page 86 of 252
Standards, the work shall be carried out as per manufacturer's specifications. In case
there are no such specifications as required above, the work shall be carried out in all
respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
CLAUSE 29
With-holding and lien in respect of sums due from Contractor
i) Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises out of or under
the Contract or against the Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer shall
be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in
part from the Security Deposit and Performance Guarantee, if any deposited by the
Contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer
shall be entitled to withhold the Security deposit and performance guarantee, if any,
furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization
or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security deposit and
performance guarantee, being insufficient to cover the claimed amount or amounts or
if no security deposit and Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance
Guarantee has been taken from the Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge or the
Employer shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to retain to the extent of such
claimed amount or amounts referred to above, from any sum or sums found payable
or which may at any time thereafter become payable to the Contractor under the
same Contract or any other Contract with the Engineer-in-Charge of the Employer or
any Contracting person through the Engineer-in-Charge pending finalization of
adjudication of any such claim.
It is an agreed term of the Contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or
retained under the lien referred by the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer will be
kept withheld or retained as such by the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer till the
claim arising out of or under the Contract is determined by the arbitrator (if the
Contract is governed by the arbitration clause) or by the competent court, as the case
may be and that the Contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever
on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to
above and duly notified as such to the Contractor. For the purpose of this clause,
where the Contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, the Engineer-in-
Charge or the Employer shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain
towards such claimed amount or amounts in whole or in part from any sum found
payable to any partner/ limited company as the case may be, whether in his
individual capacity or otherwise.
ii) The Employer shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the
works and the final bills of the Contractor including supporting vouchers, abstract,
etc. to be made after payment of the final bill and if as a result of such audit and
technical examination any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work
done by the contractor under the Contract or any work claimed to have been done by
him under the Contract and found not to have been executed, the Contractor shall be
liable to refund the amount of overpayment and it shall be lawful for the Employer to
recover the same from him in the manner prescribed in sub-clause (i) of this clause or
in any other manner legally permissible; and if it is found that the Contractor was
paid less than what was due to him under the Contract in respect of any work
executed by him under it, the amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by
the Employer to the Contractor, without any interest thereon whatsoever.
Provided that the Employer shall not be entitled to recover any sum overpaid, nor the
Page 87 of 252
Contractor shall be entitled to payment of any sum paid short where such payment
has been agreed upon between the Engineer-in-Charge on the one hand and the
Contractor on the other under any term of the Contract permitting payment for work
after assessment by the Engineer-in-Charge.
CLAUSE 29 A
Lien in respect of claims in other Contracts
Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including the security deposit
and Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee returnable to
him) under the Contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Engineer-
in-Charge or the Employer or any other contracting person or persons through
Engineer-in-Charge against any claim of the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer or
such other person or persons in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of
or under any other Contract made by the Contractor with the Engineer-in-Charge or
the Employer or with such other person or persons.
It is an agreed term of the Contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained
under this clause by the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer will be kept withheld or
retained as such by the Engineer-in-Charge or the Employer till his claim arising out
of the same Contract or any other Contract is either mutually settled or determined by
the arbitration clause or by the competent court, as the case may be and that the
Contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on this account or
on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this
clause and duly notified as such to the Contractor.
CLAUSE 30 -
The contractor shall not employ coal mining or controlled area labour falling under any
category whatsoever on or in connection with the work or recruit labour from area within a
radius of 32 km (20 miles) of the controlled area. Subject as above the contractor shall
employ imported labour only i.e., deposit imported labour or labour imported by contractors
from area, from which import is permitted. Where ceiling price for imported labour has been
fixed by State or Regional Labour Committees not more than that ceiling price shall be paid
to the labour by the contractor.
The contractor shall immediately remove any labourer who may be pointed out by the
Engineer in-Charge as being a coal mining or controlled area labourer. Failure to do so shall
render the contractor liable to pay to Government a sum calculated at the rate of Rs.10/-
per day per labourer. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge about the number of coal
mining or controlled area labourer and the number of days for which they worked shall be
final and binding upon all parties to this contract. It is declared and agreed between the
parties that the aforesaid stipulation in this clause is one in which the public are interested
within the meaning of the exception in Section 74 of Indian Contract Act, 1872.
Explanation:- Controlled Area means the following areas:

Districts of Dhanbad, Hazaribagh, Jamtara - a Sub-Division under Santhal Pargana
Commissionery, Districts of Bankuara, Birbhum, Burdwan, District of Bilaspur.
Any other area which may be declared a Controlled Area by or with the approval of the
Central
Government.
CLAUSE 31
Unfiltered water supply required for the work
Page 88 of 252
The Contractor(s) shall make his/their own arrangements for supply of water required
for the work including its proper storage and nothing extra will be paid for the same.
This will be subject to the following conditions.
i) That the water used by the Contractor (s) shall be fit for construction purposes
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
ii) The Engineer-in-Charge shall make alternative arrangements for supply of
water at the risk and cost of Contractor (s) if the arrangements made by the
Contractor(s) for procurement of water are in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
Charge, unsatisfactory.
CLAUSE 31 A
Employer's water supply, if available
Water if available may be supplied to the Contractor by the Employer subject to the
following conditions:
i) The water charges @1% shall be recovered on gross amount of the work done.
ii) The Contractor (s) shall make his/their own arrangement of water connection
and laying of pipelines from existing main of source of supply.
iii) The employer does not guarantee to maintain uninterrupted supply of water
and it will be incumbent on the Contractor(s) to make alternative
arrangements for water at his/their own cost in the event of any temporary
break down in the Employer's water main so that the progress of his/their
work is not held up for want of water. No claim of damage or refund of water
charges will be entertained on account of such break down.
iv) In case of water supply being available from MIDC pipeline , contractor shall
prepare all the applications on behalf of Employer , obtained the permission
for such construction water connection, lay the pipeline, install a meter, at his
own cost and pay all the initial charges and running bills of water to MIDC on
Employer’s behalf. In case contractor fails to make such payments then the
amount will be recovered through running bills by the Employer.
CLAUSE 32 - BLANK
CLAUSE 33 - Return of Surplus materials

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this contract, where
any materials for the execution of the contract are procured with the assistance of
Government either by issue from Government stocks or purchase made under orders or
permits or licenses issued by Government, the contractor shall hold the said materials
economically and solely for the purpose of the contract and not dispose of them without the
written permission of the Government and return, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge, all
surplus or unserviceable materials that may be left with him after the completion of the
contract or at its termination for any reason whatsoever on being paid or credited such
price as the Engineer-in-Charge shall determine having due regard to the condition of the
materials. The price allowed to the contractor however shall not exceed the amount charged
to him excluding the element of storage charges. The decision of the Engineerin-Charge
shall be final and conclusive. In the event of breach of the aforesaid condition, the
Page 89 of 252
contractor shall in addition to throwing himself open to action for contravention of the
terms of the license or permit and/or for criminal breach of trust, be liable to Government
for all moneys, advantages or profits resulting or which in the usual course would have
resulted to him by reason of such breach
CLAUSE 34 - Hire of Plant & Machinery (Not Applicable)

The contractor shall arrange at his own expense all tools, plant, machinery and equipment
(hereinafter referred to as T&P) required for execution of the work except for the Plant &
Machinery listed in Schedule ‘C’ and stipulated for issue to the contractor. If the contractor
requires any item of T&P on hire from the T&P available with the Government over and
above the T&P stipulated for issue, the Government will, if such item is available, hire it to
the contractor at rates to be agreed upon between him and the Engineer-in-Charge. In such
a case, all the conditions hereunder for issue of T&P shall also be applicable to such T&P as
is agreed to be issued.
(ii) Plant and Machinery when supplied on hire charges shown in Schedule ‘C’ shall be
made over and taken back at the departmental equipment yard/shed shown in Schedule ‘C’
and the contractor shall bear the cost of carriage from the place of issue to the site of work
and back. The contractor shall be responsible to return the plant and machinery with
condition in which it was handed over to him, and he shall be responsible for all damage
caused to the said plant and machinery at the site of work or elsewhere in operation and
otherwise during transit including damage to or loss of plant and for all losses due to his
failure to return the same soon after the completion of the work for which it was issued. The
Divisional Engineer shall be the sole judge to determine the liability of the contractor and its
extent in this regard and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
(iii) The plant and machinery as stipulated above will be issued as and when available and if
required by the contractor. The contractor shall arrange his programme of work according
to the availability of the plant and machinery and no claim, whatsoever, will be entertained
from him for any delay in supply by the Department.
(iv) The hire charges shall be recovered at the prescribed rates from and inclusive of the
date the plant and machinery made over upto and inclusive of the date of the return in good
order even though the same may not have been working for any cause except major
breakdown due to no fault of the contractor or faulty use requiring more than three working
days continuously (excluding intervening holidays and Sundays) for bringing the plant in
order. The contractor shall immediately intimate in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge when
any plant or machinery gets out of order requiring major repairs as aforesaid. The Engineer-
in-Charge shall record the date and time of receipt of such intimation in the log sheet of the
plant or machinery. Based on this, if the breakdown before lunch period or major
breakdown will be computed considering half a day’s breakdown on the day of complaint. If
Page 90 of 252
the breakdown occurs in the post lunch period of major breakdown will be computed
starting from the next working day. In case of any dispute under this clause, the decision of
the Superintending Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor.
(v) The hire charges shown above are for each day of 8 hours (inclusive of the one hour
lunch break) or part thereof.
(vi) Hire charges will include service of operating staff as required and also supply of
lubricating oil and stores for cleaning purposes. Power fuel of approved type, firewood,
kerosene oil etc. for running the plant and machinery and also the full time chowkidar for
guarding the plant and machinery against any loss or damage shall be arranged by the
contractor who shall be fully responsible for the safeguard and security of plant and
machinery. The contractor shall on or before the supply of plant and machinery sign an
agreement indemnifying the Department against any loss or damage caused to the plant
and machinery either during transit or at site of work.
(vii) Ordinarily, no plant and machinery shall work for more than 8 hours a day inclusive of
one hour lunch break. In case of an urgent work however, the Engineer-in-Charge may, at
his discretion, allow the plant and machinery to be worked for more than normal period of 8
hours a day. In that case, the hourly hire charges for overtime to be borne by the contractor
shall be 50% more than the normal proportionate hourly charges (1/8th of the daily
charges) subject to a minimum of half day’s normal charges on any particular day. For
working out hire charges for over time, a period of half an hour and above will be charged
as one hour and a period of less than half an hour will be ignored.
(viii) The contractor shall release the plant and machinery every seventh day for periodical
servicing and/or wash out which may take about three to four hours or more. Hire charges
for full day shall be recovered from the contractor for the day of servicing/ wash out
irrespective of the period employed in servicing.
(ix) The plant and machinery once issued to the contractor shall not be returned by him on
account of lack of arrangements of labour and materials, etc. on his part, the same will be
returned only when they are required for major repairs or when in the opinion of the
Engineer-in-Charge, the work or a portion of work for which the same was issued is
completed.
(x) Log Book for recording the hours of daily work for each of the plant and machinery
supplied to the contractor will be maintained by the Department and will be countersigned
by the contractor or his authorized agent daily. In case the contractor contests the
correctness of the entries and/or fails to sign the Log Book, the decision of the Engineerin-
Charge shall be final and binding on him. Hire charges will be calculated according to the
entries in the Log Book and will be binding on the contractor. Recovery on account of hire
charges for road rollers shall be made for the minimum number of days worked out on the
Page 91 of 252
assumption that a roller can consolidate per day and maximum quantity of materials or
area surfacing as noted against each in the annexed statement (see attached annexure).
(xi) In the case of concrete mixers, the contractors shall arrange to get the hopper cleaned
and the drum washed at the close of the work each day or each occasion.
(a) In case, rollers for consolidation are employed by the contractor himself, log book for
such rollers shall be maintained in the same manner as is done in case of departmental
rollers, maximum quantity of any items to be consolidated for each roller-day shall also be
same as in Annexure to Clause 34(x). For less use of rollers,
recovery for the less roller days shall be made at the stipulated issue rate.
(xii) The contractor shall be responsible to return the plant and machinery in the condition
in which it was handed over to him and he shall be responsible for all damage caused to the
said plant and machinery at the site of work or elsewhere in operation or otherwise or
during transit including damage to or loss of parts, and for all losses due to his failure to
return the same, soon after the completion of the work, for which it was issued. The
Divisional Engineer shall be the sole judge to determine the liability of the contractor and its
extent in this regard and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
(xiii) The contractor will be exempted from levy of any hire charges for the number of day’s
he is called upon in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge to suspend execution of the work,
Provided Government plant and machinery in question have, in fact, remained idle with the
contractor because of the suspension
(xiv) In the event of the contractor not requiring any item of plant and machinery issued by
Government though not stipulated for issue in Schedule ‘C’ any time after taking delivery at
the place of issue, he may return it after two days written notice or at any time without
notice if he agrees to pay hire charges for two additional days without, in any way, affecting
the right of the Engineer-in-Charge to use the said plant and machinery during the said
period of two days as he likes including hiring out to a third party.
CLAUSE 35 - Condition relating to use of asphaltic materials (Not Applicable)
The contractor undertakes to make arrangement for the supervision of the work by the Firm
supplying the tar or bitumen used.
(ii) The contractor shall collect the total quantity of tar or bitumen required for the work as
per standard formula, before the process of painting is started and shall hypothecate it to
the Engineer-in-Charge. If any bitumen or tar remains unused on completion of the work on
account of lesser use of materials in actual execution for reasons other than authorized
changes of specifications and abandonment of portion of work, a corresponding deduction
equivalent to the cost of unused materials as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge shall
be made and the material return to the contractors. Although the materials are
hypothecated to Government, the contractor undertakes the responsibility for their proper
Page 92 of 252
Watch, safe custody and protection against all risks. The materials shall not be removed
from site of work without the consent of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing.
(iii) The contractor shall be responsible for rectifying defects noticed within a year from the
date of completion of the work and the portion of the security deposit relating to asphaltic
work shall be refunded after the expiry of this period.
CLAUSE 36
Employment of Technical Staff and employees
Contractor's Superintendence, Supervision, Technical Staff & Employees.
i) The Contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during execution of
the work and as long thereafter as may be necessary for proper fulfilling of the
obligations under the Contract.
a. The Contractor shall immediately after receiving letter of acceptance of the
tender and before commencement of the work, intimate in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge the name, qualifications, experience, age, address and
other particulars along with certificates, of the principal technical
representative and deputy technical representative to be in charge of the work.
Such qualifications and experience shall not be lower than those specified in
Schedule 'F'. The Engineer-in-charge shall within five working days of receipt
of such communication intimate in writing his approval or otherwise of such a
representative to the Contractor. Any such approval may at any time be
withdrawn and in case of such withdrawal the Contractor shall appoint
another such representative according to the provisions of this clause.
Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the
Contractor in this respect. Such a principal technical representative and
deputy technical representative shall be appointed by the Contractor soon
after receipt of the approval from Engineer-in-Charge and shall be available at
site within fifteen days of start of work. The welders employed at site should
be qualified and experienced in SS pipe welding.
All the provisions applicable to the principal technical representative under the
Clause will also be applicable to other technical representative(s). The principal
technical representative and/or other technical representative shall be present
at the site of work for supervision at all times when any construction activity is
in progress and also present himself/themselves as required to the Engineer-
in-Charge and/or his representative to take instructions. Instructions given to
the principal technical representative or other technical representative shall be
deemed to have the same force as if these have been given to the Contractor.
The principal technical representative and/or other technical representative
Page 93 of 252
shall be actually available at site fully during all stages of execution of work,
during recording of measurement of works and whenever so required by the
Engineer-in-Charge and shall also note down instructions conveyed by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his designated representative in the site order book and
shall affix his/their signature in token of noting down the instructions and in
token of acceptance of measurements/test checked measurements. The
representative shall not look after any other work. Substitutes duly approved
by Engineer-in-charge in similar manner as aforesaid shall be provided in the
event of absence of any of the representative by more than two days.
If the Engineer-in-Charge, whose decision in this respect is final and binding

on the Contractor, is convinced that no such technical representative is/are
effectively appointed or is/ are effectively attending or fulfilling the provision of
this clause, a recovery (nonrefundable) shall be effected from the Contractor as
specified in para (iv) below and the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as
recorded in the site order book and measurement recorded/test checked in
Measurement Books shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Further if the
Contractor fails to appoint a suitable Principal / deputy technical
representative or other technical representative and if such appointed persons
are not effectively present or are absent by more than 2 days without duly
approved substitutes or do not discharge their responsibilities satisfactorily,
the Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to suspend the execution of the
work until such date as another suitable technical representative is/are
appointed and the Contractor shall be held responsible for the delay so caused
to the work. The Contractor shall submit a certificate of employment of the
technical representative (s) along with every on account bill/final bill and shall
produce evidence if at any time so required by the Engineer-in-Charge.
ii) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the site only such technical
assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such
foremen and supervisory staff as are competent to give proper supervision to
the work.
The Contractor shall provide and employ skilled, semiskilled and unskilled
labour as is necessary for proper and timely execution of the work.
The welders employed at site should be qualified for Argon Welding and TIG
welding procedures and should be certified by government recognized NDT
Laboratory.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to object to and require the

Page 94 of 252
Contractor to remove from the works any person who in his opinion
misconducts himself, or is incompetent or negligent in the performance of his
duties or whose employment is otherwise considered by the Engineer-in-Charge
to be undesirable. Such person shall not be employed again at works site
without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the persons so
removed shall be replaced as soon as possible by competent substitutes.
iii) Supporting Engineers
For effective supervision of the Works, the Contractor must depute adequate
number of technical assistants who are skilled and experienced in their
respective callings.
a) Recovery for non-deployment of Engineers
Qualification Rate of recovery per month for non-fulfilling provisions of Clause

36 (i)
i) Project Manager Rs 55,000/-
i) Project Engineer Rs 35,000/-
CLAUSE 37 -Levy/Taxes payable by Contractor
The Contractor shall have valid registration with Excise Deptt. for Service Tax and
with Works Contract Cell of Sales Tax Deptt. of the State and shall submit a copy of
the same to the Engineer along with first running account bill.
i) Sales Tax/VAT, GST (except Service Tax) or any other Tax on materials, Sales
Tax on Works (if any) and Tax of any type on Labour Service Tax and Cess
under "The Building and other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act 1996
and Cess Rules 1998" in respect of this Contract shall be payable by the
Contractor and the Employer, shall not entertain any claim whatsoever in this
respect.
ii) The Contractor shall deposit royalty and obtain necessary permit for supply of
the red bajri, stone, kankar, etc. from local authorities.
iii) If pursuant to or under any law, notification or order any royalty, cess or the
like becomes payable by the Employer and does not any time become payable
by the Contractor to the State Government or Local authorities in respect of
any material used by the Contractor in the works then in such a case, it shall
be lawful to the Employer and it will have the right and be entitled to recover
the amount paid in the circumstances as aforesaid from dues of the
Contractor.
iv) Tax Deduction at Source will be done by the Employer towards Income Tax,
Page 95 of 252
Sales Tax on works, Labour Welfare Cess and any other tax (except Service
Tax) as required by law, from the Running Account and Final Bills.
CLAUSE 38
Conditions for reimbursement of levy/taxes if levied after receipt of tenders
i) All tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes and levies (except Service tax)
payable under respective statutes. However, if any further tax or levy or cess
is imposed by statute, after the last stipulated date for the receipt of tender
including extensions if any and the contractor thereupon necessarily and
properly pays such taxes /levies/cess, the contractor shall be reimbursed the
amount so paid, provided such payments, if any, is not, in the opinion of the
superintending engineer (whose decision shall be final and binding on the
contractor) attributable to delay in execution of work within the control of the
contractor.
ii) The contractor shall keep necessary books of accounts and other documents
for the purpose of this condition as may be necessary and shall allow
inspection of the same by a duly authorized representative of the Employer
and /or the Engineer-in-charge and shall also furnish such other
information/ document as the Engineer-in-charge may require from time to
time.
iii) The contractor shall, within a period of 30 days of the imposition of any such
further tax or levy or cess, give a written notice thereof to the Engineer-in-
charge that the same is given pursuant to this condition, together with all
necessary information relating thereto.
CLAUSE 39
Termination of Contract on death of Contractor
Without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under this Contract if the
Contractor dies, the Engineer-in-Charge on behalf of the Employer shall have the
option of terminating the Contract without compensation to the Contractor.
CLAUSE 40
If a relative working in the Employer's Organization then the Contractor not
allowed to tender.
The Contractor shall not be permitted to tender for works if his near relative is
working with ARAI or in the ARAI concerned SBU Unit (responsible for award and
execution of Contracts) in which his near relative is posted as Sr. Executive or at any
higher grade. He shall also intimate the names of persons who are working with him
in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives to
any Sr. Executive or any higher level office in the Employer’s organization. Any
breach of this condition by the Tenderer / Contractor would render his tender to be
rejected.
NOTE: By the term "near relatives" is meant wife, husband, parents and
grandparents, children and grandchildren, brothers and sisters, uncles, aunts and
Page 96 of 252
cousins and their corresponding in-laws.
CLAUSE 41
No Engineer employed by the Employer to work as Contractor within one year of
retirement
No engineer or Sr. Executive employed in engineering or administrative duties in an
engineering department of the Employer shall work as a Contractor or employee of a
Contractor for a period of one year after his retirement or resignation from the
Employer's service without the previous permission of the Employer in writing. This
Contract is liable to be cancelled if either the Contractor or any of his employees is
found at any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the
Employer as aforesaid, before submission of the tender or engagement in the
Contractor's service, as the case may be.
CLAUSE 42 - Return of material & recovery for excess material issued.

After completion of the work and also at any intermediate stage in the event of non-
reconciliation of materials issued, consumed and in balance - (see Clause 10), theoretical
quantity of materials issued by the Government for use in the work shall be calculated on
the basis and method given hereunder: -
(a) Quantity of cement & bitumen shall be calculated on the basis of quantity of cement
& bitumen required for different items of work as shown in the Schedule of Rates mentioned
in Schedule ‘F’. In case any item is executed for which standard constants
for the consumption of cement or bitumen are not available in the above mentioned
Schedule/statement or cannot be derived from the same shall be calculated on the
basis of standard formula to be laid down by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(b) Theoretical quantity of steel reinforcement or structural steel sections shall be taken
as the quantity required as per design or as authorized by Engineer-in-Charge, including
authorized lappages, chairs etc. plus 3% wastage due to cutting into pieces,
such theoretical quantity being determined and compared with the actual issues each
diameter wise, section wise and category wise separately.
(c) Theoretical quantity of G.I. & C.I. or other pipes, conduits, wires and cables, pig lead and
G.I./M.S. sheets shall be taken as quantity actually required and measured plus 5% for
wastage due to cutting into pieces (except in the case of G.I./M.S. sheets it shall be 10%),
such determination & comparison being made diameter wise & categorywise.
(d) For any other material as per actual requirements.
(ii) Over the theoretical quantities of materials so computed a variation shall be allowed as
specified in Schedule ‘F’. The difference in the net quantities of material actually issued
to the contractor and the theoretical quantities including such authorized variation, if not
Returned by the contractor or if not fully reconciled to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge within fifteen days of the issue of written notice by the Engineer-in-Charge to this
Effect, shall be recovered at the rates specified in Schedule ‘F’, without prejudice to the
Page 97 of 252
Provision of the relevant conditions regarding return of materials governing the contract.
Decision of Engineer-in-Charge in regard to theoretical quantities of materials, which
should have been actually used as per the Annexure of the standard schedule of rates
and recovery at rates specified in Schedule ‘F’, shall be final & binding on the contractor.
For non scheduled items, the decision of the Superintending Engineer regarding theoretical
quantities of materials which should have been actually used, shall be final and binding
on the contractor.
(iii) The said action under this clause is without prejudice to the right of the Government to
take action against the contractor under any other conditions of contract for not doing
the work according to the prescribed specifications.
CLAUSE 43
Compensation during warlike situations
The work (whether fully constructed or not) and all materials, machines, tools and
plants, scaffolding, temporary buildings and other things connected therewith shall
be at the risk of the Contractor until the work has been delivered to the Engineer-in-
Charge and a certificate from him to that effect obtained. In the event of the work or
any materials properly brought to the site for incorporation in the work being
damaged or destroyed in consequence of hostilities or warlike operation, the
Contractor shall when ordered (in writing) by the Engineer-in-Charge to remove any
debris from the site, collect and properly stack or remove in store all serviceable
materials salvaged from the damaged work and shall be paid at the Contract rates in
accordance with the provision of this agreement for the work of clearing the site of
debris, stacking or removal of serviceable material and for reconstruction of all works
ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, such payment being in addition to compensation
up to the value of the work originally executed before being damaged or destroyed and
not paid for. In case of works damaged or destroyed but not already measured and
paid for, the compensation shall be assessed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Contractor shall be paid for the damages/destruction suffered and for restoring the
material at the rate based on analysis of rates tendered for in accordance with the
provision of the Contract. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the
quality and quantity of materials and the purpose for which they were collected shall
be final and binding on all parties to this Contract. Provided always that no
compensation shall be payable for any loss in consequence of hostilities or warlike
operations
(a) Unless the Contractor had taken all such precautions against air raid as are
deemed necessary by the ARP Officer or the Engineer-in-Charge
(b) For any material etc. not on the site of the work or for any tools, plant, machinery,
scaffolding, temporary building and other things not intended for the work.
In the event of the Contractor having to carry out reconstruction as aforesaid, he

shall be allowed such extension of time for its completion as is considered reasonable
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
CLAUSE 44
Apprentices Act provisions to be complied with
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the
rules and orders issued thereunder from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure
Page 98 of 252
will be a breach of the Contract and the Engineer-in-Charge may, in his discretion,
cancel the Contract. The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability
arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the said Act.
CLAUSE 45
Release of Security Deposit after Labour Officer Clearance

Security Deposit of the work shall not be refunded till the Contractor produces a
clearance certificate from the Labour Officer. As soon as the work is virtually
complete the Contractor shall apply for the clearance certificate to the Labour Officer
under intimation to the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge, on receipt of
the said communication, shall write to the Labour Officer to intimate if any complaint
is pending against the Contractor in respect of the work. If no complaint is pending,
on record till after 3 months after completion of the work and/or no communication
is received from the Labour Officer to this effect till six months after the date of
completion, it will be deemed to have received the clearance certificate and the
Security Deposit will be released if otherwise due.
ADDITIONAL CLAUSES OF CONTRACT
46.0 General Obligations of the Contractor
46.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities

a) The Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of the Contract and with due care and
diligence, execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the
supervision thereof, materials, constructional plant and all other things, whether of a
temporary or permanent nature, required in and for such execution and
maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing the same is specified in or is
reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.
b) The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of
all site operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor shall
not be responsible, except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the
design or specification of the permanent works, or for the design or specification of
any temporary works prepared by the Employer.
c) The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with the drawings,
details and instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge. In the opinion of the Engineer-in-
Charge if any changes are to be made, the same shall be intimated in writing to the
Contractor and the Contractor shall carry out the same. The Engineer-in-Charge's
decision in this regard shall be final and not open to arbitration.
46.2 Giving Notices and Payment of Fees

This Contract shall, in all respects, be construed and operated as an Indian Contract
and shall be subject to Indian laws in force from time to time. The Contractor should
conform to all laws of the land and the regulations and byelaws of any local authority
and of any water or lighting companies with whose systems the structure is proposed
to be connected. The Contractor shall give all notices required by the said acts,
regulations or bye-laws and pay all fees, royalties, duties etc. in connection
Page 99 of 252
therewith. The Contractor shall protect and indemnify the Employer against all
claims or liabilities arising from his actions in violation of such laws, ordinances,
regulations and byelaws by him. The Engineer will repay or allow to the Contractor
all such sums as the Engineer-in-Charge shall certify to have been properly payable
by the Employer and paid by the Contractor in respect of such fees.
46.3 Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, etc.
The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any such Statute,
Ordinance or Law as aforesaid and the regulations or byelaws of any local or other
duly constituted authority, which may be applicable to the Works and with such
rules and regulations of public bodies and companies as aforesaid and shall keep the
Employer indemnified against all penalties and liabilities of every kind for breach of
any such Statute, Ordinance or Law, Regulation or Bye-Laws.
46.4 Fossils etc.
All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or
things of geological or archeological interest discovered on the site of the Works shall,
as between the Employer and the Contractor, be deemed to be the absolute property
of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his
workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article or thing
and shall immediately upon discovery thereof, and, before removal, acquaint the
Engineer of such discovery and carry out, at the expense of the Employer, the
Engineer-in-Charge's orders as to the disposal of the same.
46.5 Opportunities for other Contractors
The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all
reasonable opportunities for carrying out their work to any other Contractors
employed by the Employer and their workmen and to the workmen of the Employer
and of any other duly constituted authorities, who may be employed in the execution
on or near the site of any work not included in the Contract or of any Contract which
the Employer may enter into in connection with or ancillary to the Works.
The contractor shall not be entitled to any financial compensation for affording such
reasonable opportunities to other contractor.
46.6 Interference with Traffic and adjoining properties

All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance
with the requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere
unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the public, or the access to use
and occupation of public or private roads and footpaths to or of properties whether in
the possession of the Employer or of any other person. The Contractor shall save
harmless and indemnify the Employer in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages,
costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation to, any such
matters in so far as the Contractor is responsible therefore.
46.7 Highways Traffic

46.7.1 Extraordinary Traffic
The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or
bridges communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or
injured by any traffic of the Contractor or any of his Sub-Contractors and, in
particular, shall select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict and distribute
Page 100 of 252
loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from the moving
of plant and materials from and to the Site shall be limited, as far as reasonably
possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such
highways and bridges.
46.7.2 Special Loads

Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads of
constructional plants, machinery or pre-constructed units or parts of units of work
over part of a highway or bridge, the moving whereof is likely to damage any
highway or bridge unless special protection or strengthening is carried out, then the
Contractor shall, before moving the load on to such a highway or bridge, give notice
to the Engineer of the weight and other particulars of the load to be moved and his
proposals for protecting or strengthening the said highway or bridge. Thereafter,
within fourteen days, the Engineer shall direct, in writing the course of action for the
Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid for the cost of the necessary modifications
only if the specific items requiring such modification are provided in the Bills of
quantities.
46.7.3 Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims
If during the execution of the works or at any time thereafter, the Contractor shall
receive any claim arising out of the execution of the Works, in respect of damage or
injury to highways or bridges, he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall negotiate the settlement of and pay all sums due in respect of
such claim and shall indemnify the Employer in respect thereof and in respect of all
claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in relation thereto.
46.8 Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall in connection with the Works, provide and maintain at his own
cost all lights, guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or as
required by the Engineer or by any duly constituted authority, for the protection of
the Works, or for the safety and convenience of the public or others.
46.9 Way leaves etc.
The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way leaves
required by him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also
provide at his own cost any additional accommodation outside the Site required by
him for the purposes of the Works.
46.10 Site Office for the Employer (DELETED)

46.11 Electricity Supply required at the works
46.11.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for Electricity required for the
work and nothing extra will be paid for the same.
In case contractor desires to opt for getting MSEB Power for construction then
he shall do so at his own cost including, apply on behalf of Employer, obtain
the sanction lay the line up to an approved location, provide meter and the
connection panel with outlets specified by Engineer-in-charge, maintain the
same till completion of project, allow other contractors to draw power on
chargeable basis, insure safety etc. complete and pay the MSEB bills on
regular basis and nothing extra will be paid by the Employer for the same.
Page 101 of 252

Contractor shall also provide a diesel generating set of adequate capacity as

approved by the Engineer-in-charge throughout the tenure of the contract and
shall allow use of generated power by other contractors on chargeable basis if
so directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
46.11.1A Electric power, if available, may be made available for the work by the
Employer at one or more points within the site or near the site on specified
terms and conditions. The Contractor shall arrange at his own cost the
necessary cabling/wiring, Switch Board and the switch gear etc. and shall be
responsible for their safe maintenance. Cost of Electricity supplied shall be
fixed by the Employer from time to time.
(Clause 46.11.1.A will be applicable only if so stipulated in Schedule F).
46.11.1B the water and Electricity will be supplied to the Contractor at one poi
depending on availability. Contractor has to make his own arrangement to tap the source.
Charges towards water and electricity shall be deducted at 1% (05% water and 0.5 %
Electricity) of the cost work done from each R.A. Bill. It is expected that contractor should
have storage capacity of water for carrying out the work for at least 2 days. Non Availability
of power for reasons beyond ARAI control will not be accepted as a reason for Non-
completion of work in time as the power availability is dependent on the State Electricity
Board
46.11.2 The Electrical installation will be based on following Conditions –
a) Distribution arrangements shall be done by the Contractor at his cost as

per approved layout. He shall provide required clearances for overhead lines to
facilitate easy movement of machinery. These overhead lines shall be shifted
and rerouted at the Contractor's cost during execution of work if the same are
found to obstruct any other work of any agency working at site or requires to
be shifted due to unforeseen reasons.
b) On completion of the Work, the Contractor shall, to the satisfaction of the

Engineer, remove all wiring installed by him and make good, any disturbance
or damage done.
c) The Contractor shall employ a certified and licensed Electrician for carrying
out this work.
46.12 Land for Contractor's Offices, Go down, Workshop
a) Subject to the availability, the Employer may allot at his own discretion and
convenience land for the construction of the Contractor's site office, go downs,
workshop and assembly yard near the site. Allotment of such land shall not
confer any tenancy rights to the Contractor. The Contractor shall construct
and maintain the same at his cost. All these temporary works shall be well
ventilated, lighted and provided with water, electricity and sanitary
arrangement to the approval of the Engineer.
b) The Contractor shall remove immediately on completion of the work such

buildings and make good, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all the damages
sustained.
Page 102 of 252

c) The Contractor shall not use the land for any purpose other than that for or
in connection with the Contract.
d) In case the Contractor requires any land additional to what is made

available/allotted to him, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the
same at his own cost.
46.13 Land for Labour Accommodation

The Employer shall not provide any land for setting up of the Labour Camp
and the Contractor shall make his own arrangements.
46.13. A - BLANK
46.14 Excavated Material
The contractor shall obtain all the required permissions from the competent
authority for carrying out excavation to any depth required and shall pay the
required royalty / license fee and produce the proof of payment as well as a no
dues certificate from the concerned revenue authority of the Govt. and shall
indemnify the Employer against any dues or disputes in this regards
The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the
purpose of this Contract, the sand, store, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other
substances or materials which may be obtained from any excavations made
for the purpose of the works or any building or produce upon the site at the
time of delivery of the possession thereof but all the substances, materials,
buildings and produce shall be the property of the Employer. All such material
which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is useful shall be stacked
separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Contractor may be permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge to use the same on
mutually agreed payment terms.
The contractor shall dispose the unwanted or excavated material only at the
approved location and in the manner as directed by the MIDC and Employer,
and shall pay all the royalties as levied from time to time and submit the proof
of payment as well as a no dues certificate from the concerned revenue
authority of the Govt. and shall indemnify the Employer against any dues or
disputes in this regards.
46.15 Production Of vouchers etc by the Contractor

i) The Contractor shall, whenever required produce or cause to be produced for
examination by the Engineer-in-Charge any quotation, invoice, cost or other
account, book of accounts, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of
writing or any copy of or extract from any such document and also furnish
information and returns verified in such manner as may be required in any
way relating to the execution of this Contract or relevant for verifying or
ascertaining cost of execution of this Contract and the decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge on the question of relevancy of any documents,
information or return being final and binding on the parties. The Contractor
shall similarly produce vouchers etc. if required to prove to the Engineer-in-
Charge that the materials supplied by him, are in accordance with the
specifications laid down in the Contract.
Page 103 of 252

ii) If any portion of the work in a Contract is being carried out by a Sub
Contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or Company in terms of permission
granted under Clause 21 of Contract, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power
to secure the book of such sub-Contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or
company through the Contractor and such book shall be open to the
Engineer-in-Charge's inspection.
iii) The obligations imposed by sub clause (i) and (ii) above are without prejudice
to the obligations of the Contractor under any statute, rules or orders binding
on the Contractor.
46.16 Law governing the Contract: - the Contract shall be governed by the law for
the time being in force in the Republic of India.
Court Jurisdiction: - The Courts in the City as specified in `Schedule F' alone
shall have the jurisdiction to entertain any application or other proceedings in
respect of anything arising under this Agreement and any award or awards
made by the Arbitrator hereunder shall be filed in the concerned Courts in the
aforesaid City only.
47 INSURANCES TO BE TAKEN BY THE CONTRACTOR & EMPLOYER TO BE

INDEMNIFIED
47.1 Insurance of Works etc
47.1.1. The Contractor shall effect Contractor's all risk insurance policy (CAR policy) in the
joint names of the Employer and the Contractor, the name of the former being
placed first in the policy, covering the following:
a) The works at the Contract price together with the materials for
incorporation in the Works at their replacement value.
b) All plants and equipment’s and other things brought to the site by the
Contractor at their replacement value.
c) Employer's building rented to the Contractor if the building or part thereof is
used by the Contractor for the purpose of storing or using materials of
combustible nature, on which the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
final and binding.
47.1.2 The insurance shall be against all losses or damages from whatever causes, other
than excepted risks, as defined in Clause 2 of Conditions of Contract, for which the
Contractor is responsible under the Contract. The insurance cover shall be for the
period of Contract and also for the period of maintenance, for loss or damage arising
from a cause prior to commencement of the period of maintenance, and for any loss
or damage, occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any operations carried out
for the purpose of complying with his obligations during Maintenance Period.
47.1.3 Such insurance shall be affected with an insurer and with terms approved by the
Employer. The Contractor shall, whenever required, produce the policy or policies
and the receipts for payment of the current premiums.
47.2 Third Party Insurance
47.2.1 Before commencing the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall insure against
Page 104 of 252
the liability for any material or physical damage, loss injury or death which may
occur to any property or life including that of the Employer or to any person,
including any employee of the Employer, by or arising out of the execution of the
Works or in the carrying out of the Contract. The sum insured will be for an amount
specified in `Schedule F'. After each occurrence, Contractor shall pay additional
premium necessary to make insurance valid for four occurrences always The
Insurance Policy should cover this amount at all times till issue of Completion
Certificate by the Engineer-in-Charge.
47.2.2 Such insurance shall be effected with an insurer and its terms approved by the
Employer. The Contractor shall, whenever required, produce before Engineer the
policy or policies of insurance and the receipts of payment of the current premiums.
47.3 Workmen's Insurance
47.3.1 The Employer shall not be liable for any payment in respect of any damages or
compensation payable according to law in respect or in consequence of any accident
or injury or loss of life to any workman or other person in the employment of the
Contractor or any sub-Contractor, except an accident or injury resulting from any
act or default of the Employer, his agents or servants. The Contractor shall insure
against such liability with an insurer approved by the Employer for a sum as per
established norms during the entire period till completion of Period of Maintenance.
47.4 Recovery from the Contractor
Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against the Contractor in
respect of such default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct from any sums
payable to the Contractor the amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges
and other expenses paid by the Employer and which are payable by the Contractor
under this clause.
47.5 Shortfall in payment to Contractor by the Insurance Company
In all cases where the Contractor has taken any insurance, he shall not be entitled
to reimbursement by the Employer of any shortfall or deficiency in the amount
payable by the Contractor towards settlement of claims and that paid by the insurer
in settlement of same claim.
47.6 Insurance by Sub-Contractors
Without prejudice to his liability under this clause the Contractor shall also cause
all Sub-Contractors to effect, for their respective portions of the works, similar
policies of insurance in accordance with the provisions of this clause and shall
produce or cause to produce to the Employer such policies. The Contractor shall
not permit a Sub-Contractor to commence work at the site unless the said
insurance Policies are submitted. In the event of failure of the Sub-Contractor to
take out such a policy of Insurance before commencing the works at the site, the
Contractor shall be responsible for any claim or damage attributable to the said
Sub-Contractor.
47.7 Period of Policies
All the insurance covers mentioned above shall be kept alive during the complete
Page 105 of 252
period of the Contract until the Contractor obtains a Maintenance Certificate from
the Employer.
47.8 Remedy on Contractor's Failure to Insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurances referred to
above, or any other insurance which he may be required to effect under the terms of
the Contract, then and in any such case the Employer on advice of the Engineer-in-
charge may effect and keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium or
premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the
amount so paid by the Employer as aforesaid from any moneys due or which may
become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as debt due from the Contractor.
47.9 Damage to Persons and Property - Employer to be indemnified
The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all losses and claims in respect
of injuries or damages to any person or material or physical damage to any property
whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the execution and
maintenance of the works and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs,
charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto, except any
compensation or damages for or with respect to:
a) The permanent use or occupation of land by the works or any part thereof.
b) The right of the Employer to execute the works or any part thereof on, over, under,
in or through any land.
c) Injuries or damage to persons or property caused by Excepted risks or resulting
from any act or neglect of the Employer, his agents, servants or other Contractors,
not being employed by the Contractor or for or in respect of any claims, proceedings,
damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof or in relation thereto.
Where the injury or damage was contributed to by the Contractor, his servants or
agents, such part of the compensation as may be just and equitable having regard
to the extent of the responsibility of the Employer, his servant or agent or other
Contractors, for the damage or injury.
A copy of the Format for Indemnity Bond is at Annexure D.
48.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY
48.1 The Contractor shall ensure and arrange at his own cost the safety provisions, as per
safety code of ARAI. (Refer Section No. 7), and or Indian Standards Institution, and
any such provisions as are locally in force from time to time for all labour, directly or
indirectly employed in the works for performance of this Contract. The Contractor
will indemnify the Employer from any consequence arising due to Contractor's failure
in respect of safety provisions.
48.2 First Aid & Industrial Injuries
48.2.1 First aid facilities at easily accessible place shall be provided by the
Contractor as per provisions of Labour Act or Rules of the Authority
controlling the area where work is carried out.
48.2.2. The Contractor shall make arrangements with hospitals for ambulance service and
for treatment of industrial injuries to meet eventualities leading to the need for such
facilities. The Engineer shall be informed of their telephone numbers and addresses
of the Hospitals.
Page 106 of 252

48.2.3 Details of all critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to the Engineer.
48.2.4 Report shall cover type, nature, cause, physician's report and action for
prevention of those types again.
48.3 General Safety Rules
48.3.1 Smoking within plant, restricted areas, closed areas, near storage place of
lubricant oil and fuel etc. is strictly prohibited.
48.3.2 The Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades required in connection with
his operation to guard or protect
a. Excavation
b. Hoisting/lifting
c. Slab openings
d. Hazardous areas
e. Employer's existing property likely to be subjected to damage by the
Contractor's operations
f. Unloading spots
g. Hot work & height work
48.4 Accidents - Precautions at Worksite

No materials on the sites shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or
Inconveniences to any person or to the public. The Contractor shall provide all
necessary fencing and lights to protect the public from accidents and shall be bound
to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other proceedings at law, that may
be brought by any person, for injury sustained, owing to neglect of the above
precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such
suit, action or proceeding, to any such person or which may, with the consent of the
Contractor be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.
48.5 Electrical Equipment’s - Precautions
All temporary and permanent electrical installations, power distribution and supply
required for execution of Work shall be carried out conforming to existing industrial
and domestic safety rules and regulations. Important specific points to be noted are
as under,
i), ii) Meter room and main switches should be freely accessible at all times
and fully protected against all weather conditions. Power distribution
system shall be identifiable with display marking on switches.
iii) All power distribution shall be carried out with coated, adequately
insulated and of appropriate current/load rating cables. It shall be
securely routed for this purpose. No loose, naked, hanging wires shall
be permitted.
Page 107 of 252

iv), v), vi) Over load protection devices shall be installed whenever and wherever
heavy current/load consuming construction plant or machinery
susceptible to hazard is in use and as directed by the Engineer-in--
charge. Metallic plugs and sockets shall be used in field work.
Switch board shall be in close proximity so as to have quick control
over the supply. Proper and adequate earthing connection should be
provided for all installations, plant and machinery and distribution
system.
vii) Hand lamps and inspection lamps shall be adequately insulated and
guarded with wire mesh and should have proper plugs for use.
viii) Security and illuminatory light shall be secured firmly and protected
to withstand all weather conditions.
48.6 Maintenance of Safety Devices

All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be
maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered
or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing and maintenance facilities shall be
provided at or near places at work.
48.7 Personal Safety

a) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer
shall be available for use of persons employed on the Site and maintained in a
condition suitable for immediate use and the Contractor shall take adequate
steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.
b) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement, and lime mortars/concrete
shall be provided with protective footwear and protective gloves.
c) Those engaged in handling any materials which are injurious to eyes shall be
provided with protective goggles.
d) Workers employed on erection works, etc. shall be provided with helmets, safety belts
etc.
e) Workers employed on concrete finishing, welding, painting and other works above 2
metres height shall be provided with a suitable safety belt, as per Factory Rules of
the locality.
48.8 Storing Fuel, Oil and Lubricant

The Contractor shall take approval from the Safety Officer of the Employer for
storing the lubricants, oil and fuel at site for running the machinery required for the
construction.
48.9 Fire Extinguishing

Suitable, sufficient number of fire extinguishers for all types of fire, shall be provided
at work site. In addition, sufficient number of fire buckets filled with water and
sand shall also be provided. The firefighting equipment as outlined above shall be
dispersed in a suitable and purposeful manner.
48.10 Fire Precautions
Page 108 of 252
The Contractor shall comply with regulations of the controlling authority in force at
the site of the works relating to the precautions to be taken against fire hazards.
48.11 Protection arrangements at work site
Adequate protection against any form of damage or deterioration shall be provided
for in all sections of the works. This shall include protective tapes, casings, guard
rails and the likes, which shall be provided as necessary. Particular care shall be
taken to protect finished surfaces during the execution of adjacent in-situ work.
The Contractor shall carryout all steps necessary and comply with the directions
and instructions of the Engineer to his satisfaction.
48.12 Safety Arrangements for labour
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, arrange for the safety provisions as given
above and as required by the Engineer, in respect of all labour directly or indirectly
employed for performance of the work and shall provide all facilities in connection
therewith. In case the Contractor fails to make arrangements to provide necessary
facilities as aforesaid, the Engineer shall be entitled to do so and recover the cost
thereof, from the Contractor.
48.13 Safety Manual

The Contractor shall submit a Safety Manual indicating the safety measures
proposed to be adopted in light of above provisions, for approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
48.14 Accidents - Reporting

The Contractor shall, within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence of any
accident on, or about the Site, or in connection with the execution of the Works,
report such accident to the Engineer and to the appropriate authority wherever such
report is required by law. The Contractor will indemnify the Employer from all
accident cases.
48.15 Security Measures
The Contractor shall be responsible at his cost for security of Works for the duration
of the Contract and shall provide and maintain continuously adequate security
personnel to fulfill these obligations. The requirements of security measures shall
include, but not limited to, maintenance of Law and order at site, provision of all
lighting, guard, flagmen, and other measures necessary for protection of Works
within the camps and elsewhere at site, for all materials delivered to the site and all
persons employed in connection with the Works continuously throughout working
and non-working periods including nights, Sundays, holidays, for the duration of
the Contract. At work sites in close proximity of traffic corridors where public are
likely to come close to the work area, suitable fencing as directed by the Engineer
should be provided.
49. QUALITY ASSURANCE
49.1 Submission of Quality Assurance Plan
The Contractor shall on receipt of Letter of Acceptance, or as soon thereafter as

possible as, as but not later than one month, submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for
his approval a Quality Assurance Plan for the Contract works involved.
Page 109 of 252
50.0 ECOLOGICAL BALANCE

The Contractor shall maintain ecological balance by preventing deforestation, water
pollution and defacing of natural landscape. The Contractor shall so conduct his
construction operations as to prevent any avoidable destruction, scarring or
defacing of natural surroundings in the vicinity of work. In respect of ecological
balance, the Contractor shall observe the following instructions for which no extra
payments will be made.
(a) Where destruction, scarring, damage or defacing may occur as a result of

operations relating to Permanent or Temporary Works, the same shall be
repaired, replanted or otherwise corrected at Contractor's expense. All work
areas shall be smoothened and graded in a manner to conform to natural
appearance of the landscape as directed by the Engineer.
(b) All trees and shrubbery, which are not specifically required to be cleared or
removed for construction purposes, shall be preserved and shall be protected
from any damage that may be caused by Contractor's construction operations
and equipment or by their Employees/Workers. The removal of trees or
shrubs will be permitted only after prior approval of the Engineer. Special care
shall be exercised where trees or shrubs are exposed to injuries by
construction equipment, blasting, excavating, dumping, chemical damage or
other operation and the Contractor shall adequately protect such trees by use
of protective barriers or other methods approved by the Engineer.
Trees shall not be used for anchorage. The Contractor shall be responsible for
injuries to trees and shrubs caused by his operations and
Employees/Workers. The terms "injury" shall include, without limitation,
bruising, scarring, tearing and breaking of roots, trunks or branches. All
injured trees and shrubs shall be restored as nearly practicable, without
delay, to their original condition at Contractor's expense.
(c) Where trees have to be necessarily cut for progressing temporary or permanent
works, the Contractor shall arrange for compensatory afforestation as may be
required by Environmental Rules and Regulations.
(d) In the conduct of construction activities and operation of equipment’s, the

Contractor shall utilize such practicable methods and devices as are
reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/ noise
pollution.
(e) Special care must be exercised in ensuring that the labour housed in labour
camp within the work site area do not indulge in any activity like drinking
alcohol, taking drugs etc and other activities that may affect the ecological
balance such as cutting of shrubs for fuel, creating open air nuisance etc.
51.0 EXECUTION OF WORKS
51.1 Mobilization
Period of Mobilization shall be 15 days counting from the stipulated date of start of
work as mentioned in Letter of Acceptance by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Contractor shall carry out following activities within this period stated. He shall
submit to the Engineer within 4 days of stipulated date of start, the proposed layout
Page 110 of 252

of locating offices, stores, go downs, yards, water, electric network etc. for approval
of the Engineer.
Minimum following activities shall be completed within the mobilization period of 15
days or such extended period as approved by the Engineer.
. Site office of the Contractor
. Line out including establishing of grid line levels and its approval from the
Engineer.
. Submitting list of proposed specialized sub-Contractors as may be required for
approval of the Engineer.
. Tapping electric and water connections
. Obtaining insurance policies as per the Contract
. Obtaining labour licenses, as required
. Obtaining approval of local authorities and complying with any statutory
requirements prior to actual start of work. Excluding Bldg. Permission and
commencement Certificate from MIDC
. Establishing water and electric network within site.
. Submitting construction program as detailed in Clause 5 of Contract and
its approval by the Engineer-in-Charge.
51.2 Setting out of Works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Works
in relating to original points, lines and levels of reference given by the Engineer in
writing and for the correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels,
dimension and alignment of all parts of the Works and for the provision of all
necessary instruments, appliances and labour in connection therewith. If, at any
time during the progress of the Works, any error shall appear or arise in the
position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor,
on being required so to do by the Engineer shall, at his own cost, rectify such error
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The checking of any setting-out or of any line or
level by the Engineer shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility
for the correctness thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all
bench-marks, sight-rails, pegs and other things used in setting-out the works. The
Contractor shall use latest equipment’s like Total Station/Theodolite and Auto level
etc. for setting out the works.
51.3 Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation (DELETED)
51.4 Temporary Works

51.4.1. The Contractor is entirely responsible for the design, construction, maintenance and
removal of all temporary works employed in carrying out the Contract. Within a
reasonable time (and in any case not less than fifteen days) before he intends to
commence construction of any temporary works, the Contractor shall submit full
particulars including drawings of the same, for the approval of the Engineer. The
Engineer's approval will in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the
safety of the Works, operators, adjoining property, structures or services and
compliance with appropriate regulations and codes of practice. Documents for
Temporary works supporting adjoining buildings, property and public utilities and
roads shall also be submitted to the appropriate authority for their approval if
requested /required.
51.4.2.The temporary works shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to
enable the permanent structures to be built around them without detriment to their
Page 111 of 252
effectiveness and due allowance will be deemed to have been made for all necessary
adjustments thereto to enable the Works to proceed.
51.4.3. Timber shoring, boards, struts or similar items shall not be left in position upon
completion of the Works without the written consent of the Engineer.
51.4.4.All services or utilities on or adjoining the site which are required to be maintained
operational shall be protected from movement, subsidence or damage from any cause
whatsoever by adequate temporary props, struts, shores and protective screens to
the approval of the Engineer and the agent of the service or utility.
51.4.5. The Contractor shall make safe and reinstate all areas affected by temporary works.
51.4.6. The Contractor shall use properly designed and manufactured steel staging
platforms for carrying out work above 3.0m height. All required staging for
supporting, centering, shuttering of beams, slab, masonry work, etc. shall be carried
out strictly as per the Suppliers instructions or approved arrangement. It is to be
noted that designing of such work shall be carried out by Contractor and shall be
submitted for approval of the Engineer. No work above 3.0 m shall be permitted
without compliance of this condition.
51.5 Plant, Temporary Works & Materials - Exclusive use
All constructional plants, temporary works and materials provided by the Contractor
shall, when brought on to the site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the
execution of the Works and the Contractor shall not remove the same or any part
thereof, except for the purpose of moving it from one part of the site to another,
without the consent, in writing, of the Engineer, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
51.6 Use of Site only for Works
The Contractor shall not use any portion of the Site for purpose not connected with
the works without the prior written approval of the Engineer. He shall maintain
permanent and Site access roads free of spillage and shall not interfere with the flow
of traffic. Also same shall apply to terraces and other developed areas.
51.7 Name Board at Site
The Contractor shall prepare and display name board at site as per design approved
by the Engineer. It shall have
Name of Project
Name of Employer
Name of Consulting Architect (if any)
Name of Project Management Consultant (if any)
Name of Contractor
51.8 Site Drainage/Cleaning/Nuisance
51.8.1 All water which may accumulate on the Site during the progress of the works or in
trenches and excavation shall be removed from the site to the satisfaction of the
Engineer at the Contractor's cost.
Page 112 of 252

51.8.2 The Site shall be maintained free from rubbish. Proper stacking of scaffolding
materials, shuttering material, bricks/brick bats, steel pieces, etc. needed for work
on day to day basis shall be organized. Heaps in unplanned manner and disorderly
fashion shall not be permitted. The Engineer's decision in this matter shall be final.
51.8.3 The Contractor shall not, at any time, cause or permit any nuisance on the site
or do anything which shall cause unnecessary disturbance or inconvenience to
the Employer, tenants or occupants of other properties near the site and to the
public in general.
51.9 Disposal of Rubbish

(i) The Contractor shall cart away from site and deposit where directed by the
Engineer all refuse, etc. arising from the Works both as it accumulates and
at completion of the Works at the direction of the Engineer.
(ii) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from the local
authorities concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising out of Contractor's
activities at the construction site or any other offsite activities borrow pits
and/or disposal area (s) has been properly disposed off.
51.10 Shift Working The Contractor shall be allowed to work in three shifts with prior
approval of the Engineer.
51.11 Urgent Repairs

If, by reason of any accident or failure, or other event occurring to, in, or in
connection with the Works or any part thereof, either during the execution of the
Works or during the period of Maintenance, any remedial or other Work or repair
shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be urgently necessary for the safety of the
Works and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair,
the Employer may employ and pay other persons to carry out such work or repair as
the Engineer may consider necessary. If the Work or repair so done by the Employer
is work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his
own expense under the Contract, all expenses properly incurred by the Employer in
so doing shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer or may be
deducted by the Employer from any moneys due or which may become due to the
Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer, shall, as soon after the occurrence of
any such emergency as may be reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof
in writing.
51.12 Contractor to Search

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer in writing, search under the
directions of the Engineer for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault
appearing during the progress of the Works or within the Period of Maintenance
(Defect Liability period). If such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which
the Contractor is liable, the cost of the work carried out in searching as aforesaid
shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair, rectify and make
good such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 17 of Clauses of Contract.
52.0 PROGRAMME AND PERFORMANCE
52.1 Review of Programme

Page 113 of 252
If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of work does
not conform to the approved programme the Contractor shall produce at the request
of the Engineer, a revised programme showing modifications to the approved
programme, necessary to ensure completion of the work within the time for
completion stipulated in the Contract. The submission to and approval by the
Engineer-in-Charge of such programme or the furnishing of such particulars shall
not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities or obligations under
the Contract. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have full power and authority during
progress of work, to issue such instructions as may be necessary for the proper and
adequate execution and maintenance of the Work. The Contractor shall carry out
and be bound by the same.
52.2 Progress Reports

The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports including coloured progress
photographs as per the frequency and in the Proforma laid down by the Engineer
indicating the details of actual Progress vis-à-vis planned progress of various
components of work, for the period and up to end of the period, slippage if any,
action proposed to be taken to pull back the arrears, deployment of machinery and
plant, statement showing extra and substituted items submitted by Contractor and
of any other item stipulated by the Engineer.
52.3 Maintenance of Records & Registers

The Contractor shall maintain Registers and Records in the format laid down by the
Engineer. These Registers and Records shall be open for inspection by the
Employer/ Engineer-in-charge and Engineer at all times. An important Register to
be maintained is the Hindrance Register which will be an essential document for
dealing with applications for extension of time by the Contractor.
52.4 Site Co-ordination Meetings

The Contractor will attend the Site Co-ordination Meetings with Engineer, the
Consultant and other Contractors as fixed by the Engineer from time to time to
discuss all issues relating to the works in general and progress and quality in
particular. All costs incidental to such interaction shall be borne by the Contractor.
52.5 Site Order Book
A site order book shall be kept at the site of the work. As far as possible, all orders
regarding the works are to be entered in this book. All entries therein shall be
signed by the Engineer or his representative and the Contractor or his
representative. In important cases, the Engineer-in-charge will countersign the
entries, which have been made. The site order book shall not be removed from the
work site except with written permission of the Engineer and the Contractor or his
representative shall be bound to take note of all instructions and directions meant
for the Contractor as entered in the site order book without having to be called on
separately to note them. The Contractor shall ensure compliance of the noting in
site order book within three days of the noting. In case of failure to do so, the
corresponding work shall be stopped and work already done shall not be accepted.
52.6 Progress Photographs

Page 114 of 252
After Issual of PO the contractor must submit the activity chart within a 7 ( Seven
)days .During the Construction stage the Contractor shall take adequate number of
coloured photographs showing the progress of various stages of the Work as directed
by the Engineer. Size of photographs will be 125mm x 250 mm. Photographs shall
be supplied with negatives to the Engineer. Each photograph shall be attested with
date of photograph and location of work. These photographs shall be from locations
as fixed by the Engineer at start of work.
53.0 INSPECTION OF WORK
53.1 Site Access

53.1.1 It is for the Contractor to provide safe and guarded access for the Engineer as
detailed in the safety code, for inspection of works, the Contractor shall arrange at
his cost required ladders, scaffolding materials, steel measuring tapes, plumb levels,
theodolite or any other instrument required by the Engineer for his use at site.
53.1.2 The Engineer and any person authorized by him shall at all times have access to the
Works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where
materials, manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and
the Contractor shall afford every facility for and every assistance in or in obtaining
the right to such access.
53.2 Examination of Work before covering up No works shall be covered up or put out
of view without the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full
opportunity for the Engineer to examine and measure any Work which is about to
be covered up or put out of view and to examine foundations before Permanent
Work is placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer
whenever any such Works or foundations are ready or about to be ready for
examination and the Engineer shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he
considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the
purpose of examining and measuring such works or of examining such foundations.
53.3 Uncovering and Making Opening

The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works or make openings in or
through the same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate
and make good such part or parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such
part or parts have been covered up or put out of view after compliance with the
requirement in Clause 53.2 above and are found to be executed in accordance with
the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through,
reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, but in any
other case all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
54.0 QUALITY AUDIT

The Employer may decide to conduct quality audit at regular intervals on the works
done by the Contractor by way of Rebound hammer tests, etc. The Contractor will
be required to provide logistic supports for such activities by way of arranging
approaches, ladders, scaffoldings, manpower, etc. to the Employer for conducting
such audits. No extra payment will be made on this account.
Page 115 of 252

Section – 4 A
ANNEXURE A
Performance Security Bank Guarantee

In consideration of the Employer having agreed under the terms and conditions of Agreement No.
………….. dated ……………….. made between The Automotive Research Association of India
(ARAI),the employer, register under the Societies registration Act XXI of 1860 Regn.No.133/66
GBBSD (hereinafter called and refer to as “the Employer) and ……………………………….(hereinafter
called “the said Contractor”) for the work ……………………………………………………………………
(herein after called the said agreement”) the Contractor having agreed to production of a irrevocable
bank guarantee for Rs……………./- (Rupees ……………. In words…………………….) as a Security /
Guarantee for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said
agreement.
1. We ………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby undertake to pay to the

ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent / Power of Attorney Holder an amount
not exceeding Rs……………./- (Rupees ……………. In words…………………….) on demand by
ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent / Power of Attorney Holder.
2. We (indicate the Name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and
payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand by The Automotive
Research Association of India stating that the amount claimed is required to meet the
recoveries due or likely to be due from the said Contractor. Any such demand made on the
bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this
guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not
exceeding Rs……………./- (Rupees ……………. In words…………………….)
3. We, the said Bank further under take to pay to The Automotive Research Association of
India any money so demanded not withstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the
Contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating there to
our liabilities under this present being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us
under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the
Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
4. We (indicate the Name of the Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall
remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of
the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all dues of ARAI under or
by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or
till Engineer-in-charge on behalf of ARAI certified that the terms and conditions of the said
agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) accordingly
discharges this guarantee.
5. We (indicate the Name of the Bank) further agree with the represented by ARAI shall have
the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations
Page 116 of 252
hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of
performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from
time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Employer against the said Contractor(s) and
to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we
shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being
granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the
Employer or any indulgence by the Employer to the said Contractor (s) or by any such matter
or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision,
have effect of so relieving us.
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s).
7. This guarantee will neither be cancelled nor revoked by the bank without the written
authorization of the beneficiary (The Automotive Research Association of India). For this
purpose the beneficiary would inform the Bank of their authorized signatories together with
the specimen signatures.
8. This guarantee shall be valid up to ……………. unless extended on demand by the employer
represented by ARAI Not withstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this
guarantee is restricted to Rs……………./- (Rupees ……………. In words…………………….) and
unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry or the
extended date of expiry of this guarantee, all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand
discharged.
Dated …………… day of ……………… for (indicate the Name of the Bank)
Page 117 of 252

ANNEXURE ‘B’
PROFORMA FOR BANK GUARANTEE FOR MOBILIZATION ADVANCE
(On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value)

To,
S.No.102, Vetal Hill,
Off. Paud Road, Kothrud
Pune 411 038
1. In consideration of, The Automotive Research Association of India (ARAI) (Herein after
called “The Employer”) the employer, registered under the Societies Registration Act XXI of
1860 Regn.No.133/66 GBBSD (hereinafter called “the Employer) (which expression shall
unless repugnant to the subject or context include its successors and assigns having agreed
under the terms and conditions of Letter of Acceptance No. …………………………………..issued
by the employer to ………………………………………… (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) in
connection with the work of …………………………………………….. (hereinafter called “the said
Contract”) to make at the request of the Contractor a lumpsum advance of Rs………. (Rupees
…………………….) for utilizing it for the purpose of the Contract on his furnishing a guarantee
acceptable to the Employer, we Bank NAME, incorporated under the Company’s Act 1956
and having Registered Office ………………………………………………………… (hereinafter
referred to as “the said Bank”) do hereby guarantee the due recovery by the Employer of this
said advance with interest thereon as provided according to the terms and conditions of the
Contract. If the said Contractor fails to utilize the said advance for the purpose of the
Contract and / or the said advance together with Interest thereon as aforesaid is not fully
recovered by the Employer, we, Bank Name hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
undertake to pay to The Automotive Research Association of India on demand and
without demur to the extent of the said of Rs………. (Rupees …………………….), any claim
made by the Employer on us for the loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Employer by
reason of the Employer not being able to recover in full the said sum of Rs………. (Rupees
…………………….) with interest as aforesaid.
2. We, Bank Name, further agree that the Employer shall be the sole judge of and as to whether
the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose of
the Contract and the extent of loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Employer on
account of the said advance together with interest not being recovered in full and the decision
of the Employer that the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof
for the purpose of the Contract and as to the amount or amounts of loss or damage caused to
or suffered by the Employer shall be final and binding on us to the extent of Rs……….
(Rupees …………………….).
3. We, the said Bank, further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain force and
effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Contract and till
the said advance with interest has been fully recovered and its claims satisfied or discharged
and till the Employer certifies that the said advance with interest has been fully recovered
from the said Contractor, and accordingly shall have no claim under this Guarantee after ….
(…….) days from the date of satisfactory completion of the said Contract (as per the mutually
agreed Work Schedule) i.e. upto and inclusive of xx.xx.xxxx. Notice of the claim under this
Guarantee has to be served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period i.e. xx.xx.xxxx in
which case the same shall be enforceable against the Bank.
4. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the
Bank under this Guarantee, from time to time, to vary any of the terms and conditions of the
said Contract or the advance or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor or to
postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the
said Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and
Page 118 of 252

conditions governing the said Contract or the advance available to the Employer and the said
Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the
Employer of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reasons of time being
given to the said Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the
Employer or any indulgence by the Employer to the said Contractor on any other matter or
thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have
the effect of so releasing the Bank from its such liability.
5. It shall not be necessary for the Employer to proceed against the said Contractor before
proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against
the Bank.
6. We, the said Bank, lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except
with the previous consent of the Employer in writing and agree that any change in the
Constitution of the said Contractor or the said Bank shall not discharge our liability
hereunder.
If any further extension of this Guarantee is required the same shall be extended to such
required periods on receiving instructions from the employer through M/s…………………….
on whose behalf this Guarantee is issued.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained herein before our liability under this Guarantee is
restricted to Rs………. (Rupees …………………….). together with interest. Our undertaking
shall commence from xx.xx.xxxx and shall remain in force up to xx.xx.xxxx
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
a. Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs………. (Rupees
…………………….)..
b. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to xx.xx.xxxx (Expiry date) and
c. We are liable to pay the Guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee
only and only if the beneficiary serve upon us written claim or the demand on or before
xx.xx.xxxx (Claim date).
d. Thereafter the bank shall stand discharged from its liability under this guarantee and all your
rights under this guarantee shall stand extinguished irrespective of the fact whether the
guarantee in original is returned back to us or not.
Date: Place: Pune
Page 119 of 252

ANNEXURE ‘C’
FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S NOTICE FOR APPOINTMENT OF ARBITRATOR
To
(Accepting Authority)
ARAI.
Vetal Hill, Pune
Dear Sir,
In terms of clause 25 of the agreement, particulars of which are given below, I/ We hereby
give notice to you to appoint an arbitrator for settlement of disputes mentioned below:
1 Name of applicant
2 Whether applicant is Individual / Prop. Firm / Partnership Firm / Ltd. co.
3 Full address of the applicant
4 Name of the work and Contract number in which arbitration sought
5 Name of the ARAI Office which entered into Contract
6 Contracted amount of the work
7 Date of Contract
8 Date of start of work
9 Stipulated date of completion of work
10 Actual date of completion of work (if completed)
11 Total number of claims made
12 Total amount claimed
13 Date of intimation of final bill (if work is completed)
14 Date of payment of final bill (if work is completed)
15 Amount of final bill (if work is completed)
16 Date of request made to Engineer in charge for decision
17 Date of receipt of Engineer-in-Charge decision
18 Date of appeal to Appelate Authority.
19 Date of receipt of Appelate Authority decision Specimen signature of the applicant
(Only the person/authority who signed the Contract should sign)

I/We certify that the information given above is true to the best of my/our knowledge.
I/We enclose following documents.
1 Statement of claims with amount claimed against each claim.
2
3
Yours faithfully,
(Signature)
Copy in duplicate to
1. ----- Engineer-in-Charge, ARAI
Page 120 of 252

ANNEXURE D
(Refer Clause 47.9)
INDEMNITY BOND
(On Non-Judicial Stamp paper of appropriate value)
Name of the work

KNOW all men by these presents that I/We _________________ (Name of Contractor with
address) ____________ do hereby execute this Indemnity Bond in favour of ARAI having
their office at ______________ (hereinafter called the Employer)
On this ________ day of _______.
THIS DEED WITNESSED AS FOLLOWS:
I/We, _______________ (Name of Contractor)_____________-- hereby do indemnify and
save harmless the Employer and the Employer from
1 Any third party claims, civil or criminal complaints/liabilities site mishaps and other
accidents or disputes and/or damages occurring or arising out of any mishaps at the
site due to faulty work, negligence, faulty construction and/or for violating any law,
rules and regulations in force, for the time being while executing/executed civil works
by me/us.
2 Any damages, loss or expenses due to or resulting from any negligence or

breach of duty on the part of me/us or any sub-Contractor/s if any, servants or
agents.
3 Any claims by an employee of mine/ours or of sub-Contractors if any, under the

workman compensation act and employers' Liability act, 1939 or any other law rules
and regulations in force for the time being and any acts replacing and/or amending the
same or any of the same as may be in force at the time and under any law in respect of
injuries to persons or property arising out of and in the course of execution of the
Contract work and/or arising out of and in the course of employment of any
workman/employee.
4 Any act or omission of mine/ours or sub-Contractor/s if any, our/their servants
or agent which may involve any loss, damage, liability, civil or criminal action.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE _______________________
HAS SET HIS/THEIR HANDS ON THIS DAY OF __________________
SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY THE

AFORESAID
IN THE PRESENCE OF WITNESS: 1.______________

2.______________
Page 121 of 252

Section 5
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1.0 RATES FOR PACKAGE OF WORKS
1.1 Package to be covered by Rates quoted by the Contractor

The rates entered in to the accepted Schedule of Rates of the Contract are intended to
provide for works duly and properly completed in accordance with the General Conditions of
Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications and Drawings together with such
enlargements, extensions diminution, reductions, alterations or additions as may be ordered in terms
of Clause 12 of the Contract deemed to include and cover superintendence and labor, supply,
including full freight of materials, stores, patterns, profiles moulds, fittings, centering, scaffolding,
shoring props, timber, machinery, brackets, tackle, rods, pegs, posts, tools and all apparatus and
plant required on the works except such tools, plant or materials as may be specified in the
Contract to be supplied to the Contractor by the Employer, the erection, maintenance and removal of
all temporary works and buildings, all watching, lighting, bailing, pumping and draining of all water,
prevention of or compensation for trespass, all barriers and arrangements for safety of the public
or of employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for labor camps
as may be prescribed by the Employer, the setting of all work and of the Construction, repairs and
upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site clearance, all taxes, duties,
royalties, rent and compensation to Employers for surface damage or taxes impositions payable to
local authorities in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the works or other duties or
expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any provision of law for
the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contract and all such other incidental
charges or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the specifications.
2.0 Form of Security Deposit

No Government Securities involving determination of Market Price will be acceptable. Details of forms
of government Securities of fixed value acceptable towards performance Guarantee/additional
performance guarantee/security deposit will be advised to the successful tenderer by the employer.
3.0 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 The Contractor should receive from the Engineer-in-charge one set of drawings approved for
construction / work. These drawings will be generally same as issued at tender stage. However
these drawings may have additional details from construction / working/ execution point of view
and to facilitate ease of installation, erection or construction. Additional detailing should not in
anyway vitiate the Contract nor allow the Contractor to claim extra compensation. Deviation or
alteration to basic drawings only should be treated as variation. Any additional copies of Drawings
if requested by the Contractor should be provided on making separate payment to the Engineer-
in-charge.
3.2 The Contractor should keep one copy of all Drawings at the works site and the Engineer-in-
charge should at all reasonable time have access to the same. Before the issue of the final
certificate to the Contractor, he should forthwith return to the Engineer all Drawings and
Specifications.
Errors and Omissions in Drawings or Specifications
Any apparent errors or omissions in drawings or specifications or instructions issued by the

Engineer in-charge should be brought to the notice of the Engineer in-charge by the Contractor
as soon as the documents have been made available to him. The Engineer-in-Charge should
Page 122 of 252

correct such errors or omissions. The Contractor should neither be eligible for any additional
cost, time etc. on this account nor should he be permitted to take any undue advantage thereof.
4.0 GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

4.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities
The Contractor should, subject to the provisions of the Contract and with due care and diligence,
execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the supervision thereof,
materials, constructional plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent
nature, required in and for such execution and maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing
the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.
The Contractor should take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all site
operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor should not be
responsible, except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of
the permanent works, or for the design or specification of any temporary works prepared by the
Employer.
The Contractor should carry out all the works strictly in accordance with the drawings, details and
instructions of the Engineer in charge If in the opinion of the Engineer in charge any changes are
required to be made for completion of the project, the same should be intimated in writing to the
Contractor and the Contractor should be bound to carry out the same. The decision of the
Engineer in charge in this regard should be final and should not be open to arbitration.
4.2 Giving Notices and Payment of Fees
This Contract should, in all respects, be construed and operated as an Indian Contract and should
be subject to Indian laws in force from time to time. The Contractor should conform to all laws of
the land and the regulations and byelaws of any local authority and of any water or lighting
companies with whose systems the structure is proposed to be connected. The Contractor should
give all notices required by the said acts, regulations or bye-laws and pay all fees in connection
therewith. The Contractor should protect and indemnify the Employer and the Employer against all
claims or liabilities arising out of his actions in violation of such laws, ordinances, regulations and
byelaws. The Engineer-in-Charge, however, may allow payment of all such fees to the Contractor
which he considers proper, contractually and legally justifiable, and should accordingly certify such
fees, paid by the contractor, as payable by the Employer.
5.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY
5.1 PF AND GRATUITY COMPLIANCE (Social benefits)
i. It will be responsibility of the contractor to obtain separate code/identification No. for contractor’s
deposit of PF dues, if applicable with concerned authority directly. The payment against bills should
only be released only when relevant challans, PF registration/code No. are made available by the
contractor to employer.
ii. It should be ensured by the Contractor that all employees are covered for all social benefits viz
Provident Fund (PF), Employee Pension fund scheme (EPFS), Employee deposit Link Insurance
(EDLI),Employee State Insurance (ESI)and gratuity what so ever applicable.
iii. Proof of recovery and remittance of the same should be submitted along with the monthly /running
account bills for the next month.
Page 123 of 252
iv. An indemnification covering Employer and the Employer should be submitted by the contractor before
release of first running bill against any claim during execution of the work including the maintenance
period under the employee’s Provident fund, workmen’s Compensation act and gratuity.
6.0 CONNECTIONS/COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:
It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to get the works approved and obtain completions, stage
completions and occupancy certificates and necessary connection with building services etc. complete
and commission his work, obtain NOC from Fire Authority / Local Municipal / Govt. Authorities or
other approved authorities at his own cost. Rates quoted should cover all expenses to be borne for
obtaining above approvals / certificates. However any statutory fees to be paid on account of above
should be paid by the Employer.
7.0 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD:
The normal period of defect liability should be 12 months reckoned from the date of issue of
completion certificate by ARAI for the completed work. Also throughout the maintenance period of
two years sufficient staff and materials/Equipments etc. will be arranged by the contractor to enable
to carry out the repairs/ rectification’s immediately whenever pointed out by ARAI.
Items repaired or replaced during the guarantee period shall be guaranteed for a further period of 24
months from the date of such replacement.
Scheduled preventive maintenance of the entire system as recommended by OEM to be carried out
by contractor during liability period of 12 months.
All defects noticed during the currency of the Contract and also during the Defect liability Period of 24
months after completion of the work except those pertaining to leakage/ dampness and termite attack
which are governed by respective clause of Contract should be completely and satisfactorily rectified
by the Contractor within a reasonable period without any extra payment for the same. In case the
defects are such as cannot be rectified or the Contractor fails to rectify these satisfactorily and
completely, ARAI reserves the right to get the rectification work done at the risk and cost of the
Contractor. The decision of ARAI in this regard should be final and binding on the Contractor and
should be beyond purview of the dispute settlement clause 25 of General Conditions of Contract.
8.0 BLANK
9.0 PROHIBITIONS REGARDING FINANCIAL COMPENSATION
9.1 No interest is payable to the contractor against any sum withheld/ kept in deposit by the employer
from his security deposit, bills or any other dues due to disputes or any other reason whatsoever.
9.2 Due to delay in completion of the project on account of any reason whatsoever, the contractor should
be entitled to suitable extension of time for completion of the project as will be decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge whose decision should be final and binding and no revision of rate or financial
compensation, whatsoever, for such extension of time should be payable to the contractor.
10.0 RATES TO BE FIRM
The rates quoted by the contractor should remain firm throughout the pendency of the contract and
Page 124 of 252
should be subjected to no price variation on account of any reason whatsoever.
11.0 BAILING & PUMPING OUT WATER
The contractor should make all arrangements at his own cost for bailing out/pumping out water
accumulated at the Project Site from subsoil/ surface run-off so as to keep the project site dry during
the pendency of the contract.
12.0 LIFTING
The contractor should provide at his own cost builder’s hoist for lifting of materials (if required).
13.0 ARRANGEMENT FOR GENERATOR

The contractor should be required to make stand by arrangement for Generator Set(s) of suitable
capacity at his own cost as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge for maintaining the supply of electricity
for running the various electricity operated plant, machineries, equipments and lighting arrangements
at the time of power cut to avoid disruptions of execution of works.
14.0 INDUSTRIAL RELATION
The contractor should be fully responsible for maintaining harmonious Industrial Relations with his
staffs and workers at all times to prevent demonstration, strike etc. causing disruption of works as well
as disturbing the peace in other establishments of the Employer in the vicinity of the project site.
15.0 BLANK
16.0 COMPLIANCE TO ENVIRONMENTAL (PROTECTION) RULES
a) A First Aid Room shall be provided during the entire construction period of the project.
b) Adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities should be provided for construction workers at the site.
Provision should be made for mobile toilets. The safe disposal of wastewater and solid wastes
generated during the construction phase should be ensured.
c) All the topsoil excavated during construction activities should be stored for use within the project site
to the extent directed by the Engineer-in-charge..
d) Disposal of muck during construction phase should not create any adverse effect on the neighboring
communities and should be disposed taking the necessary precautions for general safety and health
aspects of people, only in approved sites as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
e) Construction spoils, including bituminous material and other hazardous materials, should not be
allowed to contaminate watercourses and the dump sites for such material should be secured so that
they do not leach into the ground water.
f) Any hazardous waste generated during construction phase, should be disposed off as per applicable
rules and norms of the MIDC/ MPCB and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
g) The diesel generator sets to be used during construction phase should be low sulphur diesel type and
should conform to Environment (Protection) Rules prescribed for air and noise emission standards.
h) The diesel required for operating DG sets should be stored as per regulations and the contractor shall
Page 125 of 252
indemnify ARAI against any violation.
i) Vehicles hired for bringing construction material to the site should be in good condition and should
have a pollution check certificate and should conform to applicable air and noise emission standards
and should be operated only during non-peak hours, as far as possible.
k) Ambient noise levels should conform to residential standards both during day and night. Incremental
pollution loads on the ambient air and noise quality should be closely monitored during construction
phase. Adequate measures should be made to reduce ambient air and noise level during construction
phase, so as to conform to the stipulated standards by MPCB.
l) Regular supervision of the above and other measures for monitoring should be in place all through the
construction phase, so as to avoid disturbance to the surroundings.
m) Provision should be made for supply of kerosene or cooking gas and pressure cooker to the labourers
during construction phase.
n) Officials from the Office of MOEF/ MPCB, may be monitoring the implementation of environmental
safeguards and during such inspection the contractor shall give full cooperation, facilities and
documents/ data to the inspecting officials.
17.0 BLANK
18.0 EXECUTION OF WORK AT RISK & COST OF CONTRACTOR
The balance work if any left to be completed after the determination of the contract as per clause no.3
of clauses of contract shall be got executed by the employer as stipulated in the said clause at the risk
and cost of the contractor and the additional expenditure if any incurred by the employer by getting
the work executed in the manner stated above, the same shall be recovered from dues of contractor.
In the event of non-availability of any dues, the additional expenditure shall be recovered either from
security deposit laying with the employer or any other dues of contractor relating top other contracts
being executed by him under the control of the Employer.
19.0 BLANK
20.0 FIELD TESTING INSTRUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED AT SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR

As mentioned in Schedule F
Page 126 of 252

SECTION – 6
SCHEDULE A TO F
Page 127 of 252

SCHEDULE A TO F
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
(Operative schedule to be supplied separately to each intending tenderer)
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule / Bill of Quantities (As per Bill of Quantities attached with Financial
Bid)
SCHEDULE ‘B’ – (DELETED) Clauses 10- Material supplied by ARAI
SCHEDULE ‘C’ - (DELETED) Clauses 34 – Hire of plant and Machinery
SCHEDULE ‘D’ – (DELETED) Extra Schedule for specific requirement / document for the
work, if any
SCHEDULE ‘E’
Reference to general conditions of contract.
Name of Work: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION & ALLIED WORKS FOR LT INTERNAL

ELECTRICAL WORK OF HTC PHASE II PROJECT AT CHAKAN PUNE.
Estimated cost of work; - Rs. ------------Lakh
(i) Earnest Money Rs. ------------Lakh
(ii) Performance Guarantee 5% of Tendered Value
(iii) Security Deposit (Retention Money): 2.5% of Bill in process
Page 128 of 252

SCHEDULE ‘F’
GENERAL RULES and DIRECTIONS
Office Inviting Tender: - ARAI Kohtrud, Pune
Maximum percentage for quantity of

items of work to be executed beyond
which rates are to be determined in
accordance with clauses 12.2. & 12.3
see below
Definition:
2(v) Engineer-in-charge ___Dy. Manager-ID
2(Viii) Accepting Authority/ Appellate ___Director ARAI

Authority
2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and 15%

labour to cover all overheads and profits
2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates ______NIL_____
9(ii) Standard Form Nil
Section 2, Pt.2 Remedy of defects shall be executed within 15 days of notice.
Clause 1 (and also for Section 1 – 6.2 & 6.4 (c ) – i)

(i) Time allowed for submission of Performance Guarantee
from the date if issue of letter of acceptance _15 days
(ii) Maximum allowable extension beyond the period
Provided in (i) above __7_days
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under Clause 2 Director ARAI
Clause 2A
Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable NO
Clause 5 (and also for clause 2)

Number of days from the date of issue of letter of
Acceptance for reckoning date of start ___15_days
Mile stone (s) as per table given below

Table of Mile Stone (s)
S.No Financial Progress Time allowed in days Amt. to be withheld in

(from day of start) case of non
achievement of
milestone
Page 129 of 252

1 1/10th (of whole work) 30 days 1% of tendered value of

work
2 8/10th (of whole work) 60 days 1% of tendered value of
work
3 Full Full i.e. 90 days As per clause 2
Time allowed for execution of work : 3 Months
Authority to decide:
i) Extension of time Director ARAI
ii) Rescheduling of Milestone Director ARAI
Clause 6, 6A
Clause Applicable – (6 & 6A) : Yes
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net payment/adjustment of advances for material
collected, if any, since the last such payment for being eligible to interim payment
Sr No Duration Minimum Amount payable
1 One month from the date of starting of work ------------Lacs
2 From One to two month ---------------Lacs
3 From Two to three Month ------------Lacs
4 From three to four Month -------------------Lacs
Clause 10A
Testing equipment to be provided by the contractor at site :--
. Meggers, 0 to 1000 v and 0 to 5000 v
2. earth testing megger
3. Digital multi meter
4. Digital clamp on meter
5. Electricians tools & multi meter
6. Digital type lux meter
7. Multi meters and tong tester
Page 130 of 252

Clause 10B (ii)
Whether Clause 10B (ii) shall be applicable : Yes
Clause 11
Specification to be followed for execution of work : CPWD Specifications
Clause 12
12.2 & 12.3 Deviation limit beyond which Plus : 30%, Minus : No limit
clauses12.2 & 12.3 shall apply .
Clause 16
Competent Authority for deciding : The Director, ARAI
Reduce rates
Clause 18
List of mandatory machinery & tools to be deployed by the contractor at site
1 Welding machine
2 Meggers, 0 to 1000 v and 0 to 5000 v
3 Earth testing megger
4 Digital multi meter
5 Digital clamp on meter
6 Phase sequence meter
7 Hammering type drill machine Min 25 mm Dia
8 Chase cutting machine
9 Drill machine Min 25 Dia.
10 Digital type lux meter.
11 Crimping tool (hydraulic type).
12 Crimping tool (manual type).
13 Gas cutting machine.
14 Grinders.
Page 131 of 252

15 Bench vices.
16 Ladders of different sizes as per CPWD I.e.1.5 Mtr, 3Mtr& 8 Mtr.
17 Cable laying equipment like jacks and shafts.
18 Electrical tool kits.
19 Conduit dies set.
20 Pipe Vice.
21 Electrical wire drawing equipment.
22 Portable drill machine.
Clause 36 (i)
Requirement of Technical Representative (s) and recovery Rate
Sr. Minimum Description(Pr Rates at which recovery

No. qualification incipal shall be made from the
of Technical Technical / Contractor in the event of
Description
Experience
Minimum
Representativ Technical not fulfilling provision of

Number
e Representativ clause 36 (i)

e)
Figures Words
Graduate Electrical Project 10 1 Rs.30,000 Rs. Fifty Five

1 Engineer Manager Year per month Thousand per
s month
Diploma Electrical Project 5 1 Rs.20,000 Rs. Twenty

2 Engineer Engineer Year per month Thousand per
s month
Clause 42 (NOT APPLICABLE)
Clause 46.10:- Not Applicable
Clause 46.11.1A Whether Applicable :- Not Applicable
Clause 46.16 : City of Jurisdiction of court :- Court in Pune, Maharashtra.
Clause 47.2.1 Sum for which Third Party Insurance to be obtained:-
Rs. 3.00 lacs per occurrence with the number of occurrences limited to four.
Page 132 of 252

SECTION – 7
ARAI SAFETY CODE
Page 133 of 252

SECTION - 7
ARAI SAFETY CODE
1. The excavations, trenches etc. shall be provided with necessary signals, barricades, obstacles etc.
2. All the electrical connections taken for construction purpose shall have earthing wires provided for
equipment earthings.
3. Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be done form the
ground, or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders.
When a ladder is used an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is
used, for carrying materials as well suitable footholds and hand-hold shall be provided on the ladder
and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than to 1(1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical).
4. Scaffolding of staging more than 3.6 m (12 ft) above the ground or floor, swung or suspended from an
overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly attached or
bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 90 cm (3 ft) high above the floor or platform of such
scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends there of with only
such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so
fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.
5. Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable means
to prevent the fall of person or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum
height shall be 90 cm (3 ft).
6. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other working places. Every ladder
shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9m. (30 ft)in length while the width
between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less than 29 cm. (11 ”) for ladder upto and
including 3m. (10 ft) in length. For longer ladders, this width should be increased at least 1/4” for each
additional 30 cm. (1 foot) of length. Uniform step spacing of not more than 30 cm shall be kept.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent anger from electrical equipment. No materials on any
of the sites or work shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or
the public. The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the public from
accident and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit, action or other proceedings
at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above
precautions and to pay any damages and cost which may be awarded in any such suit, action or
proceedings to any such person or which may, with the consent of the contractor, be paid to
compensate any claim by any such person.
7. Excavation and Trenching – All trenches 1.2m. (4ft.) or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied
thereof, with at least one ladder for each 30 m. (100 ft) in length or fraction thereof, Ladder shall
extend from bottom of the trench to at least 90 cm. (3 ft) above the surface of the ground. The side of
Page 134 of 252
the trenches which are 1.5 m.(5 ft.) or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or
securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. The excavated materials
shall not be placed within 1.5 m. (5 ft.) of the edges of the trench or half of the depth of the trench
whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances undermining or
undercutting shall be done.
8. All necessary personal safely equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in-Charge should be
kept available for the use of the person employed on the site and maintained in a condition suitable
for immediate use, and the contractor should take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment
by those concerned:
The following safely equipment shall invariably be provided.
(i) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields.
(ii) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in active use, the contractors
shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and ventilated at least for an hour before the
workers are allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be cordoned
off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to the
public. In addition, the contractor shall ensure that the following safety measure is adhered to:
a. Entry for workers into the line shall not be allowed except under supervision of the JE or any
other higher officer.
b. At least 5 to 6 manholes upstream and downstream should be kept open for at least 2 to 3
hours before any man is allowed to enter into the manhole for working inside.
c. Before entry presence of Toxic gases should be tested by inserting wet lead acetate paper
which changes colour in the presence of such gases and gives indication of their presence.
d. Presence of Oxygen should be verified by lowering and detector lamp into the manhole. In
case, no Oxygen is found inside the sewer line, workers should be sent only with Oxygen kit.
e. Safety belt with rope should be provided to the workers. While working inside the manhole,
such rope should be handled by two men standing outside to enable him to be pulled out
during emergency.
f. The area should be barricaded or cordoned off by suitable means to avoid mishaps of any kind.
Proper warning signs should be displayed for the safely of the public whenever cleaning works
are undertaken during night or day.
g. No smoking or open flames shall be slowed near the blocked manhole being cleaned.
h. The malba obtained on account of cleaning of blocked manholes and sewer lines should be
immediately removed to avoid accidents on account of slippery nature of the malba.
i. Workers should not be allowed to work inside the manhole continuously. He should be given
Page 135 of 252

rest intermittently. The Engineer- in- Charge may decide the time up to which a worker may be
allowed to work continuously inside the manhole.
j. Gas masks with Oxygen Cylinder should be kept at site for use in emergency.
k. Air-blowers should be used for flow of fresh air through the manholes. Whenever called for
portable air blowers are recommended for ventilating the manholes. The motors for these
shall be vapor proof and of totally enclosed type. Non sparking gas engines also could be used
but they should be placed at least 2 meters away from the opening and on the leeward side
protected from wind so that they will not be a source of friction on any inflammable gas that
might be present.
l. The workers engaged for cleaning the manholes/sewers should be properly trained before
allowing working in the manhole.
m. The workers shall be provided with Gumboots or non sparking shoes bump helmets and gloves
non sparking tools safely lights and gas masks and portable air blowers (when necessary). They
must be supplied with barrier cream for anointing the limbs before working inside the
sewer lines.
n. Workmen descending manhole shall try each ladder stop or rung carefully before putting his
full weight on it to guard against insecure fastening due to corrosion of the rung fixed to
manhole well.
o. If a man has received a physical injury, he should be brought out of the sewer immediately
and adequate medical aid should be provided to him.
p. The extent to which these precautions are to be taken will depend on individual situation
but the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the steps to be taken in this regard in
an individual case will be final.
9. The Contractor shall not employ women and men below the age of 18 on the work of painting with
product containing lead in any form. Wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work of
lead painting, the following principles must be observed for such use.
i. Cases of lead poisonings and suspected lead poisoning shall be notified and shall be subsequently
verified by medical man appointed by competent authority of ARAI.
ii. ARAI may require, when necessary medical examination of workers.
10. When the work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary equipments
should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of
any person in danger and adequate provision should be made for prompt first aid treatment of all
injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.
11. Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage and supports shall
conform to the following standards for conditions:
Page 136 of 252
i. These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate strength and free from
patent defects and shall be kept repaired and in good working order.
ii. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of durable
quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects.
iii. Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under the
age of 21 years should be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding winch or give
signals to operator.
iv. In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and pulley block used in
hoisting or as means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.
Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe working
load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working load and the
condition under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or any gear
referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the
purpose of testing.
v. In case of the Employer’s machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the Electrical Engineer-
in-Charge. As regards contractor’s machines the contractors shall notify the safe working load of the
machine to the Engineer-in-Charge whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and get it
verified by the Electrical Engineer concerned.
12. Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances should
be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such means as will
reduce to the minimum the risk of accidental decent of the load. Adequate precautions should be
taken to reduce to the minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally
displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are already energized,
insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves sleeves and boots as may be necessary should be
provided. The worker should not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are
good conductor of electricity.
13. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in
safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use.
Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.
14. These safely provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a notice board at
a prominent place at work spot. The person responsible for compliance of the safety code shall be
named therein by the contractor.
15. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the
arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the Labour Officer or Engineer-in-
Charge of the department or their representatives.
Page 137 of 252

16. Notwithstanding the above clauses from (1) to (15) there is nothing in these to exempt the contractor
from the operations of any other Act or Rule in force in the Republic of India.
17. Contractor shall submit hazard Identification & Risk Assessment & Aspect Impact before start of work
at site.
Page 138 of 252

SECTION - 8
ARAI MODEL RULES FOR PROTECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITARY
ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS
SECTION - 8
ARAI MODEL RULES FOR THE PROTECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS
EMPLOYED BY ARAI OR ITS CONTRACTORS.
1. APPLICATION
These rules shall apply to all buildings and construction works in charge of ARAI in which twenty or more
workers are ordinarily employed or are proposed to be employed in any day during the period during
which the contract work is in progress.
2. DEFINITION
Work place means a place where twenty or more workers are ordinarily employed in connection with
construction work on any day during the period during which the contract work is in progress.
3. FIRST-AID FACILITIES
i. At every work place there shall be provided and maintained, so as to be easily accessible during
working hours, first aid boxes at the rate of not less than one box for 150 contract labour or part
there of ordinarily employed.
ii. The first-aid box shall be distinctly marked with a red cross on white back ground and shall contain
the following equipment:
(a) For work places in which the number of contract labour employed does not exceed 50–
Each first-aid box shall contain the following equipments:
1 6 small sterilized dressings.
2 3 medium size sterlised dressings.
3 3 large size strelised dressings.
4 3 large sterilized burn dressings.
5 1(30 ml). bottle containing a two percent alcoholic solution of iodine.
6 1(30 ml.) bottle containing salvolatile having the dose and mode of administration
indicated on the label.
7 1 snakebite lancet.
8 1 (930 gms) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals.
9 1 pair scissors.
10 1 copy of the fist-aid leaflet issued by the Director General. Factory Advice Service and
Labour Institutes, Government of India.
Page 139 of 252

11 1 bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 gms) of aspirin.

12 Ointment for burns.
13 A bottle of suitable surgical antiseptic solution.
(b) For work places in which the number of contract labour exceed 50. Each first-aid box shall contain
the following equipments.
1 12 small sterilised dressings.
2 6 medium size sterilized dressings.
3 6 large size streilised dressings.
4 6 large size sterilised burn dressings.
5 6 (15 gms) packets sterilized cotton wool.
6 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing a two per cent alcoholic solution iodine.
7 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing salvolatile having the dose and mode of ministration
indicated on the label.
8 1 roll of adhesive plaster.
9 1 snake bite lancet.
10 1 (30 ml.) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals.
11 1 pair scissors.
12 1 copy of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Director General Factory Advice Service and
Labour Institutes/Government of India.
13 A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 gms.) of aspirin.
14 Ointment for burns.
15 A bottle of suitable surgical antiseptic solution.
(iii) Adequate arrangements shall be made for immediate recoupment of the equipment when
necessary.
(iv) Nothing except the prescribed contents shall be kept in the First-aid box.
(v) The first-aid box shall be kept in charge of a responsible person who shall always be readily
available during the working hours of the work place.
(vi) A person in charge of the First-aid box shall be a person trained in First-aid treatment, in the
work places where the number of contract labour employed is 150 or more.
(vii) In work places where the number of contract labour employed is 500 or more and hospital
facilities are not available within easy distance from the works. First-aid posts shall be
established and run by a trained compounder. The compounder shall be on duty and shall be
available at all hours when the workers are at work.
(viii) Where work places are situated in places which are not towns or cities, a suitable motor
transport shall be kept readily available to carry injured person or person suddenly taken ill to the
nearest hospital.
Page 140 of 252

4. DRINKING WATER
(i) In every work place, there shall be provided and maintained at suitable places, easily
accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking
(ii) Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, each work place
shall be provided with storage where such drinking water shall be stored.
(iii) Every water supply or storage shall be at a distance of not less than 50 feet from any latrine
drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well which is
within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well shall be
properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. All such wells shall be
entirely closed in and be provided with a provided with a trap door which shall be dust and
waterproof.
(iv) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept locked and
opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.
5. WASHING FACILITIES
(i) In every work place adequate and suitable facilities for washing shall provided and maintained
for the use of contract labour employed therein.
(ii) Separate and adequate cleaning facilities shall be provided for the use of male and female
workers.
(iii) Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in clean and hygienic
condition.
(i) Latrines shall be provided in every work place on the following scale namely:
(a) Where female are employed there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 females.
(b) Where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 males.
Provided that where the number of males or females exceeds 100, it shall be sufficient if there
is one latrine for 25 males or females as the case may be upto the first 100, and one for
every 50 thereafter.
(ii) Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and shall have a
proper door and fastenings.
(iii) Construction of latrines: The inside walls shall be constructed of masonry or some suitable
heat-resisting non absorbent materials and shall be cement washed inside and outside at least
once a year. Latrines shall not be of a standard lower than borehole system.
(iv) (a) Where workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed outside each block of
latrine and urinal a notice in the language understood by the majority of the works “for men
only” or “for women only” as the case may be.
(b) The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the case may be.
(v) There shall be at least one urinal for male workers upto 50 and one for female workers upto
Page 141 of 252

fifty employed at a time, provided that where the number of male or female workmen, as the
case may be exceeds 500, it shall be a sufficient if there is one urinal for every 50 males or
females upto the first 500 and one for every 100 or part thereafter.
(vi) (a) The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and shall be maintained in a clean and
sanitary condition at all times.
(b) Latrines and urinals other than those connected with a flush sewage system shall comply with
the requirement of the Public Health Authorities.
(vii) Water shall be provided by means of tap or otherwise so as to be conveniently accessible in or
near the latrines and urinals.
(viii) Disposal of excreta: Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority,
arrangements for proper disposal of excreta by incinerator at the work place shall be made by
means of a suitable incineration. Alternately excreta may be disposed of by putting a layer of
night soil at the bottom of a pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with a 15 cm
layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (when it will
manure).
(ix) The contractor shall at this own expense, carry out all instructions issued to him by the
Engineer-in-Charge to effect proper disposal of night soil and other conservancy work in
respect of the contractor’s workmen or employees on the site. The contractor shall be
responsible for payment of any charges which may be leveled by Municipal or Cantonment
Authority for execution of such on his behalf.
7. PROVISION OF SHELTER DURING REST

At every place there shall be provided, free of cost, four suitable sheds, two for meals and the other two
for rest separately for the use of men and women labour. The height of each shelter shall not be less
than 3 metres (10 ft.) from the floor level to the lowest part of the roof. These shall be kept clean and
the space provided shall be on the basis of 0.6 sq.m. (6 ft.) Per head.
Provided that the Engineer-in-Charge may permit subject to his satisfaction, a portion of the building
under construction or other alternative accommodation to be used for the purpose.
8. CRECHES
(i) At every work place, at which 20 or more woman workers are ordinarily employed, there shall be
provided two rooms of reasonable dimensions for the use of their children under the age of six
years. One room shall be used as a play room for the children and the other as their bedroom.
(ii) The rooms shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation. There
shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean.
(iii) The contractor shall supply adequate number of toys and games in the play room and sufficient
number of cots and beddings in the bed room.
Page 142 of 252
(iv) The contractor shall provide one ayaa to look after the children in the crèche when the number of
women workers does not exceed 50 and 2 when the number of woman workers exceeds 50.
(v) The use of the rooms earmarked as creches shall be restricted to children, their attendants and
mothers of the children.
9. CANTEENS
(i) In every work place where the work regarding the employment of contract labour is likely to continue
for six months and where in contract labour numbering one hundred or more are ordinarily employed
an adequate canteen shall be provided by the contractor for the use of such contract labour.
(ii) The canteen shall be maintained by the contractor in an efficient manner.
(iii) The canteen shall consist of at least a dining hall, kitchen storeroom, and pantry and washing places
separately for workers and utensils.
(iv) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any person has access to it.
(v) The floor shall be made of smooth and impervious materials and inside walls shall be lime-washed or
colour washed at least once in each year.
Provided that the inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed every four months.
(vi) The premises of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.
(vii) Waste water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate
so as to cause a nuisance.
(viii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal for garbage.
(ix) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time 30 per cent of the contract labour working at a time.
(x) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter and any furniture
except tables and chairs shall not be less than one square meter (10 sft) per dinner to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-Rule 9.
(xi) (a) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned off and reserved for women
workers in proportion to their number.
(b) Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(xii) Sufficient tables stools, chair or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-Rule 9.
(xiii) (a) 1. There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils crockery, furniture and any other
equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen.
2. The furniture utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(b) 1. Suitable clean clothes for the employees serving in the canteen shall be provided and maintained.
2 A service counter, if provided, shall have top of smooth and impervious materials.
3 Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of
utensils and equipments.
Page 143 of 252

(xiv) The food stuffs and other items to be served in the canteen shall be in conformity with the normal
habits of the contract labour.
(xv) The charges for food stuffs, beverages and any other items served in the canteen shall be based on ‘No
profit, No loss and shall be conspicuously displayed in the canteen.
(xvi) In arriving at the price of food stuffs, and other article served in the canteen, the following items shall
not be taken into consideration as expenditure namely:
(a) The rent of land and building.
(b) The depreciation and maintenance charges for the building and equipments provided for the
canteen.
(c) The cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipments including furniture, crockery,
cutlery and utensils.
(d) The water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and ventilation.
(e) The interest and amounts spent on the provision and maintenance of equipments provided for
the canteen.
(xvii) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited once every 12 months by registered
accountants and auditors.
10. ANTI MALARIAL PRECAUTIONS
The contractor shall at his own expense, conform to all anti-malaria instructions given to him by the
Engineer-in-Charge including the filling up of any borrow pits which may have been dug by him.
8. The above rules shall be incorporated in the contracts and in notices inviting tenders and shall form
an integral part of the contracts.
12. AMENDMENTS
ARAI may, from time to time, add to or amend rules and issue directions, it may consider necessary for
the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the administration thereof.
Page 144 of 252

SECTION - 9
ARAI CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS
Page 145 of 252

SECTION - 9
ARAI CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS
1. SHORT TITLE
These regulations may be called ARAI Contractors Labour Regulations
2. DEFINITIONS
(i) Workman means any person employed by ARAI or its contractor directly or indirectly through a sub
contractor with or without the knowledge of ARAI to do any skilled, semiskilled or unskilled manual
supervisory, technical or clerical work for hire or reward, whether the terms of employment are
expressed or implied but does not include any person :–
(a) Who is employed mainly in a managerial or administrative capacity; or
(b) Who, being employed in a supervisory capacity draws wages exceeding five hundred rupees per
mensem or exercises either by the nature of the duties attached to the office or by reason of
powers vested in him, functions mainly of managerial nature ; or
(c) Who is an out worker, that is to say, person to whom any article or materials are given out by or on
behalf of the principal employers to be made up cleaned, washed, altered, ornamental finished,
repaired adopted or otherwise processed for sale for the purpose of the trade or business of the
principal employers and the process is to be carried out either in the home of the out worker or in
some other premises, not being premises under the control and management of the principal
employer.
No person below the age of 14 years shall be employed to act as a workman.
(ii) Fair Wages means whether for time or piece work fixed and notified under the provisions of
the Minimum Wages Act from time to time.
(iii) Contractors shall include every person who undertakes to produce a given result other than a
mere supply of goods or articles of manufacture through contract labour or who supplies
contract labour for any work and includes a subcontractor.
(iv) Wages shall have the same meaning as defined in the Payment of Wages Act.
3. (i) Normally working hours of an adult employee should not exceed 9 hours a day. The working day
shall be so arranged that inclusive of interval for rest, if any, it shall not spread over more than 12
hours on any day.
(ii) When an adult worker is made to work for more than 9 hours on any day or for more than 48 hours
in any week he shall be paid over time for the extra hours put in by him at double the ordinary rate of
wages.
(iii) (a) Every worker shall be given a weekly holiday normally on a Sunday, in accordance with the
provisions of the Minimum Wages (Central) Rules 1960 as amended from time to time irrespective of
whether such worker is governed by the Minimum Wages Act or not.
(b) Where the minimum wages prescribed by the Government under the Minimum Wages Act are not
Page 146 of 252
inclusive of the wages for the weekly day of rest, the worker shall be entitled to rest day wages at the
rate applicable to the next preceding day, provided he has worked under the same contractor for a
continuous period of not less than 6 days.
(c) Where contractor is permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge to allow a worker to work on a normal
weekly holiday, he shall grant a substituted holiday to him for the whole day on one of the three days
immediately before or after the normal weekly holiday and pay wages to such workers for the work
performed on the normal weekly holiday at overtime rate.
4. DISPLAY OF NOTICE REGARDING WAGES ETC.
The contractor shall before he commences his work on contract, display and correctly maintain and
continue to display and correctly maintain in a clear and legible condition in conspicuous places on the
work, notice in English and in the local Indian languages spoken by the majority of the workers giving
the minimum rates of wages fixed under Minimum Wages Act, the actual wages being paid, the hours
of work for which such wage are earned, wages periods.
5. PAYMENT OF WAGES
i. The contractor shall fix wage periods in respect of which wages shall be payable.
ii. No wage period shall exceed one month.
iii. The wages of every person employed as contract labour in an establishment or by a contractor
where less than one thousand such persons are employed shall be paid before the expiry of
seventh day and in other cases before the expiry of tenth day after the last day of the wage period
in respect of which the wages are payable.
iv. Where the employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the contractor the wages
earned by him shall be paid before the expiry of the second working day form the day on which his
employment is terminated.
v. All payment of wages shall be made on a working day at the work premises and during the working
time and on a date notified in advance and in case the work is completed before the expiry of the
wages period, final payment shall be made within 48 hours of the last working day.
vi. Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct or to other Person authorized by him in this
behalf.
vii. All wages shall be paid in current coin or currency or in both.
viii. Wages shall be paid without any deductions of any kind except those specified by the Central
Government by general or special order in this behalf or permissible under the Payment of Wages
Act 1956.
ix. A notice showing the wages period and the place and time of disbursement of wages shall be
displayed at the place of work and a copy sent by the contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge under
acknowledgement.
x. It shall be the duty of the contractor to ensure the disbursement of wages in the presence of the
Page 147 of 252
Junior Engineer or any other authorized representative of the Engineer-in-Charge who will be
required to be present at the place and time of disbursement of wages by the contractor to
workmen.
xi. The contractor shall obtain from the Junior Engineer or any other authorised representative of the
Engineer-in-Charge as the case may be a certificate under his signature at the end of the entries in
the “Register of Wages” or the “Wage-cum-Muster Roll” as the case be in the following form:
“Certified that the amount shown in column No. ................................... has been paid to the
workman concerned in my presence on ................. at ................ .
6. FINES AND DEDUCTIONS WHICH MAY BE MADE FROM WAGES

(i) The wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction of any kind except the
following:
(a) Fines.
(b) Deductions for absence from duty i.e. from the place or the places where by the terms of his
employment he is required to work. The amount of deduction shall be in proportion to the
period for which he was absent.
(c) Deduction for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the employed person for
custody, or for loss of money or any other deduction which he is required to account, where
such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or default.
(d) Deduction for recovery of advances or for adjustment of overpayment of wages, advances
granted shall be entered in a register.
(e) Any other deduction which the Central Government may from time to time allow.
(ii) No fines should be imposed on any worker save in respect of such acts and omissions on his
part as have been approved of by the Chief Labour Commissioner.
Note: An approved list of Acts and Omissions for which fines can be imposed is as given below,
(iii) No fines shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage or loss shall be made for
his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity of showing cause against such fines
or deductions.
(iv) The total amount of fine which may be imposed in any one wage period on a worker shall not
exceed an amount equal to three praise in a rupee of the total wages, payable to him in
respect of that wage period.
(v) No fine imposed on any worker shall be recovered from him by installment, or after the expiry
of sixty days from the date on which it was imposed.
(vi) Every fine shall be deemed to have been imposed on the day of the act or omission in respect
of which it was imposed.
7. LABOUR RECORDS
Page 148 of 252
(i) The contractor shall maintain a Register of persons employed on work on contract in Form XIII
of CL(R&A) Central Rules 1971
(ii) The contractor shall maintain in Muster Roll register in respect of all workmen employed
by him on the work under Contract in Form XVI of CL (R & A) Rules 1971
(iii) The contractor shall maintain a Wage Register in respect of all workmen employed by him on
the work under contract in Form XVII of the CL (R & A) Rules 1971
(iv) Register of accident – The contractor shall maintain a register of accidents in such form as may
be convenient at the work place but the same shall include the following particulars.
(a) Full particulars of the labour who met with accident
(b) Rate of wages
(c) Sex
(d) Age
(e) Nature of accident and cause of accident
(f) Time and date of accident
(g) Date and time when admitted in Hospital
(h) Date of discharges from the Hospital
(i) Period of treatment and result of treatment
(j) Percentage of loss of earning capacity and disability as assessed by Medical Officer
(k) Claim required to be paid under Workmen’s Compensation Act
(l) Date of payment of compensation
(m) Amount paid with details of the person to whom the same was paid
(n) Authority bay whom the compensation was assessed
(o) Remarks
(v) The contractor shall maintain a Register of fines in the Form XII of the CL (R & A) Rule 1971
The contractor shall display in a good condition and in a conspicuous place of work the
approved list of acts and omissions for which fines can be imposed
(vi) The contactor shall maintain a Register of deductions for damage or loss in Form XXIII of the CL
(R & A) Rules 1971
(vii) The contactor shall maintain a Register of deductions for damages or loss in Form XX of the CL
(R & A) Rules 1971
(viii) The contractor shall maintain a Register of Overtime in Form XXIII of the CL (R & A) Rules 1971.
8. ATTENDANCE CARD-CUM WAGE SLIP

(i) The contractor shall issue an Attendance card-cum-wage slip to each workman employed by
him.
(ii) The card shall be valid for each wage period.
(iii) The contractor shall mark the attendance of each workman on the card twice each day,
Page 149 of 252
once at the commencement of the day and again after the rest interval, before he actually
starts work.
(iv) The card shall remain in possession of the worker during the wages period under reference.
(v) The contractor shall complete the wage slip portion on the reverse of the card at least a day
prior to the disbursement of wages in respect of the wages period under reference.
(vi) The contractor shall obtain the signature or thumb impression of the worker on the wage slip
at the time of disbursement of wages and retain the card with himself.
9. EMPLOYMENT CARD
The contractor shall issue an Employment Card in Form XIV of the CL (R & A) Central Rules 1971 to
each worker within three days of the employment of the worker.
10. SERVICE CERTIFICATE

On termination of employment for any reason whatsoever the contractor shall issue to the
workman whose services have been terminated, a Service certificate in Form XV of the CL (R & A)
Central Rules 1971.
11. PRESERVATION OF LABOUR RECORDS

All records required to be maintained under Regulations Nos. 6 & 7 shall be preserved in original for
a period of three years from the date of last entries made in them and shall be made available for
inspection by the Engineer – in - Charge or labour Officer or any other officers authorized by the
Central Government or the Employer in this behalf.
12. POWER OF LABOUR OFFICER TO MAKE INVESTIGATIONS OR ENQUIRY
The labour officer or any person authorized by central Government on their behalf shall have power
to make requires with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observance of Fair Wage
Clause and the Provisions of their Regulations. He shall investigate into any complaint regarding the
default made by the contractor or subcontractor in regard to such provision.
13. REPORT OF LABOUR OFFICER

The Labour officer or other persons authorized shall submit a report of result of his investigation or
enquiry to the Site Engineer concerned indicating the extent, if any, to which the default has been
committed with a note that necessary deductions from the contractor’s bill be made and the wages
and other dues be paid to the labourers concerned.
(i) The Site Engineer shall arrange payments to the labour concerned within 45 days from the receipt
of the report from the Labour Officer or the Engineer-in-Charge as the case may be.
Page 150 of 252
14. APPEAL AGAINST THE DECISION OF LABOUR OFFICER

Any person aggrieved by the decision and recommendations of the Labour Officer or other person so
authorised may appeal against such decision to the Engineer-in-Charge concerned within 30 days from
the date of decision, forwarding simultaneously a copy of his appeal to the Site Engineer concerned
but subject to such appeal, the decision of the officer shall be final and binding upon the contractor.
15. PROHIBITION REGARDING REPRESENTATION THROUGH LAWYER

(i) A workman shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these
regulations by:
(a) An officer of a registered trade union of which he is a member
(b) An officer of a federation of trade unions to which the trade union
referred to in clause (a) is affiliated.
(c) Where the employee is not a member of any registered trade union, by an officer of a
registered trade union, connected with the industry in which the worker is employed
or by any other workman employed in the industry in which the worker is employed.
(ii) An employer shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these
regulations by:
(a) An officer of an association of employers of which he is a member
(b) An officer of a federation of associations of employers to which association referred to
in clause is affiliated.
(c) Where the employer is not a member of any association of employers, by an officer of
association of employers connected with the industry in which the employer is engaged or by
any other employer, engaged in the industry in which the employer is engaged.
(iii) No party shall be entitled to be represented by a legal practitioner in any investigation
or enquiry under these regulations.
16. INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND SLIPS

The contractor shall allow inspection of all the prescribed labour records to any of his workers or to
his agent at a convenient time and place after due notice is received to the Labour Officer or any other
person, authorized by the Central Government on his behalf.
18. SUBMISSIONS OF RETURNS

The contractors shall submit periodical returns as may be specified from time to time.
19. AMENDMENTS
ARAI may from time to time add to or amend the regulations and on any question as to the
Page 151 of 252
application/interpretation or effect of those regulations the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge

concerned shall be final.
20. Police Verification shall be done before start of work at site for all personal deputed at site.
Page 152 of 252

ANNEXTURE-A
SECTION 10
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NAME OF WORK: Electrical Installation & Allied works for LT Internal
electrical work of HTC Phase II Project at Chakan, Pune.
Technical specification
SCOPE, MATERIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1.1 As specified in section‐1 Para 1.3.
2.2 GENERAL
2.2.1 The scope of work under this contract comprises Electrical Installation & Allied works for
LT Internal electrical work of HTC Phase II Project at Chakan, Pune. as per BOQ, for M/s. THE
AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA, PUNE, HTC Phase II PROJECT at CHAKAN
MIDC, DIST‐ PUNE. The work shall be carried out and completed under this contract in
every respect in conformity with the current rules and regulations of the local electricity
authority, the Indian Standard Institution, Relevant IS as modified up to date. Where IS codes
do not exist, the British Standards shall be followed. IE Rules 1956 as amended up to date,
CPWD Specifications for Electrical Works (Part – I) Internal, (Part –II) External 2005 and (Part –
IV) 2007, with correction slips up to the date of Tendering and with the directions of and to
the satisfaction of the Architect / Consultant / Employer / PMC.
2.2.2 The work as indicated in the scope of work attached herewith includes any modification /
addition / alteration required.
2.2.3 The brief description of the scope of works under this contract shall include the design,
engineering, manufacture, assembly, testing, delivery, erection, installation and
commissioning o f electrical system including supply of all material, labour, Transport &
Packing etc.
2.2.4 All the above work shall be complete in all respects up to the satisfaction of consultant,
Client and Engineer in charge as per the details mentioned in BOQ and drawings supplied
time to time. Unless and otherwise mentioned in the tender documents the following
scope of works shall be done by the contractor:
Page 153 of 252
2.2.5 Furnishing of all labour, skilled and unskilled, supervisory and administrative personnel,
erection tools and tackles, testing equipment, implements, supplies, consumables like
welding rods and gas, oil and grease, cleaning fluids, insulating tape, anti corrosive paints,
jute cotton waste etc., and hardware for timely and efficient execution of the erection
work.
a. Complete assembly, erection and connection, testing and commissioning, putting into
successful and satisfactory commercial operations of above equipment.
Page 154 of 252

b. The items of work to be performed on all equipment and materials shall include but not
limited to the following:
i. Receiving, unloading and transportation at site. (To Owner or Contractor's stores and
from their up to actual place of erection).
ii. Opening, inspecting and reporting all damages and short supply items.
iii. Re‐order all damaged and short supply items.
iv. Storing at site with suitable all weather protection.
v. Assemblies, erection and complete Installation.
vi. Necessary coordination between works done by other Contractors.
vii. Final check‐up, testing and commissioning in presence of Owner's representative.
viii. Obtaining Owner's written acceptance of satisfactory performance.
ix. Fire Stops / Barriers Panels System for Penetration / Opening
x. Cable fire stops/barriers system shall be provided in following cases :
a) Entry / Exit area of cable / cable trays in various compartments of cable gallery /
basement / tunnels having different fire loads.
b) Under control panel/any other panel where cables are entering or going out.
c) In floor/wall openings on both sides.
2.2.6 All equipments their installation, testing and commissioning shall conform latest CPWD/ IS
specifications in all respects. Indian Standard Code of Practice for Electrical Wiring
Installation IS:732‐1989. It shall also be in conformity with Indian electricity Rules and the
Regulations, National Electric Code, National Building Code, latest CPWD specifications
amended up to date and requirements of the Local Electric Supply Authority. In general, all
Page 155 of 252

materials equipment and workmanship shall conform to the Indian Standards specifications
and code. Mode of all measurement will be as per latest CPWD norms/ specifications Some
of the applicable codes/standards are as under:
a) CPWD General specifications for electrical works : Part‐I (Internal) ‐ 2005 b)
CPWD General specifications for electrical works : Part‐II (External) ‐ 1995 e)
CPWD Specification/norms for measurement Latest revision.
Anything not covered by the above shall be as per I.E. Rules and regulations.
2.3 SHOP DRAWINGS:
2.3.1 The work shall be executed as per latest working drawings to be prepared by the contractor
after award of work and submitted to the Engineer‐in‐charge for approval. All fabrication
drawings and other literature will also be submitted in advance for approval. The Drawings
& data provided are for guidance to the contractor. The exact dimensions, location,
distance & levels etc shall be governed by the space conditions. The tender drawings are
indicative and are for the guidance of the contractor. The drawings appended with the
tender documents are intended to show the space allotted for various equipment, bus
duct, cable and pipe routes etc. besides general electrical layout. The equipment offered
shall be suitable for installation in the spaces shown in these drawings / available at site.
The contractor shall prepare and submit to Client / Consultants for approval detailed
shop/working drawings of all works on award of the work.
2.3.2 After the work is awarded to the Tenderer, the Tenderer shall submit the following shop
drawings for approval from the Architect/Consultant :‐
a. Typical G A d r a w i n g o f a l l e q u i p m e n t t o be supplied and disposition of

various equipments.
b. Earthing pits layout.
c. Cable Routing, Cable Tray layout, Cable cut schedule, Sections Showing number and size
of cables in cable tray/trench, Fixing Details of Cable Trays.
d. Lighting and raw power layouts etc.
e. Layout shall route of conduits.
f. Block diagram for Power, Earthing.
g. Any other drawing required for completion of the project if required.
Page 156 of 252

The above mentioned shop drawings shall be prepared in AutoCAD shall be submitted in
minimum A1 size on a scale as decided by the Consultant.
Page 157 of 252

2.4 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
2.4.1 (4 sets of soft copies on CD and four sets of hard copies duly wound): As part of the
handing over documents after successful completion of the work, the Tenderer shall submit to the
Owner / Architect / Consultant / PMC AS BUILT drawings drawn at approved scale indicating the
complete Electrical system "As installed". These drawings shall be prepared in AutoCAD. These
drawings shall in particular, give the following information:
a. Location of all equipments / cable Route.

b. Cables, dummy pipes, earthing and all other services covered under this contract. `
c. Complete Schematic Diagram of the installation of all services with cable sizes etc.
d. Routing of Conduits, Raceways, and Sub main Conduiting, Cable Trays, Cabling and
Earthing strips / wires.
e. Bill of Materials, Control & schematic line diagram for meter & relay panel, terminal
connection / Master Terminal box diagram, and wiring diagram with physical location of
components for all equipment.
f. Earthing pits layout.
g. The consultant’s drawings are for guideline only to show how to work .The contractor must
be prepared his own drawings for execution.
h. Lighting and Power layouts showing position of fixtures / type of fixtures, circuit
circuiting and route of wires / cables / fixing details, numbers for each light fixture, and
socket along with location of DB’s, Panels etc.
i. Schematic Diagram.
2.4.2 No completion certificate will be issued until the completion drawings in the above
mentioned forms are submitted. The drawings will be prepared and submitted by the contractor
without any extra charge.
2.5 OTHER RELATED INFORMATION:
1. All Annexure of this specification duly filled in and signed by the contractor.
2. Transportation/shipping dimensions and weights, space required for handling parts for
maintenance.
3. Type test certificates for all equipment on similar type of equipment.
4. Cable schedule & interconnection chart.
5. Foundation details and plan, loading details for all equipment.
6. Test certificates, Test Procedures at sites.
7. Test reports of all tests carried out at site.
Page 158 of 252

8. Spare part lists.
2.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
2.6.1 As part of the handing over documents, the Tenderer shall submit 4 draft copies + soft
copies in CD’s detailed installation, operation and maintenance manuals / schedule & log sheets
for all systems and equipment of manufacturers for all items of equipment included in this
contract, together with all relevant data sheet, spare parts catalogues, repairs, assembly
and adjustment procedure etc to the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The manuals shall contain basis
of design, detailed technical data and drawings for each equipment as installed, the
erection, testing, operation and maintenance procedures, spare parts manual and recommended
spares for 3 year period of maintenance of each equipment including tools & tackles.
2.6.2 The Contractor shall also submit the Preventive maintenance schedule for the equipment supplied.
2.6.3 The Contractor shall submit four sets of the final Manuals (incorporating comments, if any,
of Engineer‐in‐Charge) complete in all respects.
2.7 IMPORT LICENSE
2.7.1 For importing any item if any import license/L.C. is required, the Contractor shall make
required arrangements. Any delay on this account shall be to Contractors account.
2.8 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL
2.8.1 The Tenderer shall train Owner’s Personnel to operate the equipment installed, to carry
out routine maintenance work including lubrication, overhauling, adjustments, testing,
minor repairs and replacement. Nothing extra shall be payable.
2.8.2 Training shall be done before the expiry of the defects liability period. The period of
training shall be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor.
2.8.3 Owner reserves the right to inspect any equipment/material to be supplied by the Tenderer as
part of his scope of work, at manufacturer’s works. The Tenderer shall provide and secure
for the Owner’s Authorized Representative every reasonable access and facility at the
manufacturer works for inspection and testing.
2.9 MAKE OF MATERIALS / MATERIAL SAMPLE
2.9.1 The Tenderer shall supply the material as per list of Approved make of material enclosed in the
contract. Alternative make shall be used with the specific written approval of Consultant
/ Owner. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to submit without any extra charge
Page 159 of 252

the samples of the materials/equipment as and when asked by the Client/Consultant. Due to
non‐availability of any material mentioned in the specifications,
substitute material shall be used only after d e t a i l of material accompanied by all technical data,
sizes, particulars of material and manufacturers name along with the credit due to
Owner, if any, shall be submitted to Owner for obtaining written approval from Owner I
Consultant, for such material.
3 All the material make document details contractor shall submit as & when required by ARAI.
4 CABLE WORK
4.1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
4.1.2 This covers complete design, engineering, manufacture, inspection packing and forwarding
and testing, commissioning, energizing power and Control cables in Trenches, through
Pipes, on Cable trays complete in all respects along with their supporting / fixing
arrangements, earthing of cable trays, termination, ferruling / Tagging of cables, lugs &
cable glands, complete erection, testing and commissioning at site, as detailed hereinafter
in the specification.
4.1.3 Complete lay ing jointing, preparation of end terminals, marking, fixing of lugs & cable
glands, its connection to the equipment and to overhead line with cable boxes / suitable
cable termination end, testing and commissioning of HT Cables, L.T. power cables, D.C.
cables and control cables etc. at site. All cable work and cable trays as per specifications
schedule of quantities and drawings.
4.2 SPECIFICATIONS
A) LT XLPE Cables
Voltage Grade : 1100 V
Relevant Standards : IS 7098 (Part – 1) 1988, IS 1554 part I with
Up to date amendments
Max Conductor Temp in Operation : 90 C
Page 160 of 252

Max Temp during Short Circuit : 200 C
Short Circuit Rating Duration : 1 Second
Type of Insulation : XLPE
Type of Conductor : Copper / Aluminum as per cable schedule
Type of Armour : GI Round / Strip as per cable schedule
Type of Outer Sheath : FR
Selection Criteria : up to 16 sqmm CU and Inclusive and above Al.
B) LT PVC Cables
Voltage Grade : 1100 V
Relevant Standards : IS 7098 (Part – 1) 1988, IS 1554 part I
Max Conductor Temp in Operation : 70 C
Page 161 of 252

Max Temp during Short Circuit : 160 C
Short Circuit Rating Duration : 1 Second
Type of Insulation : XLPE
Type of Conductor : Copper / Aluminum as per cable schedule
Type of Armour : GI Round / Strip as per cable schedule
Type : FR
Selection Criteria : Up to 16 sq.mm and Inclusive Cu & above
4.3 CONTROL WIRES
4.3.1 All control wires shall be 1100 V grade copper conductor Halogen free Fire retardant or
ZHFR insulation, confirming IS: 1554 part I, the minimum size of control wire shall be 1.5
sq.mm.
4.4 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
4.4.1 The materials shall conform to the latest editions of the following Indian / International
Standards:
1. IS 7098 Part 2 : 1985 XLPE insulated PVC sheathed cables For working voltages from 3.3 kV up
to and including 33 kV.
2. IS 5831: 1984 PVC Insulation and Sheath of electric Cables.‐
3. IS 8130:1984 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
4. IS 613:1984 Copper rods and bars for electrical purposes.
5. IS 3975:1988 Mild steel wires, formed and tapes for armouring of cable.
6. IS 10810:1984 Method of tests for cables.‐
7. IEEE‐383:1974 Standard for type test of class IE electric cables, field splices, and connections
for nuclear power generating stations.
8. ASTM‐D2843, 1993 Standard test method for density of smoke from burning or decomposition
of plastics.
9. ASTM‐D2863, 1991 Standard test method for measuring minimum oxygen concentration to
support candle like combustion of plastics (oxygen index).
10. NEMA‐WC5, 1992 Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and cable for the transmission and distribution
of Electrical Energy.
Page 162 of 252
11. IEC: 754 Test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables.
2. (Part‐1):1994 Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas evolved during combustion of
polymeric materials taken from cables.
13. IEC:332 Test on electric cables under fire conditions
14. (Part I):1993 Test on a single vertical insulated wire or cable.
15. IS 3961 Recommended current rating for cables.‐
16. (Part II):1967 PVC insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables.
17. IS 10418:1982 Drums for electric cables.‐
4.4.2 Cables conforming to other internationally accepted standards, which ensure equal or
higher quality than the standards mentioned above, would also be acceptable. In case the
Bidders who wish to offer material conforming to the other standards, salient points of
difference between the standards adopted and the specific standards shall be clearly
brought out in relevant schedule. Four copies of such standards with authentic English
Translations shall be furnished along with the offer. In case of conflict the order of
precedence shall be (i) IS, (ii) IEC, (iii) Other standards. In case of any difference between
provisions of these standards and provisions of this specification, the provisions contained
in this specification shall prevail.
4.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4.5.1 All cables shall be suitable for high ambient, high humid tropical Indian Climatic conditions.
Cables shall be designed to withstand the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses under
the unforeseen steady state and transient conditions and shall be suitable for proposed
method of installation.
4.6 CONDUCTOR
4.6.1 The conductor shall be Aluminum / Copper as specified in the Schedule of Quantities. It
shall be smooth, uniform in quality and free from scale and other defects. The stranded
conductor shall be clean and reasonably uniform in size and shape. The conductor shall be
compact circular having resistance within limits as specified in Table‐2 of IS: 8130 /1984
and any amendment thereof.
4.7 CONDUCTOR SHIELD
4.7.1 Conductor shield shall be extruded in the same operation as the insulation. The semi‐
conductor polymer shall be cross linked.
Page 163 of 252
4.8 INSULATION
4.8.1 Insulation shall be cross linked polyethylene and it shall preferably be gas‐cured for XLPE
cables.
4.8.2 The XLPE insulation shall be suitable for specified 22 KV system voltage. The manufacturing
process shall ensure that insulation shall be free from voids. The insulation shall withstand
mechanical and thermal stresses under steady state and transient operating conditions.
The extrusion method shall give very smooth interface between semi‐conducting screen
and insulation. The insulation of the cables shall be of high standard quality and conform to
Clause‐11 of IS: 7098 (Part‐II)/1985 or latest amendment thereof.
4.8.3 Insulation shall be FR as specified in the Schedule of quantities.
4.8.4 Cable shall be provided with copper metallic screen suitable for carrying earth fault current.
For single core armoured cables the armouring shall constitute the metallic part of the
screening.
4.9 INSULATION SHIELD
4.9.1 To confine electrical field to the insulation, insulation screening consisting of two parts,
namely metallic (non‐magnetic) and non‐metallic (semi conducting) shall be provided. The
non‐metallic semi‐conducting shield shall be put over the insulation of each core. The
insulation shield shall be extruded in the same operation as the conductor shield and the
insulation by triple extrusion process. The insulation shield shall be bonded and Strippable,
on adequate heat treatment. Metallic shield shall be provided over non‐metallic portion as
per provision of clause 12.4 of IS: 7098 (Part‐II)/1985 and amendment thereof.
4.10 SHEATH
4.10.1 Inner Sheath: In case of cables consisting of two or more cores inner sheath suitable to
withstand the site conditions and the desired temperature shall be provided on the
individual core and then surrounded by common covering applied either by extrusion or
wrapping of a filling material containing thermoplastic material. It shall be of adequate
thickness and applied by continuous process to produce a sheath of consistent quality free
from all defects. PVC sheath shall be extruded. The circularity of the cable should be
maintained. Shall be as per IS:5831‐1984.
4.10.2 Outer Sheath: This is extruded over the armour for armoured cables and cover the inner
sheath for unarmoured cables. It shall be specially formulated heat resistant black PVC
compound conforming to the requirement of type ST2 of IS:5831‐1984, extruded to form
Page 164 of 252
the outer sheath. The cable should also offer a specially formulated Zero Halogen Flame
Retardant compound FR for outer sheath & for HT Cables Flame Retardant compound FR
for outer sheath. Suitable additives be added to prevent attack by rodents and termites. All
serving must be given anti‐termite treatment. The thickness of the sheaths shall be as per
relevant standards.
4.10.3 All armoured and multi‐core un‐armoured cables shall have distinct extruded inner PVC
sheath of black colour.
4.10.4 Armouring ‐ Material for armour for Single Core Cable shall be Aluminum wire. For
Multicore cable it shall be GS wire round. Armouring shall be as per relevant IS and it shall
have minimum 90% coverage. The dimensions of round steel wire shall be as per IS: 7098
(Part‐II) / 1985 and its latest amendment and wire shall conform to latest provisions of IS:
3975 – 1988 and amendment thereof.
4.10.5 Breaking Load of the joints shall be minimum 95% of the normal armour.
4.10.6 Outer Sheath – Extruded PVC outer sheath of type ST‐2 as per IS: 5831/1984 and its latest
amendment shall be applied over armouring with suitable additives to prevent attack by
rodent and termite and its thickness shall be in accordance with Clause –17.32 of IS:7098
(Part‐III)/1985 and latest amendment thereof.
4.10.7 FR Properties ‐ Flame Retardant (FR)
4.11 OUTER SHEATH:
4.11.1 All LT cables specified in the Schedule of Quantities shall have FR for outer sheath to reduce
the Fire hazard.
4.12 ARMOUR
4.12.1 The armour may be of galvanized steel wires.
4.13 SERVING
4.13.1 The cable serving shall protect the cable sheath and armour from electrolysis caused by
stray currents, and from galvanic action. It shall also protect the cable from mechanical
damage and corrosion.
4.14 GENERAL
4.14.1 The cable shall withstand all mechanical and thermal stresses under steady state and
transient operating conditions.
4.15 OPERATION
Page 165 of 252

4.15.1 Cable shall be suitable for lying in trenches / ducts and direct in ground.
4.15.2 Cables shall have heat and moisture resistant properties. These shall be of type and design,
with proven record of distribution network service.
4.16 LENGTHS
4.16.1 The cables shall be supplied in standard drum lengths i.e. 250 / 500/1000 Meters. Non‐
standard length is not acceptable.
4.17 TEMPERATURE RISE
4.17.1 The maximum conductor temperature shall not exceed 90 degree C during continuous
operation at full rated current. The temperature after short circuit for 1.0 second shall not
exceed 200 degree C as per IS 7098 Part‐2 with initial conductor temperature of 90 degree
C.
4.17.2 Bidder shall provide and take approval from Owner’s Representative and / or Consultant
before supply of cables on site for each conductor cross section specified as per IS 7098
Part‐2.
a. Rated continuous current
b. Rated 1.0 second short circuit / short time current
4.17.3 Rating factor shall be given by the Bidder for the following:
a. Variation in ground temperature
b. Variation in soil thermal resistivity
c. Variation of Ambient Temperature
d. For the cables laid side by side, at ID spacing and in Tier formation.
4.17.4 The Bidder shall also indicate the percentage overload that the cable can carry and its
duration, when operating initially at a conductor temperature of 90 degree C, with peak
conductor temperature of 130 degree C.
4.18 SUBMITTALS
4.18.1 Cable schedules & Shop Floor Drawings for cable laying and routing.
4.18.2 Layout of various cables on cable tray / trench along with sections showing no. of cables,
distance between cables etc, size of cable trays etc.
4.18.3 Cable tray layout, as per site condition, duly coordinated with other services.
4.18.4 Weight of one meter of finished product of cable of various sizes and ratings.
Page 166 of 252

4.18.5 Weight of one meter of bare conductor used for cables of various sizes and ratings.
4.19 TEST REPORTS
4.19.1 Routine Tests: IS:7098 Part 2, IEC:60502, BS:6622, BS:7835
a. Partial Discharge Test
b. High Voltage Test
c. Conductor Resistance Test.
4.20 TYPE TESTS
4.20.1 The Bidder shall furnish two (2) copies of type test certificates conducted on similar cables
along with the Bid as per IS:7098 Part 2, IEC:60502, BS:6622, BS:7835.
a. Partial discharge test

b. Bending test followed by partial discharge test
c. Dielectric power factor as function of voltage
d. Dielectric power factor as function of temperature
e. Heating cycle test followed by dielectric power factor as a function of voltage and
partial
f. Discharge tests.
g. Impulse withstand test
h. High voltage test.
i. FR Cable Properties Test.
4.20.2 Routine and Acceptance tests as laid down in IS: 7098 (Part‐II) 1985 with latest amendment
thereof shall be carried out by the client/consultant sample selected at random as per
relevant IS. In addition to above, length check on one drum per inspection lot shall also be
carried out by the Client / consultant for which Supplier shall make all necessary
arrangements and provide all necessary facilities at his own cost.
4.21 STORAGE AND HANDLING
4.21.1 All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during
transit. Cable drums shall be stored on a well drained, hard surface, preferably of concrete,
so that the drums do not sink in the ground causing rot and damage to the cable drums.
4.21.2 During storage periodical rolling of drums once in 3 months shall be done. Rolling shall be
done in the direction of the arrow marked on the drum.
Page 167 of 252

4.21.3 It should be ensured that both ends of the cable are properly sealed to prevent
ingress/absorption of moisture by the insulation.
4.21.4 Protection from rain and sun shall be ensured. Sufficient ventilation between cable drums
should be ensured during storage.
4.21.5 The drums shall always be rested on the flanges and not on the flat sides.
4.21.6 A layer of water proof paper shall be applied to the surface of the drums and over the outer
most cable layer.
4.21.7 A clear space of at least 40mm shall be left between the cables and the logging.
4.21.8 Damaged battens of drums etc. should be replaced, if necessary.
4.21.9 When cable drums have to be moved over short distances, they should be rolled in the
direction of the arrow, marked on the drum.
4.21.10 For transportation over long distances, the drum should be mounted on cable drum wheels
strong enough to carry the weight of the drum and pulled by means of ropes. Alternatively,
they may be mounted on a trailer or on a suitable mechanical transport.
4.21.11 When unloading cable drums from vehicles, a crane shall preferably be used. Otherwise the
drum shall be rolled down carefully on a suitable ramp or rails, where necessary.
4.21.12 While transferring cable from one drum to another, the barrel of the new drum shall have a
diameter not less than that of the original drum.
4.21.13 The cables shall not be bent sharp to a small radius. The minimum safe bending radius for
all types of XLPE cables shall be taken as 12 times the overall diameter of the cable.
Wherever practicable, larger radius should be adopted. At joints and terminations, the
bending radius of individual cores of a multi core cable shall not be less than 15 times its
overall diameter.
4.21.14 Cable with kinks and straightened kinks or with similar apparent defects like defective
armouring etc. shall be rejected.
4.21.15 Cables from the stores shall be supplied by the contractor as per the site requirement in
pieces cut in the stores.
4.21.16 The length of the cable on each drum shall be as per IS:10418‐1972.
4.21.17 Cable shall be supplied in non‐returnable wooden drums of heavy construction. The wood
used for construction of the drum shall be properly seasoned, sound and free from defects
and wood preservative shall be applied to the entire drum.
Page 168 of 252
4.21.18 The successful bidder shall obtain owner’s approval for the drum lengths, before packing
the cables on drums.
4.21.19 Packing shall be sturdy to protect the cable from any injury during transportation, handling
and storage. The cut ends of the cable shall be sealed by means of non hygroscopic sealing
material.
4.21.20 The cable shall carry the following information either stencilled on the drum or contained
in a label attached to it:‐
i) Reference to this Indian standard
ii) Manufacturer’s name, brand or trade mark
iii) Type of cable and voltage grade
iv) No. of cores
v) Nominal cross‐sectional area of conductor
vi) Cable code
vii) Length of cable on drum
viii) No. of lengths on reel, drum or coil (if more than one)
ix) Gross weight
x) Country of manufacture
xi) Year of manufacture
xii) Direction of rotation of drum (an arrow).
4.22 IDENTIFICATION:
4.22.1 The conductor cores shall be identified with codes as per relevant Indian Standards.
4.22.2 The cables shall carry the manufacturer’s name or trade mark and the word identified
throughout its length. The manufacturer’s data shall include the name, the cable size, and
voltage rating together with any other information which the manufacturer considers
appropriate. This identification endorsed or print shall be done only on the outer sheath
4.23 ARMOURING OF CABLE
Page 169 of 252

4.23.1 All codes and standards mean the latest. As per IS: 7098 Part 2.
4.24 NORMAL SERVICE CONDITIONS:
4.24.1 The cables shall be used in the sub‐station having an ambient temperature of –5 deg.C to
50 deg.C.
4.25 OPERATION:
4.25.1 Cables shall be capable of satisfactory operation under a power supply system frequency
variation of +3%, ‐5% voltage variation of ±10%.
4.25.2 Cables shall be suitable for laying in conduits, ducts, trenches, channels, trays, racks or for
direct buried in ground in both dry and wet locations with chances of flooding by water.
4.25.3 Cables shall have heat and moisture resistance properties. These shall be of type and
design with proven record of underground Sub‐Station.
4.26 QUANTITY:
4.26.1 The various sizes and quantities of cables required are given in the. Schedule of Quantity.
4.26.2 The quantity is approximate and can be changed at the time of placing the order to the
extent of ± 20%.
4.27 INSTALLATION OF CABLES
4.28 GENERAL
4.28.1 Cable shall be laid in underground, trenches, cable trays and on walls as specified.
Installation shall include all supports and clamps as required. As far as possible cables shall
not be fixed on walls directly but laid on cable trays.
4.28.2 Cables shall be laid in the routes marked in the drawings. Where the route is not marked,
the contractor shall mark it out on the drawings and also on the site and obtain the
approval of the Consultants / Client before laying the cable. Procurement of cables shall be
on the basis of actual site measurements and the quantities shown on the schedule of work
shall be regarded as a guide.
4.28.3 The cable installation including necessary joints shall be carried out in accordance
with the specifications given herein. For details not covered in these specifications, IS: 1255
– 1983 shall be followed. The cables shall be supplied as per cable schedule submitted by
the contractor & approved by Engineer‐in‐Charge.
4.29 ROUTE
4.29.1 Before the cable laying work is undertaken, the route of the cable shall be decided by the
s
Page 170 of 252

Engineer‐in‐Charge.
4.29.2 While shortest practicable route shall be preferred, cable runs shall generally follow fixed
developments such as roads, foot‐paths etc. with proper offsets so that future
maintenance, identification etc. are rendered easy. Cross country run to shorten the route
length is not desirable as it would lead to route identification and maintenance
problems, besides posing difficulties during later development of open areas etc.
4.29.3 While selecting cable routes, corrosive soils, ground surrounding sewage and effluent etc.
shall be avoided. Where this is not feasible, special precautions as approved by the
Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be taken.
4.29.4 As far as possible, the alignment of the cable route shall be decided taking into
consideration the present and future requirements of other agencies and utility services
affected by it, the existence of any cable in the vicinity as may be indicated by cable
markers or cable schedules or drawing maintained for that area, possibilities of widening of
roads/lanes, storm water drains etc. Cable routes shall be planned away from the drains
and should be within the property.
4.29.5 Cables of different voltages and also power and control cables shall be kept in different
trenches with adequate separation. Where available space is restricted, HT cables shall be
laid above HT cables. Where cables cross one another the cable of higher voltage shall be
laid at a lower level than the cable of lower voltage.
4.30 WAY LEAVE
4.30.1 It may be necessary to obtain way leave for the cable route from the appropriate
authorities some of whom are listed below :
i. Drainage, Public Health and Water Works.
ii. Telephones and Telegraphs.
iii. Gas works.
iv. Other Undertakings.
v. Owners of properties.
vi. Where necessary, joint inspection with representatives of other authorities may be arranged
so that mutual interests are safe guarded. In case of private property.
Page 171 of 252

vii. Proximity to Communication Cables Power and communication cables shall as far as
possible cross at right angles. Where power cables are laid in proximity to communication
cables the horizontal and vertical clearances shall not normally be less than 60 cms.
4.31 LAYING DIRECT IN GROUND
4.31.1 GENERAL
This method shall be adopted where the cable route is through open country along
roads/lanes etc. and where no frequent excavation is encountered and where excavation is
easily possible without affecting other services as per IS: 1255 – 1983.
4.32 WIDTH OF TRENCH: ‐
4.32.1 The width of trench shall be determined on the following basis:
i. The minimum width of trench for laying single cable shall be 35 cm.
ii. Where more than one cable is to be laid in the same trench in horizontal formation, the
width of trench shall be increased such that the inter‐axial spacing between the cables,
except where otherwise specified shall be at least 20 cm.
iii. There shall be a clearance of at least 15 cm between axis of the end cables and the sides of
the trench.
4.33 DEPTH OF TRENCH
4.33.1 The depth of trench shall be determined on the following basis:
i. Where cables are laid in single tier formation, the total depth of trench shall not be less
than 75 cm for cables up to 1.1 KV and 1.20 m for cables above 1.1 KV.
ii. When more than one tier of cables is unavoidable and vertical formation of laying is
adopted, depth of trench in a (i) above shall be increased by 30 cm. for each additional tier
to be formed.
4.34 EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES
4.34.1 The trenches shall be excavated in reasonably straight lines. Wherever there is a change in
direction, suitable curvature shall be provided complying with the requirements of Clause
6.6/k.
4.34.2 Where gradients and changes in depth are unavoidable, these shall be gradual.
4.34.3 Excavation shall be done by any suitable means‐manual or mechanical. The excavated soil
hall be stacked firmly by the side of the trench such that it may not fall back into the trench.
Page 172 of 252

4.34.4 Adequate precautions shall be taken not to damage any existing cables, pipes or other such
installations in the proposed route during excavation. Wherever bricks, tiles or protective
covers or bare cables are encountered, further excavation shall not be carried without the
approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.
4.34.5 Existing property exposed during trenching shall be temporarily supported or propped
adequately as directed by the Engineering‐Charge. The trenching in such cases shall be
done in short lengths, necessary pipes laid for passing cables therein and the trench refilled
in accordance with clause.
4.34.6 If there is any danger of a trench collapsing and endangering adjacent structures, the sides
should be well shored up with timbering and/or sheeting as the excavation proceeds.
Where necessary, these may even be left in places when back filling the trench.
4.34.7 Excavation through lawns shall be done in consultation with the staff of the
department/Owner concerned.
4.34.8 The bottom of the trench shall be level and free from stone, brick bats etc. The trench shall
then be provided with a layer of clean, dry sand cushion of not less than 8 cm. in depth.
4.35 LAYING OF CABLE IN TRENCH
4.35.1 At the time of issue of cable for laying, the cores shall be tested for continuity and
insulation resistance.
4.35.2 The cable drum shall be properly mounted on jacks or on a cable wheel, at a suitable
location, making sure that the spindle, jack etc. are strong enough to carry the weight of
the drum without failure and that the spindle is horizontal in the bearings so as to prevent
the drum creeping to one side while rotating.
4.35.3 The cable shall be pulled over rollers in the trench steadily and uniformly without jerks and
strains. The entire cable length shall as far as possible be pulled off in one stretch.
However, where this is not possible the remainder of the cable may be removed by 'Flaking'
i.e. by making one long loop in the reverse direction.
4.35.4 After the cable has been uncoiled and laid into the trench over the rollers, the cable shall
be lifted slightly over the rollers beginning from one end by helpers standing about 10 m
apart and drawn straight. The cable should then be taken off the rollers by additional
helpers lifting the cable and then laid in a reasonably straight line.
Page 173 of 252

4.35.5 For short runs and sizes up to 50 Sq. mm of cables 1.1 KV grade, any other suitable
method of direct handling and laying can be adopted with the prior approval of the
4.35.6 When the cable has been properly straightened, the cores shall be tested for continuity and
insulation resistance. In case of FR PVC cables, suitable moisture seal tape shall be used for
this purpose.
4.35.7 Cable laid in trenches in a single tier formation shall have covering of clean, dry sand of not
less than 17 cms above the base cushion of sand before the protective cover is laid.
4.35.8 In the case of vertical multi‐tier formation after the first cable has been laid, a sand cushion
of 30 cms. shall be provided over the initial bed before the second tier is laid. If additional
tiers are formed, each of the subsequent tiers also shall have a sand cushion of 30 cms. as
stated above. The top most cable shall have a final sand covering not less than 17
cms. Before the protective cover is laid.
4.35.9 At the time of original installation, approximately 3 m of surplus cable shall be left on each
end of the cable and on each side of underground joints (Straight
through/Tee/Termination) and at entries and places as may be decided by the
Engineer‐in‐Charge. The surplus cable shall be left in the form of a loop. Where there are
long runs of cable length loose cable may be left at suitable intervals as specified by the
4.35.10 A final protection to cables shall be laid in accordance with Clause j to provide
warning to future excavators of the presence of the cable and also to protect the cable
against accidental mechanical damage by pick‐axe blows etc.
4.35.11 Unless otherwise specified, the cables shall be protected by second class bricks of not
less than 20 cm x 10 cm x 10 cm (nominal size) as per CPWD Building Specification or
protection covers placed on top of the sand, (bricks to be laid breadth wise) for the full
length of the cable to the satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge. Where more than one
cable is to be laid in the same trench, this protective covering shall cover all the cables and
project at least 5 cm. over the sides of the end cables.
4.36 BACK FILLING
4.36.1 The trenches shall be back‐filled with excavated earth free from stones or other sharp
edged debris and shall be rammed and watered, if necessary, in successive layers not
Page 174 of 252

exceeding 30 cm. Unless otherwise specified, a crown of earth not less than 50 mm. in the
centre and tapering towards the sides of the trench shall be left to allow for subsidence.
The crown of earth however should not exceed 10 cms. so as not to be a hazard to
vehicular traffic. The temporary re‐instatements of roadways should be inspected at
regular intervals, particularly during the wet weather, and any settlement should be made
good. Further trenches cut through roadways or other paved areas shall be restored to the
same density and material as the surrounding area and repaved in accordance with the
relevant Specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.
4.36.2 Where road berks or lawns have been cut or kerbed stones displaced, the same shall
be repaired and made good condition except asphalting to the satisfaction of the Engineer‐
in‐Charge and all surplus earth or rock removed to places as specified.
4.37 ROUTE MARKERS
4.37.1 Route markers shall be provided along straight runs of the cables at locations
approved by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and generally at intervals not exceeding 100 m.
Markers shall also be provided to identify change in the direction of the cable route and
also for location of every underground joint.
4.37.2 Route markers shall be made out of 100 mm x 100 mm x 5 mm GI/Aluminum plate, welded
or bolted on to 35 mm x 35 mm x 6 mm angle iron 60 cm. long. Such plate markers shall be
mounted parallel to and 0.5 m or so away from the edge of the trench. Alternatively
cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm
nominal size) marker 60 cm x 60 cm 10 cm in size shall be laid flat and centered over the
cable. The concrete markers unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall
project over the surrounding surface so as to make the cable route easily identifiable.
4.37.3 The work 'cable' and other details such as voltage grading, size etc. as furnished by the
Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be inscribed on the marker.
4.38 LAYING IN PIPES/CLOSED DUCTS:
4.38.1 In location such as road crossing, entry to building, on poles, in paved areas etc. cables shall
be laid in pipes or closed ducts.
4.38.2 GI or Hume Pipes (spun reinforced concrete pipes) shall be used for such purposes. In the
case of new construction, pipes as required shall be laid along with the Civil works and
jointed according to the instructions of the Engineer‐in‐Charge as the case may be.
The size of pipe shall be as indicated in the electrical drawings. GI pipe shall be laid directly
in ground without any special bed. Hume pipe (Spun reinforced concrete pipe) shall be laid
Page 175 of 252

over 10 cm. thick cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone
aggregate of 40mm nominal size) bed, after which it shall be completely embedded in
concrete. No sand cushioning or tiles need be used in such situations. Unless otherwise
specified, the top surface of pipes shall be at a minimum depth of 1mtr. from the ground
level when laid under roads, pavement etc.
4.38.3 Embedded conduit/ pipe runs shall have concrete cover at least 50 mm.
4.38.4 Where steel pipes are employed for protection of single core cables feeding AC load, the
pipe should be large enough to contain both cables in the case of single phase system and
all cables in the case of poly phase system.
4.38.5 The pipes on road crossing shall preferably be on the skew to reduce the angle of bends
as the cable enters and leaves the crossings. This is particularly important for high
voltage cables.
4.38.6 Pipes shall be continuous and clear of debris or concrete before cable is drawn. Sharp
edges at ends shall be smoothened to prevent injury to cable insulation or sheathing.
4.38.7 Pipes for cable entries to the building shall slope downwards from the building and suitably
sealed to prevent entry of water inside the building. Further the mouth of the pipes at the
building end shall be suitably sealed to avoid entry of water. This seal in addition to being
waterproof shall also be fireproof.
4.38.8 All chases and passages necessary for laying of service cable connections to buildings shall
be cut as required and made good to the original finish and to the satisfaction of the
4.38.9 Cable grips/draw wires and winches etc. may be employed for drawing cables through
pipes/closed ducts etc.
4.38.10 Conduit/pipe entry to junction box & outer devices from bottom.
4.39 LAYING, FIXING & TERMINATION OF CABLES:
4.39.1 The power & control cables shall be laid on the cable racks. It will be complete
responsibility of the bidder for laying, fixing, straight jointing in case of power cable if
required and termination at both ends of the power & D.C. cables as per the tentative
schedule given in Bill of quantity. Cable glands shall be provided at each end to support the
cable. Wire termination shall be made with solder less crimping type and tinned copper
lugs which firmly grip the conductor. Insulated sleeves shall be provided at all the wires
termination. Engraved core identification plastic ferrules marked to correspond with Cable
Page 176 of 252

No. /Wire No. shall be fitted at both ends of each cable; Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wire
and shall not fall off when the wire/cable is disconnected from the terminal blocks. Number
6 & 9 shall have different markings for ferrules purposes. Necessary cable no./wire no. shall
be marked/tagged (or the standard practice adopted) on the cable at the different
locations for easy identifications during maintenance. Power cables having more number of
cables per phase shall be laid in trefoil formation or shall be laid as per standard practice
adopted for laying. Cables laid in horizontal cable trays as well as on vertical ladders shall
be fixed at adequate number of places to hold the cable firmly. Bidder should submit a
complete write up regarding laying, fixing and termination of the cable for approval before
starting of the work. Any mechanical damage to the cables resulting in discarding of the
cables shall be replaced by the bidder free of cost.
4.39.2 TERMINATING KITS: The terminating kits shall be suitable for termination of the cables to
indoor switchgear or to a weatherproof transformer / motor. For outdoor terminals,
weather shields/sealing ends and any other accessories required shall also form part of the
kit. The terminating kits shall be one of the makes/types mentioned in the preferred makes.
4.39.3 JOINTING KITS: The straight through jointing kits shall be suitable for installation on
overhead trays, concrete lined trenches, and ducts and for underground burial with
uncontrolled backfill and possibility of flooding by water and chemicals. These shall have
protection against rodent and termite attack.
4.39.4 The cables shall be tested and examined at the contractor’s works both before and after
manufacture. The contractor shall furnish all necessary information concerning the supply
to consultant/owner’s works for the purpose of inspecting the process of manufacturer in
all its stages and ENGINEER‐IN‐CHARGE will have the power to reject any material which
appears to him to be at unsuitable description or of unsatisfactory quality.
4.39.5 Spare core of central cable shall be taped, Bunched together & shall be neatly kept inside
the panel.
4.39.6 Bending radius at HT & LT cable shall be HT—12x Dia. Of cable & LT—12 x Dia. Of cable.
4.39.7 Note: The cable to be laid in ‘Cable trench’, ‘Excavated trench in ground’ as per the drawing
enclosed herewith.
4.39.8 Cable installation on Cable Tray & through trench & local control station shall be as per
drawing attached.
4.40 CABLE TAGS:
Page 177 of 252

4.40.1 After pulling, cables shall be provided with identification tags consisting of 1.5mm thick
aluminium strips of size 30x60mm on which cable numbers shall be die‐punched. The tags
shall be tied to the cables with non‐corrosive wire. In case of single core cables, the said
wire should be non‐ferrous.
Cable tags shall be tied to cables at the following points:
a) Inside the cubicles at the point of glanding.

b) Within the distances of 1 to 2 meters on either side of crossing of any wall, floor, fire stop
or other barrier in cable galleries/trenches etc. One meter distance to be kept so that cable
tags do not get concealed during lost/disturbed fire sealing, re‐plastering, etc.
c) At the field end termination before entry to the terminal box/junction box/marshalling
box.
d) Within the distances of 1 to 2 meters of either side of acute bends, tray jumping, and at
every 30M interval in straight run.
e) In every span over 30 meters found without any tag despite above.
4.41 QUANTITY MEASUREMENT
4.41.1 For payment purposes measurement shall be made on the execution drawings/physical
measurements, physical measurements shall be made by the contractor in the presence of
the representative of the Owner.
4.41.2 The measurements of cable laying shall be made on the basis of length actually laid from
the lug to lug including that of loops provided and laid accordingly.
4.41.3 It shall be responsibility of successful bidder to work out the complete cable schedule for
the cables covered under this specification which shall incorporate the details of
termination markings and route etc. in consultation with project authorities and various
equipment suppliers and submit the same for approval before starting the cable
laying/fixing work.
4.42 TESTING:
4.42.1 The contractor shall take full responsibility of testing pre‐commissioning and
commissioning of cabling system being installed by him. It shall be overall responsibility of
the contractor to arrange and complete all activities in complete co‐ordination with
equipment commissioning agency keeping in view the overall commissioning programme.
The contractor shall submit a check list for testing and commissioning and the activities
shall be carried out in accordance with the check list.
Page 178 of 252

4.42.2 Testing and electric measurement of cable installations shall conform to IS:1255.
a) Continuity of conductors
b) Insulation resistance between conductor and earth
c) Insulation resistance between the conductors
After installation each cable shall be tested for
a) Insulation resistance between conductors
b) Insulation resistance between the conductors and earth
c) Absence of cross phasing
d) Firmness of terminations.
4.42.3 The check and commissioning tests shall be carried out as part of the installation work and
the contractor shall not be paid any extra amount for the same.
4.42.4 The contractor shall have to bring all testing equipment/instruments in sufficient numbers.
All instruments shall be calibrated to the satisfaction of the purchaser before actual testing
and tests to be conducted by qualified experienced personnel.
4.42.5 All documents / records regarding test data and all other measured values shall be
submitted for approval and subsequent record and reference. All cables shall be energised
only after certification from certification personnel that cable is ready for energizing.
Theesults of all tests shall conform to the specification requirement as well as
guaranteed data.
5 CABLE TRAYS
5.1 General Requirement:‐
Cable Tray (Perforated type) and Ladder type cable trays systems are intended for the
support and accommodation of cables and possibly other Electrical equipment in Electrical /
Instrumentation / Communication systems.
5.2 Design and Fabrication of Perforated Cable Trays / Ladders type cable trays:‐
The cable trays (Perforated type) / ladders shall be fabricated according to the design
specified by
ISO
146
1.
Page 179 of 252

Fabrication of Tray (Perforated type) / Ladder type and accessories at site and welding is not
permitted. In unavoidable circumstances, if any cut or holes are made in the trays /
Ladder / accessories, zinc spray need to be applied over the surface. The metal edge has to be
protected by edge protection sleeves to avoid cable damage. Edge of the supports has to
be protected with plastic END caps. Screwed connections and internal fixing Devices should
not create any damage to the cable when correctly fixed. Sudden or jerky motions shall not
be used to tighten reusable screw connections.
Cables shall run in cable tray (Perforated type) / ladder mounted horizontally or vertically on
cable tray support system which in turn shall be supported from floor, ceiling, overhead
structures, trestles, pipe racks, trenches or other building structures using mounting
accessories
5.3 Ladder type cable :‐
i. The Ladder type cable trays and all accessories shall be fabricated from sheet steel and has
to be hot dip galvanized against corrosion confirming to ISO 1461‐1999 for installations in
both indoor and outdoor applications.
ii. The rung should be made of C profiles suitable to fix cables by special metal clamps
according to the drawing. The ladder shall be of riveted and foldable type for easy
transportation and to avoid damage during transportation and storage. All the ladder
accessories like Bend’s, TEES’s, Cross over’s etc should be designed in accordance with
ISO1461 and shall be factory fabricated. The accessories shall be made from the same
material as of the ladder and modular type; it should be connected with the ladder by using
fasteners.
5.4 Cover for Cable Trays / Ladders:‐
i. Cover for trays/ladders to protect the cable insulation from falling objects, water droplets,
harmful effects of ultraviolet rays and accumulation of dust. The cover shall be made either
from Hot Dip Galvanized sheet steel or superior quality Double Dip Galvanized Sheets. For
Outdoor application,
Double dip Galvanized material shall be used. The covers should be fitted properly to the Ladder /
Tray by using pre fixed and tested locks which ensure that covers are fitted rigidly to Tray / Ladder.
For outdoor application in high wind areas, additional cross over beadings to be used for fixing the
cover on tray / ladder of width more than 500 mm.
Page 180 of 252

5.5 Mounting Accessories (supports and Brackets):‐
The mounting accessories shall be fabricated from steel and has to be hot dip galvanized against
corrosion confirming to ISO 1461‐1999 for installations in both indoor and outdoor applications
and should be of completely modular type.
All supports and Brackets should be factory made, hot dip galvanized after completing welding,
cutting, drilling, other machining operations and tested according to ISO 1461 according to the
arrangements in the enclosed drawing. The system shall be designed such that it allows easy
assembly at site by using Bolts and Nuts. The main support and brackets shall be fixed at site using
necessary brackets, clamps, fittings, bolts, nuts and other hard ware etc to form various
arrangements required to support the cable trays. Welding of the components at the site shall not
be allowed.
5.6 Corrosion Protection:‐
The cable tray / ladder/accessories shall be of hot dip Galvanized (ISO 1461‐1999) for installations
in corrosive atmospheres both indoor and outdoor application.
5.7 Testing and Certification:‐
Cable tray / Ladder bend, T Bend, cross, and all supports are to be tested for Safe Working Load
(SWL), deflections & Electrical continuity test according to ISO 1461.
Marking, Documentation, Compliance and Inspection:‐
Each system component shall be durably and legibly marked with:
‐the manufacturer’s or responsible vendor’s name or trade mark or identification mark;
‐a product identification mark which may be, for example, a catalogue number, a symbol, or the
like.
When system components other than cable tray lengths and Ladder lengths are supplied in a
package, the product identification mark may be, as an alternative, marked on the smallest
package unit.
Marking shall be applied, by moulding, pressing, engraving, printing, adhesive labels, or water
slide transfers. Compliance is checked by inspection and, for marking on the product, by rubbing
Page 181 of 252

by hand for 15 s with a piece of cotton cloth soaked with water and again for 15 s with a piece of
cotton cloth soaked with petroleum spirit. Marking made by moulding, pressing, or engraving is
not subjected to the rubbing test. After the test, the marking shall be legible.
If a system component is stored and transported at a temperature outside the declared minimum
and maximum temperatures, the manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare the
precautions and the alternative temperature limits. Compliance is checked by inspection.
The manufacturer or responsible vendor shall provide in his literature all information necessary
for the proper and safe installation and use of the cable tray system and Ladder system. The SWL
and impact resistance is valid for the whole temperature classification declared. The information
shall include
a. Instructions for the assembly and installation of system components and for the precautions
required to avoid excessive transverse deflection, which could cause damage to the cables.
b. Thermal Expansion properties and precautions to be taken, if necessary,
c. Material, Surface Treatment and Salt Spray Test certificate
d. Relative humidity if it affects the material and Surface Treatment
e. Information on holes or devices provided for equip potential bonding or to run Earth Bonding
Bar.
f. Precautions for transport and storage outside the declared temperature classification, where
applicable
g. Product dimensions
h. Torque setting in Nm for screwed connections and internal fixing Devices. These devices should
not create any damage to the cable when correctly fixed. Sudden or jerky motions shall not be
used to tighten reusable screw connections. To test the screwed connections, it shall be
tightened and removed.
i. End Span Distance
j. Position and type of coupling along the span
k. Fixing method for installing cable tray or Ladder type cable trays to the supports
l. The appropriate material specification and environmental conditions, chemical environments
or aggressive agents for which the product is suitable.
Page 182 of 252

6 LT PANELS
INSTALLATION
6.1 INSTALLATION
6.1.1 The installation work shall cover assembly of panels on site as per site condition, lining
up, grouting the units etc. In the case of multi panels switch boards after connecting up
the bus bar all joint shall be insulated with HV insulation tape or with approved
insulation compound. A common earth bar shall be run preferably at the back of the switch
board connecting all the sections for connecting the earth system. All protection, indication
& metering connection and wiring shall be completed. Where trip supply battery is
installed the unit shall be commissioned, completing initial charging of the batteries. All
relay instruments and meters shall be mounted and connected with appropriate
wiring. Calibration checks of units as necessary and required by the licensee like CTs, VTs
Energy meters etc. shall be completed before pre commission checks are undertaken.
Connected with mounted and counted.
6.2 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
6.2.1 Procedure for testing and commission of relay shall be in general accordance with
good practice.
6.2.2 Commissioning checks and tests shall include in addition to checking of all small
wiring connections, relays calibration & setting tests by secondary injection method and
primary injection method. Primary injection tests will be preferred for operation of
relay through CTs. Before Panel board is commissioned, provision of the safety namely
fire extinguishers, rubber mats and danger board shall be ensured. In addition all routine
megger test shall be performed.
6.2.3 Routine tests shall be carried out as per relevant standards at manufactures works.
Type test reports may be submitted for verification.
7 MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS)
7.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
7.1.1 This section covers specification of Distribution Boards (DBs) suitable for operation on 415V
3 Phase 4 wire 50 Hz supply feeding final lighting and power sub
circuits.
7.1.2 Applicable Codes, Standards and Applicable Publications7.1.3 Updated and current
Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice will apply to the equipment and the work
covered by the scope of this contract. In addition the relevant clauses of the :
7.1.4 Indian Electricity Act 1910,
Page 183 of 252
7.1.5 Indian Electricity Rules 1956,
7.1.6 National Building Code 1997,
7.1.7 National Electric Code 1985,
7.1.8 Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Building (general):
7.1.9 General Principal and Fire Grading ‐ IS 1641 ‐ 1988 as amended up to date shall also apply.
7.1.10 Wherever appropriate Indian Standards are not available, relevant British and/or
IEC Standards shall be applicable.
 Miniature Air Circuit Breakers for AC circuits IS 8828 : 1996 and IEC 947
 Residual current operated Circuit Breakers IS 12640 : 1988
 Low voltage switchgear and control gear Part II IS 13947 : 1993
 Degrees of Protection provided by enclosures for low IS 2147 : 1962
 voltage switchgear
Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of IS 10118: 1982
 Switchgear not exceeding 1000 volts
General requirements for switchgear and control gear IS 4237 : 1982
 For voltages not exceeding 1000 volts
7.2 SUBMITTALS
7.2.1 Drawings and Data
 The following minimum information shall be furnished with the Shop Drawings:‐
 Overall dimensions showing front view, plan, elevation and cross section.
 Complete bill of material module wise.
 Complete one line diagram.
 Instruction Manuals.
 Contractor shall furnish 6 copies of instruction manual which shall contain detailed
instruction for installation, testing, commissioning, and operation and maintenance
requirements.
7.3 SPECIFICATION
7.3.1 General
Page 184 of 252
7.3.2 Distribution Boards shall be suitable for operation on 3 phase/single Phase 415/230 Volts, 50
Hz neutral grounded at Transformer.
7.3.3 The Distribution Boards shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards and Indian
Electricity Rules and Regulations.
7.3.4 Miniature Circuit Breakers
7.3.4.1 The MCB's shall be of the completely moulded design suitable for operation at 240/415 Volts 50
Hz system. The MCB's shall have a rupturing capacity of 10 KA Ics. The MCB's shall have inverse
time delayed thermal overload and instantaneous magnetic short circuit protection. The
MCB time current characteristic shall coordinate with PVC cable characteristic. Watt loss per
pole of MCB shall confirm to value specified in IS 8828 ‐ 1996. Type test certificates from
independent authorities shall be submitted with the tender.
7.3.5 Residual Current Circuit Breakers (RCCB)
7.3.5.1 RCCBs shall comply to IS 12640 ‐ 1988 and shall be of the current operated type. The RCCB
shall be designed to trip within 20 mili sec at a current sensitivity of 30mA. The RCCB shall
be of 2 pole construction for single phase and 4 pole construction for 3 phases. All RCCB shall
be complete with test buttons. RCCB shall have a minimum life expectancy of 20,000 operations.
7.3.6 Distribution Boards
7.3.6.1 DBs shall be wall mounting, recessed/surfaced type, totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof
and shall comprise of miniature circuit breakers, earth leakage circuit breakers, bus bars,
neutral link etc as required, of ratings detailed in the schedule of quantities.
7.3.6.2 DBs shall be double door type access to the wiring shall not be possible with opening of the
outer hinged cover. A cover shall be provided inside the DB to protect all live parts. Only the
operating handle/knobs shall project outside the cover plate. The door shall be earthed with
insulated copper braded flexible wires.
7.3.6.3 Components forming a part of the DBs shall comply to the relevant Standards and Codes of the
Bureau of Indian Standards.
7.3.6.4 DBs shall be fabricated from minimum 16 gauge CRCA sheet steel and shall have a hinged
lockable spring loaded cover. All cut outs and covers shall be provided with synthetic rubber
gaskets. The entire construction shall give a IP 43 degree of protection unless otherwise stated.
7.3.7 The bus‐bar shall be of electrical grade copper having a maximum current density of 1.6
ampere per square mm and PVC ZHFR insulated throughout the length. The minimum
spacing between phases shall be 25 mm and between phase and earth 19 mm.
Page 185 of 252
7.3.8 Separate neutral link for each phase shall be provided.
7.3.9 All the internal connections shall be with either solid copper PVC insulated or copper
conductor ZHFR PVC insulated wires of adequate rating.
7.3.10 All the internal connections shall be concealed by providing a hinged protective panel
to avoid accidental contact with live points.
7.3.11 All outgoing equipment shall be connected direct to the bus bar on the live side. The
equipment shall be mounted on a frame work for easy removal and maintenance.
7.3.12 The sheet steel work shall undergo a rigorous rust proofing process, two coats of filler
oxide primer and final powder coated paint finish.
7.3.13 All the circuits shall have an independent neutral insulated wire, one per circuit, and
shall be numbered and marked as required by the Project Manager.
7.3.14 A sample of the completed board is to be got approved by the Project Manager
before commencement of supply and erection.
7.3.15 Before commissioning, the distribution boards shall be megger tested for insulation and
earth continuity.
7.3.16 The following color coding shall be used for identification of the bus bars and wiring as per
IS 5578:1984:
Red phase ‐ Red
Yellow phase ‐ Yellow
Blue phase ‐ Blue
Neutral ‐ Black
Earthing ‐ Green
Control wiring ‐ Grey
Page 186 of 252

7.3.17 The incoming and outgoing terminals shall be suitable for the termination of cables as
required.
7.3.18 All terminals, bus bars shall be insulated and shrouded to avoid accidental contact.
7.3.19 All metal parts shall be adequately earthed. An earth bus of tinned copper shall be provided
of adequate section and length to accommodate all circuits.
7.3.20 Sheet Steel Treatment and Painting.
7.3.21 Sheet steel used in the fabrication of DBs shall undergo a rigorous cleaning and surface
treatment seven tank process comprising of alkaline degreasing, descaling in dilute
sulphuric acid and a recognized phosphating process after which a coat of primer paint
compactively with the final paint shall be applied over the treated surface. Final paint coat
of oven baked powder coating, of minimum 50 micron thickness, of sheet approved by
Project Manager shall then be provided.
7.3.22 All sheet steel shall after metal treatment be given powder coated finish painted with
two coats of shade 692 to IS 5 on the outside and white on the inside. Each coat of paint
shall be properly stoked and the paint thickness shall not be less than 50 microns.
7.3.23 Name Plates and Labels.
7.3.24 Suitable engraved white on black name plates and identification labels of metal for all
Switchboards and Circuits shall be provided. These shall indicate the feeder number and
feeder designation.
7.3.25 Type Test
Type test certificates as per IS 8623 shall be submitted.
8 CONDUITING AND WIRING
8.1 GENERAL
8.1.1 The system of wiring shall consist of single‐core / multi‐core PVC insulated
Copper conductor wires in GI conduits concealed / exposed or casing pipes as
called for. All conduits exposed to air must be GI type & all accessories.
8.1.2 Standards and Codes
8.1.3 These specifications indicate the General requirements for internal electrical work
including wiring system, panel boards, cable laying, earthing protection and other
related works.
Page 187 of 252

8.1.4 These specifications are drawn to indicate essential requirements and precautions to
be taken regarding internal electrical installation for ensuring efficient, safe, economical
and practicable use of electrical materials and equipment, in conformity with
statutory regulations and easy maintainability of the installations.
8.1.5 Complete work shall be carried out conforming to the provisions of Indian Electricity
Act and relevant Indian standard Specifications (ISS). Wherever these regulations are
supplemented by the State Electricity Dept., Electricity Undertakings/Boards,
Factory inspector and the Safety Engineering Dept., the installation shall also comply with
these requirements. Wherever the specifications given in this booklet differs from those
of the statutory regulations, these specifications shall be followed.
8.1.6 On completion of works, wiring diagram for complete installation shall be prepared by
the contractor and 4 copies of the same shall be supplied to client.
8.1.7 All wiring diagrams shall indicate clearly in plan the main switch board, distribution
fuse board, the runs of various mains and sub mains and the position of points with their
classifications and controls.
8.1.8 All circuits shall be indicated and numbered in wiring diagram and all points shall be
given the same number as the circuit to switch they are electrically connected.
Distributions boards shall also be marked to indicate the circuit number controlled by
them.
8.1.9 The Contractor shall prepare fabrication and detailed working drawings and
obtain approval of Electrical Inspector, and other local authorities before submitting
them for approval of client. All works shall be carried out only on approval of
drawings. Approval of drawings, does not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities to
meet the intents of specifications. Wherever service connections are to be obtained
from the local supply company, the contractor shall process the application and
obtain the power supply. directed by EIC.
8.1.10 Location of panel boards, distribution boards, switch boards, light fittings, cable routes,
conduit/ CTS wiring routes, earth pits etc. shall be marked at site and approval of Engineer‐
in‐charge obtained before proceeding with the installation work.
8.1.11 Rated Power, Voltage and frequency of supply of current consuming devices and materials
used in installation shall be suitable for the power and frequency of the supply to which
these are to be connected.
8.1.12 Updated and current Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice as stipulated
below shall apply to the equipments and the work covered in this section. In addition the
Page 188 of 252
relevant clauses of the Indian Electricity Act 1910, Indian Electricity Rules 1956, National
Building Code 2005, National Electric Code 1985, Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Building
(general) : General Principal and Fire Grading ‐ IS 1641 and IEE wiring regulation 16th
edition as amended up to date shall also apply. Wherever appropriate Indian Standards are
not available, relevant British and/or IEC Standards shall be applicable.
8.1.13 660/1100 V grade ZHFR PVC insulated wires. IS 694 : 1990
8.1.14 Accessories for rigid steel conduits IS 3837 : 1990
8.1.15 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring IS 3480 : 1990
8.1.16 Switch socket outlets IS 4615 : 1990
8.1.17 3 pin plugs and socket outlets up to 250 volts IS 1293 : 1988
8.1.18 Glossary of items for electrical cables and conductors IS 1885 : 1971
8.1.19 Conductors for insulated electric cable IS 8130 : 1984
8.1.20 General and safety requirements for fluorescent lamps luminaries IS 1913 : 1978
8.1.21 Switches for domestic and similar purposes IS 3854 : 1997
8.1.22 Boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories IS 5133 : Parts I &II
1969
8.1.23 Danger notice plates IS 2551 : 1982
8.1.24 Code of practice for personal hazard fire safety of buildings IS 1644: 1998
8.1.25 Code of practice for electrical installation fire safety of buildings IS 1646 : 1997
8.1.26 Code of practice for electrical wiring installations IS 732 : 1989
8.1.27 Code of practice of fire safety buildings (General‐ Electrical installations) IS 1646 : 1982
8.1.28 Guide for safety procedure and practices in electrical works IS 5216 : 1982
8.1.29 Signs shall conform to IS 9457 and IS 12349. Safety colour for escape routes and emergency
exits is Green (according to IS 9457 table 1) Contrast colour is White (IS 9457 table2).
8.1.30 Motion sensor confirms to IEC : 309.
8.2 CHECKING OF DRAWINGS
8.2.1 Before commencing the Conduiting work, the Contractor shall carefully examine the
approved floor drawings indicating the layout of conduits, check the number and size of
conduits with respect to number of wires, location of junction boxes, sizes and location of
Page 189 of 252

switch boxes and other relevant details. Any changes suggested by the Contractor shall
be got approved from the Consultants before the actual laying of conduits. Any
discrepancy found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of the Architects/
Consultants promptly before execution of the work.
8.3 SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING:
8.3.1 The wiring shall be done from a distribution system through main and /or branch
distribution boards. The system design and location of boards will be properly worked out.
8.3.2 Each main distribution board and branch distribution board shall be controlled by an
incoming circuit breaker/linked switch with fuse. Each outgoing circuit shall be controlled
by circuit breaker/switch with fuse.
8.3.3 For non‐residential buildings, as far as possible, DBs shall be separate for light and power.
8.3.4 Only MCCB/MCB DBs shall be used. Rewirable type fuses shall not be used.
8.3.5 Three phase DBs shall not be used for final circuit distribution as far as possible.
8.3.6 ‘POWER’ wiring shall be kept separate and distinct from light wiring, from the level of
circuits, i.e., beyond the branch distribution boards. Conduits for light/power wiring shall
be separate.
8.3.7 Essential/non‐essential/UPS distribution each will have a completely independent and

separate distribution system starting from the main, switchboard up to final wiring for each
system. As for example, conduit carrying non‐essential wiring shall not have essential or
UPS wiring. Wiring foe essentials and UPS supply will have their own conduit system. No
mixing of wiring is allowed.
8.3.8 Generally, no switchboard will have more than one source of incoming supply. More than
one incoming supply will be allowed only at main board with proper safety and interlocking
so that only one source can be switched on at a time.
8.3.9 Each MDB/DB/S witch Board will have reasonable spare outgoing ways for future
expansion.
8.3.10 Balancing of 3‐phase circuit shall be done.
8.4 WIRING:
SUBMAIN & CIRCUIT WIRING:
Page 190 of 252

8.4.1 Sub main wiring:
8.4.2 Sub main wiring shall mean the wiring from one main/distribution switchboard to another.
8.4.3 Circuit wiring :
8.4.4 Circuit wiring shall mean the wiring from the distribution board to the 1st tapping point
inside the switch box, from where point wiring starts.
8.5 MEASUREMENT OF SUBMAIN & CIRCUIT WIRING:
8.5.1 Circuit and sub main wiring shall be measured on linear basis along the run of wiring. The
measurement shall include all lengths from end to end of conduit or channel as the case
may be, exclusive of interconnections inside the switchboard etc. The increase on account
of diversion or slackness shall not be include in the measurement.
8.5.2 The length of circuit wiring with two wires shall be measured from the distribution board to
the nearest switch box from which the point wiring starts. Looping of switch boxes also will
be counted towards circuit wiring. Measured along the length of conduit/channel.
8.5.3 When wires of different circuits are grouped in a single conduit/channel, the same shall be
measured on linear basis depending on the actual number and sizes of wires run.
8.5.4 Protective (loop earthing) conductors, which are run along the circuit wiring and the sub
main wiring, shall be measured on linear basis and paid for separately.
8.5.5 NOTE: Conduit carrying sub main will not carry circuit/point wiring. Similarly conduit
carrying circuit wiring will not carry sub main/point wiring.
8.5.6 Conduit carrying circuit wiring will not carry sub main /point wiring.
8.6 MEASUREMENT OF OTHER WIRING WORK :
8.6.1 Except as specified above for point wiring, circuit wiring and sub main wiring, other types of
wiring shall be measured separately on linear basis along the run of wiring depending on
the actual number and sizes of wires run.
8.7 POINT WIRING:
8.7.1 Definition: A point (other than socket outlet point) shall include all work necessary in
complete wiring to the following outlets from the controlling switch or MCB).
a. Ceiling rose or connector (in the case of points for ceiling/exhaust fan points, prewired
light fittings, and call bells).
b. Ceiling rose (in case of pendants except stiff pendants).
c. Back plate (in the case of stiff pendants).
Page 191 of 252

d. Lamps holder (in the case of goose neck type wall brackets, batten holders and fittings
which are not prewired).
8.8 SCOPE
8.8.1 Following shall be deemed to be included in point wiring.
a. Conduit/channel as the case may be, accessories for the same and wiring cables between the
switch box and the point outlet, loop protective earthing of each fan/light fixture.
b. All fixing accessories such as clips, screws, Phil plug, rawl plug etc. as required.
c. Metal or PVC switch boxes for control switches, regulators, sockets etc, recessed or surface
type, and phenolic laminated sheet covers over the same.
d. Outlets boxes, junction boxes, pull‐through boxes etc. but excluding metal boxes if any,
provided with switchboards for loose wires/conduit terminations.
e. Any special block required for neatly housing the connector in batten wiring system.
f. Control switch or MCB as specified.
g. 3 pin or 6 pin socket, ceiling rose, or connector as required. (2 pin and 5 pin socket outlet shall
not be permitted).
h. Connections to ceiling rose, connector, socket outlet, lamp holder, switch etc.
i. Bushed conduit or porcelain tubing where wiring cables pass through wall etc.
8.9 MEASUREMENT:
8.9.1 Point wiring (other than socket outlet points).
8.9.2 Unless and otherwise specified, there shall be no linear measurement for point wiring for
light points, fan points, exhaust fan points and call bell points. These shall be measured on
unit basis by counting.
8.10 POINT WIRING FOR SOCKET OUTLET POINTS:
 The light (6A) [point and power (16A) point wiring shall be measured on linear basis, from
the respective tapping point of live cable, namely, switch box, another socket outlet point,
or the sub distribution board as the case may be, up to the socket outlet.
 The metal/PVC box with cover, switch/MCB, socket outlet and other accessories shall be
measured and paid as a separate item.
NOTE: There shall normally be “no the board” light plug point.
 The power point outlet may be 6/16A 3 pin universal socket outlet, where so specified in
the tender documents.
Page 192 of 252
8.11 GROUP CONTROL POINT WIRING:
 In the case of points with more than one point controlled by the same switch, such points
shall be measured in parts i.e. from the switch to the first point outlet as one point for the
subsequent points, the distance from that outlet to the next one and so on, shall be
treated as separate point(s).
 No recovery shall be made for non‐provision of more than one switch in such cases.
8.12 TWIN CONTROL LIGHT POINT WIRING
8.12.1 A light point controlled by two numbers of two way switches shall be measured as two
points from the fitting to the switches on either side.
8.12.2 No recovery shall be made for non‐provision of more than one ceiling rose or connector in
such cases.
8.13 MULTIPLE CONTROLLED CALL BELL POINT WIRING
8.13.1 In the case of call bell points with a single call bell outlet, controlled from more than one
place, the points shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the call bell outlet to one of the
nearest ceiling roses meant for connection to bell push, treated as one point and classified
according to 1.4.4 and, (b) from that ceiling rose to the next one and so on, shall be treated
as separate point(s) and classified according to 1.4.4.
8.13.2 No recovery shall be made for non‐provision of more than one ceiling rose connector for
connection to call bell in such cases.
8.14 WIRING SYSTEM
8.14.1 Wiring shall be done only by the looping system. Phase/live conductors shall be looped at
the switch box. For point wiring, neutral wire/earth wire looping for the 1st point shall be
done in the switch box; and neutral/earth looping of subsequent points will be made from
point outlets.
8.14.2 In wiring, no joints in wiring will be permitted anywhere, except in switch box or point
outlets, where jointing of wires will be allowed with use of suitable connector.
8.14.3 The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there is no break in the neutral
wire except in the form of linked switchgear.
i. Colour Coding :‐
Following colour coding shall be followed in wiring:‐
Page 193 of 252

Phase : Red/Yellow/Blue. (Three phase wiring)
Live : Red (Single phase wiring)
Neutral : Black
Earth : Yellow/Green
ii. Termination of circuit into switchboard :‐

Circuit will consist of phase/neutral/earth wire. Circuit will terminate in a switchboard
(first tapping point, where from point wiring starts) in following manner:‐
Phase wire terminated in phase connector.
Neutral wire terminated in neutral connector.
Earth wire terminated in earth connector.
The switchboard will have phase neutral and earth terminal connector blocks to
receive phase/neutral/earth wire.
8.15 RUN OF WIRING :
8.15.1 The type of wiring shall be as specified in the tender documents namely, surface
conduit/recessed conduit, steel/PVC, channel.
8.15.2 Surface wiring shall run as far as possible along the walls and ceiling, so as to be easily
accessible for inspection.
8.15.3 Above false ceiling, in no case, open wiring shall be allowed. Wiring will be done in recessed
conduit or surface steel conduit.
8.15.4 In recessed conduit system, routes of conduit will be planned, so that various inspection
boxes provided don’t present a shabby look. Such boxes can be provided 5mm above
plaster level, and they can be covered with plaster of Paris with marking of junction boxes.
8.15.5 Where number of electrical services like electrical wiring, telephone wiring, computer
cabling, pass through corridors, it may be proper to plan such service with properly
designed aluminium / PVC channels duly covered by a false ceiling, so that subsequently
such service can be maintained and additional cables can be provided.
8.15.6 Generally conduits for wiring will not be taken in floor slabs. When it is unavoidable special
precaution to be taken to provide floor channels with provision for safety and
maintenance. Alternatively false flooring can be provided.
8.16 PASSING THROUGH WALLS OR FLOORS :
8.16.1 When wiring cables are to pass through a wall, these shall be taken through a protection
(steel/PVC) pipe or porcelain tube of suitable size such that they pass through in a straight
Page 194 of 252
line without twist or cross in them on either end of such holes. The ends of metallic pipe
shall be neatly bushed with porcelain, PVC or other material.
8.16.2 All floor openings for carrying shall be suitably sealed after installation.
8.17 JOINTS IN WIRING :
8.17.1 No bare conductor in phase and/or neutral or twisted joints in phase, neutral, and/or
protective conductors in wiring shall be permitted.
8.17.2 There shall be no joints in the through‐runs of cables. If the length of final circuit or sub
main is more than the length of a standard coil, thus necessitating a through joint, such
joints shall be made by means of approval mechanical connectors in suitable junction
boxes.
8.17.3 Termination of multi stranded conductors shall be done using suitable crimping type
thimbles.
8.18 CAPACITY OF CIRCUITS :
8.18.1 Lighting circuit shall feed/fan/call bell points. Each circuit shall not have more than 800 W
connected load or more than 10 points. However, in case of CFL points where load per
point may be less, number of points may be suitably increased.
8.18.2 Power circuit in non‐residential building will have only one outlet per circuit.
8.18.3 Each power circuit in residential building can feed following outlets :
a) Not more than 2 nos. 16A outlets.

b) Not more than 3 nos. 6A outlets.
c) Not more than 1 no. 16A and 2 nos. 6A outlets.
8.18.4 Load more than 1 KW shall be controlled by suitably rated MCB and cable size shall be
decided as per calculations.
8.18.5 Power wiring with bus Trunking: It is permitted to meet large scale power requirement in a
hall, or floor, with use of single phase or 3 phase bus bars running inside a metal enclosure.
This will be provided with careful design and use of factory fabricated bus‐Trunking of
reputed make, conforming to relevant BIS standards and with standard accessories like End
feed unit, tap off with necessary safety features like over current, short circuit and earth
fault protection. Such Trunking will be of specified breaking KA rating.
8.19 SOCKET OUTLETS :
8.19.1 Socket outlets shall be 6A 3 pin, 16A 3 pin or 6/16 amp 6 pin 5 pin socket outlets will not be
permitted. The third pin shall be connected to earth through protective (loop earthing 0
conductor, 2 pin or 5 pin sockets shall not be permitted to be used.
Page 195 of 252
8.19.2 Conductors connecting electrical appliances with socket outlets shall be of flexible type
with an earthing conductor for connection to the earth terminal of plug and the metallic
body of the electrical appliances.
8.19.3 Sockets for the power outlets of rating above 1KW shall be of industrial type with
associated plug top and controlling MCB.
8.19.4 Where specified, shutter type (interlocking type) of sockets shall be used.
8.19.5 Every socket outlet shall be controlled by a switch or MCB, as specified. The control
switch/MCB shall be connected on the “live” side of the line.
8.20 CABLES :
8.20.1 Copper conductor cable only will be used for sub main/circuit/point wiring.
8.21 INSTALLATION :
8.21.1 Copper conductor cable shall be PVC insulated, Fire retardant, low smoke (ZHFR) type
confirming to BIS Specification.
8.21.2 Multi stranded: Cables are permitted to be used.
8.22 MODULAR COVER PLATE MOUNTED WIRING ACCESSORIES
8.22.1 Switches
 All 6 and 16 amps switches shall be of the modular enclosed type flush mounted 220 Volt AC
of the best quality and standard. The switch moving and fixed contacts shall be of silver nickel and
silver graphite alloy and contact tips coated with silver. The housing of switches shall be made
from high impact resistant, flame retarding and ultra violet stabilized Project Managing plastic
material. The switch shall be connected on to the phase wire of the circuit.
8.22.2 Molded Cover Plates
 Switches, receptacles and telephone system outlets in wall shall be provided with moulded cover
plates of shape, size and color approved by the Project Manager made from high impact resistant,
flame retarding and ultra violet stabilized Project Managing plastic material, and secured to the
box with counter sunk round head chromium plated brass screws. Where two or more switches
are installed together, they shall be provided with one common switch cover plate as
described above with notches to accommodate all switches either in one, two or three rows.
Page 196 of 252

 One and two gang switch cover plate, telephone outlet cover plate, 6 and 16 amps switched/un
switched plates, shall have the same shape and size. Three and four gang switch cover plates shall
have the same shape and size. Six and eight gang switch cover plates shall have the same shape
and size. Nine and twelve switch cover plates shall have the same shape and size. Wherever five
switches, seven switches, ten switches and eleven switches are to be fixed the next higher size of
gang switch cover plate to be used and openings shall be provided with blank‐off covers at no
extra cost.
8.22.3 Wall Socket Outlets
 All 6/16 amps wall socket outlets unless otherwise mentioned on the drawings shall be switched,
with round pins and fitted with automatic linear safety shutters to ensure safety from prying
fingers. Un switched 6/16 amp wall socket outlets where called for in the drawings shall be of
three pin type. The socket outlets shall be made from high impact resistant, flame retarding and
ultra violet stabilized Project Managing plastic material. The switch and sockets shall be located in
the same plate. The plates for 6 amps.
 Switched/ unswitched plugs and telephone outlets shall be of the same size and shape. All the
switched and un switched outlets shall be of the best standard. The switch controlling the
socket outlet shall be on the phase wire of the circuit. An earth wire shall be provided along the
cables feeding socket outlets for electrical appliances. The earth wire shall be connected to the
earthing terminal screw inside the box. The earth terminal of the socket shall be connected to the
earth terminal provided inside the box.
8.23 FLEXIBLE CABLE:
8.23.1 Conductor of flexible cables shall be of copper. The cross sectional area of conductor for
flexible cable shall be as per design.
8.23.2 Only 3 core flexible cables shall be used for connecting single‐phase appliances.
8.23.3 Unless the flexible cables are mechanically protected by armour, or tough rubber, or PVC
sheath, these shall not be used in workshops and other places where they are liable to
mechanical damage.
8.23.4 Flexible cable connection to bell push from ceiling rose shall be taken through steel
conduit/metallic casing and capping.
8.24 WIRING ACCESSORIES:

8.25 CONTROL SWITCH FOR POINT:
Page 197 of 252

8.25.2 Modular type switches of reputed make along with matching mounting boxes shall be used in
non‐residential building and residential quarters of all types. Modular type sockets, stepped
type fan regulators shall be used. All such boxes, switches and accessories shall be of same make
of modular switch manufacturer.
8.25.3 It is recommended to provide double pole MCB in proper enclosure as power out let for
window type AC units, geysers etc.
8.26 SWITCH BOX:
8.26.1 Switch box shall be hot dip galvanized, factory fabricated. Suitable in size for surface/ recess
mounting and suitable in size for accommodating the required number of switches and
accessories (where required to be used for applications other then modular switches/ sockets).
8.26.2 Switch box also can be of non‐metallic material. The technical sanctioning authority will
approve specified makes of reputed quality and specifications.
8.27 CEILING ROSE:
8.27.1 A ceiling rose shall not be used on a circuit, the voltage of which normally exceeds 250V.
8.27.2 Only one flexible cord shall be connected to a ceiling rose. Specially designed ceiling roses shall
be used for multiple pendants.
8.27.3 A ceiling rose shall not embody fuse terminal as an integral part of it.
8.28 LAMP HOLDERS:
8.28.1 Lamp holders may be batten, angle, pendant or bracket holder type as required. The
holder shall be made of brass and shall be rigid enough to maintain shape on application of a
nominal external pressure. There should be sufficient threading for fixing the base to the lamp
holder part so that they do not open out during attention to the lamp or shade.
8.28.2 Lamp holders for use on brackets and the like shall have not less than 1.3cm nipple, and all those
for use with flexible pendant shall be provided with cord grips.
8.28.3 All lamp holders shall be provided with shade carriers.
8.28.4 Where center contact Edison Screw lamp holder is used the outer or screw contact shall be
connected to the ‘middle wire’. Or the neutral conductor of the circuit.
8.29 FITTINGS:
8.29.1 TYPES:
The type of fittings shall be as specified in tender documents. Indoor type fittings:
Page 198 of 252

8.29.2 Where conductor are required to be drawn through tube or channel leading to the fitting, the
tube or channel must be free sharp angles or projecting edge, and of such size as will enable them
to be wired with the conductors used for the final circuit without removing the braiding or
sheathing. As far as possible all such tubes or channels should be of sufficient size to
permit looping back.
8.29.3 Wires used within prewired fittings shall be flexible with PVC insulation and 14/0.193mm
(minimum) copper conductors. The leads shall be terminated on built‐in‐terminal block,
ceiling rose or connector, as required.
8.29.4 Fitting using discharge lamps shall be complete with power factor correction capacitors, either
integrally or externally. An earth terminal with suitable marking shall be provided for each fitting
for discharge lamps.
8.29.5 Fitting shall be installed such that the lamp is at a height of 2.4m above floor level, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer‐in‐charge.
8.29.6 Fittings made or CRCA shall be phosphatized and powder/epoxy painted. For coastal areas and
humid area like toilets, Kitchen, for prolonging the life of such fittings, corrosion free materials like
engineering plastic, aluminium, stainless steel etc. Should be used.
8.29.7 OUTDOOR FITTINGS:
8.29.8 Outdoor fitting shall have suitable IP protection. It is preferable that street light fitting are of
cast aluminium body of IP65, for reducing recurring maintenance cost and improved performance.
Where required IP66 fitting also can be provided for reducing maintenance frequency and cost.
8.29.9 Other fittings, which are not available with tested IP 65/54 protection, can be properly fabricated
with weatherproof features, proper Gasketing etc. As far as possible corrosion free material like
cast aluminium, stainless steel, engineering plastics may be used for fabrication of such fittings, to
prolong life such fittings. There should not be any exposed wiring in such outdoor fittings.
8.30 ATTACHMENT OF FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES:
8.30.1 Conduit wiring system:
8.30.2 All accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell pushes and regulators shall be fixed in
flush pattern inside the switch/regulator boxes. Accessories like ceiling roses, brackets,
batten holders etc. shall be fixed on outlet boxes. The fan regulators may also be fixed on
outlet boxes, if so directed by the Engineer‐in‐charge.
8.30.3 Aluminium alloy or cadmium plated iron screws shall be used to fix the accessories to their
bases.
Page 199 of 252

8.30.4 The switch box/regulator box shall normally be mounted with their bottom 1.25mm from floor
level, unless other directed by the Engineer‐in‐charge.
8.30.5 Fixing to walls and ceiling:
8.30.6 Wooden plugs for fixing to wall/ceiling will not be allowed. Fixing will be done with the help of
PVC sleeves/Rowel plugs/dash fasteners as required.
8.30.7 Drilling of holes shall be done by drilling machines only. No manual drilling of hole will be
allowed.
8.31 FANS, REGULATORS AND CLAMPS:
CEILING FANS:
8.31.1 Ceiling fans including their suspension shall conform to relevant India Standards.
8.31.2 All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to special connector boxes, and suspended from
hooks or shackles, with insulators between hooks and suspension rods. There shall be no joint in
the suspension rod.
8.31.3 For wooden or steel joists and beams, the suspension shall consist of GI flat of size not less than
40mm X 6mm, secured on the sides of the joists or beams by means of two coach screws of
sizes not less than 5 cm for each flat. Where there is space be placed above the beam, a
through‐bolt of size not less than 1.5 cm dia, shall be secured from movements by means of
another bolt and nut at the bottom of the beam. A hook consisting of MS rod of size not less
than 1.5 cm dia shall be inserted between the MS flat through oval holes on their sides.
Alternatively, the flats may be bent inwards to hold tightly between them by means of a bolt
and nut, a hook of ‘s’ form.
8.31.4 In the case of ‘I’ beams, flats shall be shaped suitably to catch the flanges And shall be held
together by means of a long bolt and nut.
8.31.5 For concrete roofs, a 12mm dia. MS rod in the shape of ‘U’ with their vertical legs bent horizontally
at the top at least 19 cm on either side, and bound to the top reinforcement of the roof shall be
used.
8.31.6 In buildings with concrete roofs having a low ceiling height, where the fan clamp
mentioned under sub clause (v) above cannot be used, or wherever specified, recessed type
fan clamp inside metallic box shall be used.
8.31.7 Canopies on the top of suspension rod shall effectively hide the suspension.
8.31.8 The leading in wire shall be of nominal cross sectional areas not less than 1.5 sq.mm. And shall
be protected from abrasion.
Page 200 of 252
8.31.9 Unless otherwise specified, all ceiling fans shall be hung 2.75m above the floor.
8.31.10 In the case of measurement of extra down rod for ceiling fan including wiring, the same shall
be measured in units of 10cm. Any length less than 5cm shall be ignored.
8.31.11 The wiring of extra down rod shall be paid as supplying and drawing cable in existing
conduit.
8.32 EXHAUST FANS:
8.32.1 Exhaust fans shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
8.32.2 Exhaust fans shall be erected at the places indicated by the Engineer‐in‐charge. For fixing an
exhaust fan, a circular opening shall be provided in the wall to suit the size of the frame, which
shall be fixed by means of rag bolts embedded in the wall. The hole shall be neatly plastered
to the original finish of the wall. The exhaust fan shall be connected to the exhaust fan
point, which shall be wired as near to the opening as possible, by means of a flexible cord, care
being taken to see that the blades rotate in the proper direction.
8.32.3 Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive atmosphere, shall be painted with special PVC
paint or chlorinated rubber paint.
8.32.4 Installation of exhaust fans in kitchens, dark rooms and such other special locations need
careful consideration: any special provisions needed shall be specified.
8.33 REGULATORS:
8.33.1 The metallic body of regulators of ceiling fans/exhaust fans shall be connected to earth by
protective conductor.
8.34 MARKING OF SWITCH BOARDS:
8.34.1 Schematic diagram:
First a comprehensive schematic diagram for each building is to be prepared, starting from Main LT
Panel, rising main, sub main boards, DBs, etc. and the manner in which they are connected. This will
include essential and UPS systems. Sized of interconnecting main/ submain cables shall be indicated.
8.34.2 Marking of each Main Board:
Each main boards/ sub main board shall be marked indicating rating of each incoming/outgoing switch
and details of load/area it feeds. Detail/size if incoming and outgoing cable shall be marked indicating
from where the incoming cable has originated.
8.34.3 Marking of Distribution Board:
Page 201 of 252

Each Distribution Board shall be marked indicating detail of incoming switch (size of cable from where
it is fed) and marking of each outgoing MCB indicating the area it feeds. Suitable marking sticker will be
suitably fixed to indicate such details.
8.34.4 Marking of Power/Light DBS:
Power/light DBs shall be marked ‘P’ and ‘L’ respectively.
8.34.5 Marking for Non‐essential/Essential/UPS/Switch Boards:
Each switchboard shall be marked Essential/non‐essential/UPS to indicate the nature of such

switchboards.
8.34.6 Marking of Main earthing terminal:
Main earthing terminals in main / sub main switchboard shall be permanently marked, as “safety
Earth – don’t remove”.
8.35 LT DISTRIBUTION SWITCHGEAR:
8.35.1 Only following type switchboards will be used:
a. Main/ Sub main switchboard of cubicle type.

b. DBs‐Only per‐wired type MCB type DBs to be used. c.
Specially designed switchboards.
Also specially designed switchboards can be used with detailed specification and fabrication drawings
approved by the technical sanctioning authority.
8.36 LOCATION OF SWITCHBOARDS:
a. Switch boards are to be located in common areas like corridors, lobby etc. and nit to be
located in locked room.
b. Switch board shall be located only in dry situation and well‐ventilated space. They shall nit be
placed in the vicinity of storage battery or exposed to chemical fume.
d. Switch boards shall not be erected above gas stove, or sinks or within 2.5 meter of any
washing unit in washing rooms of launderings or in the bath rooms, toilets, or Kitchen.
e. As far as possible main boards shall not be located in basement. Such main boards can be
located in ground floor.
f. It is preferable to locate floor main boards in rising main shafts of adequate size, with steel doors
(having ventilation) or in suitable room.
g. Similarly DBs can be in suitable nitches in corridor walls having doors.
Page 202 of 252

h. Locating main boards under staircase or standing open in corridor is not a desirable
practice, besides being highly an aesthetic.
i. The main switchboard, which receives power to the building, should be invariably located in a
switch room, having round the clock access, foe emergency attendance to the
switchboard.
j. Switch board shall be located between 300 to 1500mm from Finish floor level.
8.37 GUIDELINES FOR PLANNING OFFICE BUILDINGS:
8.37.1 The main objective is to avoid possible fire hazards, which calls for sound detailed designing and
use of quality equipments and materials executed with sound workmanship and supervision.
8.37.2 All control LT Panels, controlling power supply to the entire building will be located in a centralized
room, from where centralized control and monitoring of the entire power supply system
can be made.
8.37.3 Earth fault protection shall be provided for each individual building at the LT receiving point i.e.
Main LT Panel. ELCB shall not be provided as a matter of routine in distribution boards. These
can be provided. If required, by The Chief Engineer (E), in charge.
8.37.4 Office buildings are prone to fire hazard during night hours. Therefore. After office hour, all the
LT Panels should be switched off. Based on need of the building, only the specified Lt panel to
kept ‘ON’ which feed the loads during night hours. Such panel, called common service panel,
may feed following loads. Which are normally used after office hours :
i) Some specified lifts.

ii) Staircase/ Corridor/ Compound light. iii)
Fire protection loads.
iv) Pump sets.
v) Other loads which are kept ‘ON’ after office hours.
8.37.5 While planning, maintaining of various services to be ensured, like providing facilities like
access, approachability of various equipments, maintenance space etc.
8.38 L E D LIGHTING FIXTURES
8.38.1 LED LIGHT FITTINGS‐GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
a. Fittings shall be designed for continuous trouble free operation under atmospheric conditions
without reduction in lamp life or without deterioration of materials and internal wiring. Degree of
protection of enclosure shall be IP‐65 for outdoor fittings except bulkhead fitting. Bulkhead fitting
shall be provided with IP‐54 protection. Fittings shall be so designed as to facilitate easy
maintenance including cleaning, replacement of lamps/ ballasts.
Page 203 of 252

b. All fittings shall be supplied complete with lamps. All fittings shall be complete with accessories like
ballasts, power factor improvement capacitors, starters, etc. Outdoor type fittings shall be provided
with weather proof junction boxes (IP‐55) and IP‐54 Control gear boxes. Each fitting shall have a
terminal block suitable for loop‐out connection by 1100 V PVC insulated copper conductor wires up
to 4 sq.mm. The internal wiring should be completed by the manufacturer by means of standard
copper wire and terminated on the terminal block. All hardware used in the fitting shall be suitably
plated or anodized and passivated.
c. Earthing: Each lighting fitting shall be provided with an earthing terminal. All metal or metal
enclosed parts of the housing shall be bonded and connected to the earthing terminal so as to
ensure satisfactory earthing continuity throughout the fixture.
d. Painting/Finish: All surfaces of the fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased and the
fittings shall be free from scale, rust, sharp‐edges, and burns.
e. The housing shall be powder coated/stove‐enamelled or anodised as required. The surface shall
be scratch resistant and shall show no sign of cracking or flaking when bent through 90 deg. over 12
mm dia mandrel.
f. Metal used in BODY of lighting fixtures shall be not less than 22 SWG or heavier if so required to
comply with specification of standards. Sheet steel reflectors shall have a thickness of not less than
20 SWG. The metal parts of the fixtures shall be completely free from burns and tool marks. Solder
shall not be used as mechanical fastening device on any part of the fixture.
8.38.2 The light fixtures and body fittings shall be assembled and installed complete and ready for
service, in accordance with details, drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and to the satisfaction of
the Project Manager.
8.38.3 Wires brought out from junction boxes shall be encased in GI flexible Conduits for
connecting to fixtures concealed in suspended ceiling. The flexible pipes shall be provided with
a check nut at the fixture end.
8.38.4 Pendant fixtures specified with overall lengths are subject to change and shall be checked with
conditions of the job and installed as directed.
8.38.5 All suspended fixtures shall be mounted rigid and fixed in position in accordance with
drawings, instructions and to the approval of the Project Manager.
8.38.6 Fixtures shall be suspended true to alignment, plumb, level and capable of resisting all
lateral and vertical forces and shall be fixed as required.
8.38.7 All suspended light fixtures etc. shall be provided with concealed suspension arrangement in the
concrete slab/roof members. It is the duty of the Contractor to make these provisions at the
appropriate stage of construction.
Page 204 of 252

8.38.8 All switch and outlet boxes shall be bonded to earth with insulated stranded copper wire as
specified.
8.38.9 Wires shall be connected to all fixtures through connector blocks.
8.38.10 Flexible pipes, wherever used, shall be of make and quality approved by the Project
Manager.
8.38.11 Measurement and Payment of Wiring
8.38.12 Wiring for lights, fans and convenience socket outlets shall be measured and paid for on Point
Basis as itemized schedule of quantities and as elaborated as below (unless otherwise stated).
8.38.13 Fixtures in Hazardous area must be flameproof.
8.39 WORKMANSHIP
8.39.1 Good workmanship is an essential requirement to be compiled with. The entire work of
manufacture/ fabrication, assembly and installation shall conform to sound engineering practice.
8.39.2 The work shall be carried out under the direct supervision of a first class licensed foreman, or of
a person holding a certificate of competency issued by the State Govt. for the type of work
involved, employed by contractor, who shall rectify then and there the defects pointed out
by the Engineer‐in‐Charge during the progress of work.
8.40 COMMISSIONING OF COMPLETION
8.40.1 Before the workman leaves the work finally, he must make sure that the installation is in
commission, after due testing.
8.41 COMPLETION PLAN AND COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
8.41.1 For all works completion certificate after completion of work shall be submitted to the
8.41.2 Completion plan drawn to a suitable scale in tracing cloth with ink indicating the following along
with three blue print copies of the same shall also be submitted.
i) General layout of the building.

ii) Locations of main switch board and distribution boards, indicating the circuit
numbers controlled by them.
iii) Position of all points and their controls.
iv) Types of fittings, viz. fluorescent, pendants, brackets, bulk head, etc. fans and
exhaust fans.
Page 205 of 252

v) Name of work, job number, accepted tender reference actual date of

completion, names of Division/Sub Division and name of the firm who
executed the work with their signature.
8.42 DRAWINGS
8.42.1 The work shall be carried out in accordance with the approved drawings of as directed by
engineer‐in‐charge.
8.42.2 All wiring diagrams shall be deemed to be ’Drawings’ within the meaning of the term as used.
They shall indicate the main switch board, the distribution boards (with circuit numbers
controlled by them), the runs of various mains and sub mains and the position of all points with
their controls.
8.42.3 All circuits shall be indicated and numbered in the wiring diagram and all points shall be given
the same number as the circuit to which they are electrically connected.
8.43 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
8.43.1 Conduits shall be of metallic or non ‐metallic type as specified :
A. All rigid metallic conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The minimum wall thickness shall
be 1.6 mm (16 SWG) up to 32 mm dia and 2 mm (14 SWG) above 32 mm dia. The conduit shall be
solid drawn or reamed by welding and finished with galvanized or stove enameled surface.
B. All non‐metallic conduit pipes and accessories shall be of suitable material complying with IS:
2509‐1973 and IS: 3419‐1976 for rigid conduits and IS: 6946‐1973 for flexible conduits. The
interior of the conduits shall be smooth and free from obstructions. The rigid pipes shall be ISI
marked. The minimum wall thickness of the rigid non ‐metallic conduits shall be 1.6 mm up to
25 mm dia conduit.
C. No conduit less than 20 mm in diameter shall be used.
D. All metallic conduit accessories shall be only threaded type, pin grip or clamp type accessories are
not acceptable.
E. Accessories for non‐metallic rigid type of conduits shall be normally of grip type.
8.44 CASING AND CAPPING
8.44.1 Casing and capping shall be of good quality PVC, free from defects like deformations, unevenness,
blisters, cavities, etc.
8.44.2 The casing shall be of square or rectangular body with top of the side walls suitable for
tightly fitting slide‐in type capping with double grooving. All surfaces shall have smooth finish
inside and outside.
Page 206 of 252

8.45 STREET LIGHT POLES
8.45.1 Hot dipped galvanized poles with integrated in built control box and lighting brackets is preferred
options to ensure long life of poles and to delay effect of corrosion. The height and spacing of
poles should be designed with the aid of computers for ensuring proper lux level. Similarly the
wattage and type of luminaries should be decided based on proper design. Having an
external control box fixed to the pole is not a preferred option for aesthetic/technical reasons. If
0carbonate/ enengineering plastic) with IP 65 protections, to avoid corrosion effect.
8.46 METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
8.46.1 SCOPE
8.46.2 This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in metallic conduits. This
chapter covers both surface and recessed types of works.
8.46.3 APPLICATION
8.46.4 Recessed conduit is suitable generally for all applications. Surface conduit work may be
adopted in places like workshops, plant rooms, pump rooms, wiring above false
ceiling/below false flooring and at locations where recessed work may not be possible to be done.
The type of work viz. surface or recessed shall be as specified in the respective works.
8.46.5 Flexible conduits may only be permitted for inter connections between switch gear, DB’s and
conduit terminations in wall.
8.47 MATERIALS
8.47.1 CONDUITS
8.47.2 All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel be ISI marked. The wall thickness shall be not less than
1.6mm (16 SWG) for conduits up to 32mm dia and not less than 2mm (14 SWG) for conduits above
32mm dia. These shall be solid drawn or reamed by welding and finished with galvanized or
stove enamelled surface.
8.47.3 The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS : 694‐1990 that can be
drawn in one conduit is given sizewise in Table ‐1 and the number of cables per conduit shall
not be exceeded. Conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly in each run. The table given
below.
TABLE -1
Maximum number of PVC insulated 650/1110 V grade aluminium/copper conductor cable conforming to IS:
694‐1990.
Page 207 of 252

Nominal Cross
section area of 20mm 25mm 32mm 38mm 50mm 64mm
conductor in Sqm
S B S B S B S B S B S B
1.5 5 4 10 8 18 12 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
2.5 5 3 8 6 12 10
4.0 3 2 6 5 10 8
6.0 2 ‐ 5 4 8 7
10.0 2 ‐ 4 3 6 5 8 6
16.0 ‐ ‐ 2 2 3 3 6 5 10 7 12 8
25.0 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 3 2 5 3 8 6 9 7
35.0 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 3 2 6 5 8 6
50.0 5 3 6 5
70.0 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 4 3 5 4
Note:‐
1. The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous drawing in of
cables.
2. The columns headed ’S’ apply to runs of conduit which have distance not exceeding 4.25m
between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle of more
than 15 degrees columns.
3. Headed ’B’ apply to runs of conduit which deflect from the straight by an angle or more
than 15 degrees.
4. Conduit sizes are the nominal external diameter.
8.47.4 No steel conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.
8.48 PROTECTION AGAINST CONDENSATION
8.48.1 The layout of conduit should be such that any condensation or sweating inside the conduit is
drained out. Suitable precaution should also be taken to prevent entry of insects inside the
conduit.
8.49 PROTECTION OF CONDUIT AGAINST RUST
8.49.1 The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes etc. forming
part of conduit system shall be adequately protected against rust when such system is
Page 208 of 252

exposed to weather by being painted with two coats of oxide paint applied before they are
fixed. In all cases, no bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed. Unless such
bare thread portion of conduit is treated with anticorrosive preservative or covered with
approved plastic compound.
8.50 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES
8.50.1 The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects including their accessories.
8.50.2 All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type and under no circumstances pin grip type of
clamp grip type accessories shall be used.
8.50.3 Bends couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be solid or
inspection type as required, in surface type of works.
8.50.4 Saddles for surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than 0.55mm (24 gauge) for
conduits upto 25mm dia and not less than 0.9mm (20 gauge) for largest diameter. The
corresponding widths shall be 19mm and 25mm.
8.50.5 (b) The minimum width and the thickness of girder clips used for fixing conduits to steel joists,
and clamps shall be given below.
TABLE – II
Girder Clips or clamps

Size of conduit Width Thickness
20mm 19mm 0.9mm (20 SWG)
25mm 19mm 0.9mm (20 SWG)
32mm and above 25mm 1.2mm (18 SWG)
8.51 OUTLETS
8.51.1 The switch box or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on the front. In the
case of cast boxes, the wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and in case of welded mild steel
sheet boxes, the wall thickness shall not be less than 1.2mm (18 gauge) for boxes upto a size of
20cm x 30cm and above this size 1.6mm (16 gauge) thick MS boxes shall be used. The metallic
boxes shall be duly painted with anticorrosive paint before erection as per chapter 9 of these
Specifications.
(a) Outlet boxes shall be of one of the size, covered in the Schedule of Rates.
(b) Where a large number of control switches and/or fan regulators are required to be installed at
one place, these shall be installed in more than one outlet box adjacent to each other for case of
maintenance.
Page 209 of 252
8.51.2 An earth terminal with stud and 2 metal washers shall be provided in each Metal/box for
termination of protective conductors and for connection to socket outlet/ metallic body of
fan regulator etc.
8.51.3 A metal strip shall be welded/screwed, to the metal box as support if tumbler type of
control switches, sockets and/or fan regulators are to be fixed therein.
8.51.4 Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60mm and this shall be increased suitably to
accommodate mounting of fan regulators in flush pattern.
8.51.5 The fan regulators can also be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the
tender specifications, or if so directed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.
8.51.6 Except where otherwise stated, 3mm thick phenolic terminated sheets as per clause 2.11.3
shall be fixed on the front with brass screws, or aluminum alloy/ cadmium plated iron
screws is approved by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.
8.52 INSTALLATION
COMMON ASPECTS FOR RECESSED AND SURFACE CONDUIT WORKS
8.52.1 CONDUIT JOINTS
8.52.1.1 Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of threaded couplers, and threaded accessories only. In
long distance straight run of conduits, inspection type couplers at reasonable intervals shall be
provided or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall be provided. In the later case the
bare threaded portion shall be treated with anti‐corrosive preservative. Threads on conduit
pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm to 19mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full
threaded portion of couplers or accessories. Cut ends of conduit pipe shall have neither sharp
edges nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of conductor while pulling them
through such pipes.
8.52.1.2 The conduit work of each circuit or section shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.
8.52.1.3 Conduit pipes shall be jointed by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only.
Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm to 19mm long sufficient to
accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.
8.52.1.4 Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the
insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.
8.52.1.5 The Engineer‐in‐Charge, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out,
may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc. after they have been prepared, shall be
submitted for inspection before being fixed.
8.52.1.6 No bare threads portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed unless such bare threaded portion is
treated with anticorrosive pipe derivative or covered with approved plastic compound.
Page 210 of 252
8.52.2 BENDS IN CONDUIT
8.52.2.1 All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be done either by neatly bending
the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than 7.5cm or alternatively, by
inserting suitable solid or inspection type normal bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast
iron inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable.
8.52.2.2 No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to
outlet.
8.52.2.3 Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to weather.
Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.
8.52.3 OUTLETS
8.52.3.1 All outlets such as switches, wall sockets etc. may be either flush mounting type, or of surface
mounting type, as specified in the Additional Specification.
8.52.3.2 All modular switches socket outlets, fan regulator etc. shall be fixed on click fit pattern. Paino
type switches and accessories shall be fixed on the phenolic laminated sheet covers in flush
pattern.
8.52.4 PAINTING AFTER ERECTION
8.52.4.1 After installation, all accessories of conduit pipes, fittings, switch and regulator boxes etc. shall be
painted as per IS code.
8.53 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK
8.53.1 PAINTING BEFORE ERECTION
8.53.1.1 The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes, etc. forming part of
the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rust when such system is exposed to
weather, by being painted with 2 coats of red oxide paint applied before they are fixed.
8.54 FIXING CONDUIT ON SURFACE
8.54.1 Conduit pipes shall be fixed by addles, secured to suitable approved plugs with screws in an
approved manner at an interval of not more than one meter, but on either side of the
couplers or bends of similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a distance of 30cm from the
centre of such fittings.
8.54.2 Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be
secured by means of saddles or girder clips or clamps as required by the Engineer‐in‐
Charge.
Page 211 of 252

8.54.3 In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable intervals
shall be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall be provided.
8.55 FIXING OUTLET BOXES
8.55.1 Only a portion of the switch box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being projected
out for suitable entry of conduit pipes into the box.
8.56 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECESSED CONDUIT WORK
8.56.1 MAKING CHASE
8.56.1.1 The chase in the wall shall be neatly made, and of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to be
fixed in the manner desired.
8.56.1.2 In the case of buildings under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before
plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.
8.56.1.3 In case of exposed brick/rubble masonry work, special care shall be taken to fix the conduit and
accessories in position along with the building work.
8.56.2 FIXING CONDUITS IN CHASE
8.56.2.1 The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J. hooks or by means of saddles, not more
than 60cm apart, or by any other approved means of fixing.
8.56.2.2 All threaded joints and conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved preservative
compound to secure protection against rust.
8.56.3 FIXING CONDUITS IN 'RCC WORK'
8.56.3.1 The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement bars by steel
binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipes shall be fixed firmly to the steel
reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and
subsequent tamping of the same.
8.56.3.2 Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall be
maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in
of conductors.
8.56.3.3 Location of inspection/junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means to
avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.
8.56.4 FIXING INSPECTION BOXES
8.56.4.1 Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit inspection and
to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.
Page 212 of 252

8.56.4.2 These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm depth junction
boxes shall be used in roof slab and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be as per IS :
2667‐1977.
8.56.4.3 Suitable ventilating holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.
8.57 FIXING SWITCH BOXES AND ACCESSORIES
8.57.1 Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket outlets
etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the Additional Specifications.
8.58 FISH WIRE
8.58.1 To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit. GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm
(16/18 SWG) shall be provided along with the laying of the recessed conduits.
8.59 BUNCHING OF CABLES
8.59.1 Cables carrying direct current may, if desired, be bunched whatever their polarity, but cables
carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall always be bunched so that the
outgoing and return cables are drawn into the same conduit.
8.59.2 Where the distribution is for single phase loads only, conductors for these phases shall be
drawn in one conduit.
8.59.3 In case of three phase loads, separate conduits shall be run from the distribution boards to the
load points, or outlets as the case may be.
8.60 EARTHING REQUIREMENTS
8.60.1 The entire system of metallic conduit work, including the outlet boxes and other metallic
accessories, shall be mechanically and electrically continuous by proper screwed joints, or by
double check nuts at terminations. The conduit shall be continuous when passing through
walls or floors.
8.60.2 Protective (loop earthing) conductor (s) shall be laid along the runs of the conduit between the
metallic switch boxes and the distribution boards/switch boards, terminated thereto. These
conductors shall be of such size and material as specified. Depending upon their size and
material, the protective earth conductors shall be either drawn inside the conduits along with
the cables, or shall be laid external to the conduits. When laid external to the conduits, this shall be
properly clamped with the conduit at regular intervals.
8.60.3 The protective conductors shall be terminated properly using earth studs, earth terminal block
etc. as the case may be.
8.60.4 Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).
Page 213 of 252
8.61 TESTING OF INSTALLATION FOR WIRING
8.62 SCOPE
8.62.1 This chapter describes the details of tests to be conducted in the completed internal
electrical installations, before commission.
8.63 GENERAL
8.63.1 TESTS
8.63.1.1 One completion of installation, the following tests shall be carried out. i.
Insulation resistance test.

ii. Polarity test of switch.
iii. Earth continuity test.
iv. Earth electrode resistance test.
8.64 WITNESSING OF TESTS
8.64.1 Testing shall be carried out for the completed installations, in the presence of and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge by the contractor. All test results shall be recorded
and submitted to the client & Electrical consultants.
8.65 TEST INSTRUMENTS
8.65.1 All necessary test instruments for the tests shall be arranged by the contractor if so
required by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.
8.66 INSULATION RESISTANCE
8.66.1 The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and the whole
system of conductors, or any section thereof with all fuses in place, and all switches closed,
and except in earthed concentric wiring, all lamps in position, or both poles of the
installation otherwise electrically connected together, a direct current pressure of not less
than twice the working pressure, provided it need not exceed 500 volts for medium
voltage, circuits, where the supply is derived from a three wire D.C. or a polyphane A.C.
system the neutral pole of which is connected to earth either directly or through added
resistance, the working pressure shall be deemed to that which is maintained between the
phase conductor and the neutral.
8.66.2 The insulation resistance shall also be measured between all the conductors connected to
one pole, or phase conductor of the supply, and all the conductors connect to the neutral, or
Page 214 of 252

to the other pole or phase conductors of the supply with all the lamps in position, and
switches in off position, and its value shall be not less than that specified in sub case.
8.66.3 The insulation resistance in mega ohms measured as above shall not less than 12.5 mega ohms
for the wiring with PVC insulated cable subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm.
8.66.4 Where a whole installation is being tested, a lower value than that given by the formula,
subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm, is acceptable.
8.66.5 A preliminary and similar test may be made before the lamps etc. are installed and in this event
the insulation resistance to earth should not be less than 25 mega ohms for the wiring with
PVC insulated cables, subject to a minimum of 2 mega ohms.
8.66.6 The term outlet includes every point along with every switch except that a switch combined with a
socket outlet, appliance or lighting fitting is regarded as one outlet.
8.66.7 Control rheostats, heating and power appliances and electric signs may, if required, be
disconnected from the circuit during the test, but in that event the insulation resistance between
the case or frame work, and all live parts of each rheostat, appliance and sign shall be not less
than that specified in the relevant Indian Standard Specifications, or where there is no such
specification, shall be not less than one megaohm.
8.67 POLARITY TEST OF SWITCH
8.67.1 In a two wire installation a test shall be made to verify that all the switches in every circuit have
been fitted in the same conduits throughout, and such conductor shall be labeled or marked for
connection to the phase conductor or to the non‐earthed conductors of the supply.
8.67.2 In a three wire or a four wire installation, a test shall be made to verify that every non
linked single pole switch is fitted in a conductor which is labeled, or marked for connection to
one of the phase conductors of the supply.
8.67.3 The installation shall be connected to the supply for testing the terminals of all switches shall
be tested by a test lamp, one lead of which is connected to the earth. Glowing of test lamp to its
full brilliance, when the switch is in ’ON’ position irrespective of appliance in position or not, shall
indicate that the switch is connected to the right polarity.
8.68 TESTING OF EARTH CONTINUITY PATH
8.68.1 The earth continuity conductor, including metal conduits and metallic envelopes of cables in all
cases, shall be tested for electric continuity. The electrical resistance of the same along with
the earthing lead, but excluding any added resistance, or earth leakage circuit breaker, measured
Page 215 of 252

from the connection with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity conductor in
the completed installation shall not exceed one ohm.
8.69 MEASUREMENT OF EARTH ELECTRODE RESISTANCE
8.69.1 Two auxiliary earth electrode, besides the test electrode, are placed at suitable distance from
the test electrode (see figure). A measured current is passed between the electrode
’A’ to be tested and an auxiliary current electrode ’C’ and the potential difference between the
electrode ’A’ and auxiliary potential ’B’ is measured. The resistance of the test electrode
’A’ is then given by;
R=
R = V/I
Where,
R = Resistance of the test electrode in ohms. V =
Reading of the voltmeter in volts.
I = Reading of the ammeter in amps.
8.69.2 Stray currents flowing in the soil may produce serious errors in the measurement of earth
resistance. To eliminate this, hand driven generator is used.
8.69.3 If the frequency of the supply of hand driven generator coincides with the frequency of stray
current, there will be wandering of instrument pointer. An increase or decrease of generator speed
will cause this to disappear.
8.69.4 At the time of test, the test electrode shall be separated from the earthing system.
8.69.5 The auxiliary electrodes shall be of 13mm diameter mild steel rod driven up to 1m into the
ground.
8.69.6 All the three electrodes shall be so placed that they are independent of the resistance area of
each other. If the test electrode is in the form of a rod, pipe or plate, the auxiliary current
electrode ’C’ shall be placed at least 30m away from it, and the auxiliary potential electrode
’B’ shall be placed mid way between them.
8.69.7 Unless three consecutive readings of test electrode resistance agree, the test shall be
repeated by increasing the distance between electrodes A and C up to 50m and each time
placing the electrode B midway between them.
8.69.8 On these principles, ’Megger Earth Tester’ containing a direct reading ohm‐meter, a hand
driven generator and auxiliary electrodes are manufactured for direct reading of earth resistance
of electrodes.
8.70 TEST CERTIFICATE

Page 216 of 252
8.70.1 One completion of an electrical installation (or an extension to an installation) a certificates shall
be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct
supervision the installation was carried out.
9 EARTHING
9.1.1 FOLLOWING THREE TYPES OF EARTHING ARE RECOMONDED:
9.1.2 Electrode Earthing 2. Tripolar Earthing 3. Tripod Earthing
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.1.6
9.1.7
9.1.8
9.1.9
9.1.10
9.1.11 Conductor from Equipments
9.1.12 Test Clamp
9.1.13 High‐Grade PVC Inspection Housing
9.1.14 Copper Earth Calmp
9.1.15 Rod‐to‐Conductor Clamp
9.1.16 Copper Bonded Steel Electrode 3m‐ 25mm dia
9.1.17 Copper Bonded Steel Electrode 3m‐15mm dia
9.1.18 Copper Bonded Steel Flanges 5,5" dia
9.1.19 Copper Conductor (25x3mm Strip or 50sqmm copper cable).
9.1.20 APPLICATIONS
9.1.21 Earthing Electrode –Eco Safe Maintenance Free Electrode of 25 mm diameter Low Carbon
Steel with 250 micron Molecular Copper Bonded Earthing Rod of 3 Mts Length along with
Page 217 of 252

Carbon Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to fill
up the excavated earth with required quantity.
9.1.22 Tripolar Earthing System‐ Eco Safe Maintenance Free Tripolar type 3 numbers of 25 mm
diameter Low Carbon Steel with 250 micron Molecular Copper Bonded Earthing Rod of 3
Mts Length and 17.2 mm diameter placed in 1 number of 150 mm dia drill in ground along
Page 218 of 252

with Carbon Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to
fill up the excavated earth with required quantity.
9.1.23 Tripod Earthing System‐ Eco Safe Maintenance Free Tripod type Earthing system. The
system shall comprise 3 numbers of 100 mm dia, 4 meter depth separate drills in ground
having minimum 2 meters apart from each others, 3 numbers of Copper Bonded Steel Rods
of 3 Mts Length and 15 mm dia (Copper Bonding shall be of minimum 250 microns) along
with Carbon Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to
fill up the excavated earth with required quantity. This item includes connections of all
three electrodes each other with 50 x 6 mm copper strip and providing single terminal to
connect protective earth conductor. It also includes necessary accessories like nuts and
bolts test link, insulators etc.
9.1.24 Note 1: All Earthing Electrodes are extendable so the length can be adapted according to
the site conditions and the soil resistivity at different depth.
9.1.25 Note 2: When required resistance value cannot be obtained with one system (e.g. granite
soil), 2 or more systems should be interconnected together using copper strip.
9.1.26 HIGH CONDUCTIVITY EARTH POWDER AND GROUND ENHANCING COMPOUND
9.1.27 High Conductivity Earth powder, reduces drastically the soil resistivity and protects any
copper electrode from corrosion. Ground Enhancing Compound, retains moisture
(hygroscopic properties) and is non corrosive.
9.1.28 Both compounds should be provided the best environment for earthing system.
9.1.29 It should be associated with High Quality Copper bonded Steel Electrodes or Copper Plates,
these solutions ensure low earth resistance value without maintenance for 10 to 15 years.
9.1.30 HIGH CONDUCTIVITY EARTH GEL
9.1.31 CHARACTERISTICS
9.1.32 It should be enhances ionic properties of the soil hence drastically reduces soil resistivity.
9.1.33 It should be remains around the earth electrodes hence does not get washed (Gel/powder
substance)
9.1.34 It should increases life span of earthing systems due to protection from corrosion.
9.1.35 It should be Maintenance Free.
9.1.36 DESCRIPTION
Page 219 of 252

9.1.37 High Conductivity Carbon Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing
compound required to fill up the excavated earth with required quanitity.
9.1.38 NA
9.1.39 GROUND ENHANCING COMPOUND
9.1.40 CHARACTERISTICS:
9.1.41 It should have high Hygroscopic properties to retains moisture
9.1.42 It should ensures thermal and humidity stability
9.1.43 It should have Good diffusion/dissipation properties
9.1.44 It should be Non corrosive.
9.1.45 DESCRIPTION
9.1.46 Ground Enhancing Compound should be a natural backfilling compound. It should be made
of natural components (graphite, minerals, etc.) and should be totally ECO‐Friendly. Its
ability to absorb moisture from the surrounding soil and its non corrosive property makes it
an ideal environment around any earthing electrode.
9.1.47 Ground Enhancing Compound should be supplied in 20 Kg bags.
9.1.48 INSTALLATION METHOD
9.1.49 Auger a 4" (for single electrode & tripod) or 6" (for tripolar) diameter hole to a depth of 10
feet (for 3m length electrodes).
9.1.50 Place the electrode or tripolar system into the augered hole and drive 6" into the bottom
9.1.51 Make the connection between the earthing system and the horizontal conductor (copper
tape or cable) using the rod‐to‐conductor connector.
9.1.52 Carbon Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to fill
up the excavated earth with required quantity.
9.1.53 Fill remainder of augered hole with ground enhancing compound mixed with good local
soil/agricultural soil (black cotton type) removing any existing rock
9.1.54 Note: For Tripod Earthing System, the 3 electrodes must be interconnected together with a
25x3mm copper strip using rod‐to‐conductor connectors. Earthing gel/powder and ground
enhancing compound must also be poured on the horizontal conductor.
9.1.55 TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF EARTHING SYSTEM
9.1.56 Tests to ensure continuity of all earth connections.

Page 220 of 252
9.1.57 Tests to obtain earth resistance of the complete network by using earth tester. The test
values obtained shall be within the limits.
9.1.58 All documents I records regarding test data, oscillographs and other measured values of
important parameters finalised after site adjustment shall be handed over to the Owner in
the form of test reports for their future use and reference.
10 LIGHTING ARRESTOR SYSTEM

(Convetional TYPE)
10.1 PART 1 – GENERAL ‐WORK DESCRIPTION
Conventional Lightning Arrestors :
The lightning protection system shall be as per IEC 62305. Spike Lightning Arrestor is a metal rod, made
of copper and, used as part of lightning safety to protect tall or isolated structures (such as the roof of a
building or the mast of a vessel) from lightning damage. With average lightning currents of 20 to 30 kilo
amps and heat energy in excess of 20,000°C, the need for improved lightning protection is evident. On
the ground of our observations and experiences gained in this field, J
10.2 In the adoption of standards and requirements, the Contractor shall take the following
precedence:
1. Engineer’s decision.
2. Local codes of practice
3. Drawings
4. Specification
5. International standards and requirements.

Page 221 of 252
10.3 SUBMISSION
10.3.1 A prior survey may be conducted to determine the protection level to be considered, the
ESE lightning conductor location(s), the down‐conductor path(s), the earth termination
system location(s) and type(s). All technical submissions shall be approved by the Engineer
prior to the respective stages of construction.
10.3.2 Architectural constrains may be taken into account in the lightning protection system
design and the design shall be based in a manner so that there is no reduction in the
lightning protection system effectiveness.
10.3.3 As a minimum requirement, the submission shall include the following:‐
10.3.4 Equipment submission with manufacturer’s data:
10.3.5 Sample submission;
10.3.6 Shop drawings showing the co‐ordinate routing of air terminations, down conductors
bonding to re‐bar and foundation earth terminations, methods of fixing etc.
10.3.7 Builder’s works requirement.
10.3.8 Proposal on testing procedures and report format for testing of the Lightning Protection
System.
10.3.9 Details of the Contractor’s installation Professional Engineer who supervise and endorse
the installation for occupation permit application.
11 UPS:
11.1 SCOPE OF WORK
11.1.1 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UPS, Three Phase Input & Three Phase
Output, Three Phase Input & Single Phase Output complying as per technical data
sheet having battery charger suitable for 30 Minutes battery backup Batteries and SMF
VRLA Batteries for various Ratings of UPS and VAH of Batteries including suitable
open type Battery Racks. Quoted rates shall include all necessary cabling between UPS
Incoming DB to UPS, UPS to Batteries, Batteries Interconnections, UPS to UPS
Outgoing DB with appropriate glands and lugs for terminations.
11.1.2 Assistance to IBMS Contractor for connection to IBMS for monitoring all technical alarms,
Electrical Parameters, Battery Status and Fault Indications on IBMS. UPS are in parallel
operation with auto load sharing and auto synchronization ratings as specified in BOQ.
11.1.3 The scope of work includes two years Warranty including comprehensive
Annual
Page 222 of 252
Maintenance Contract.
11.2 SUMMARY
11.2.1 This specification describes a Three‐phase Input‐ Three Phase Output & Three‐phase
Input‐ Single Phase Output, On‐line, Double conversion, and solid‐state pure sine wave
uninterruptible power system, hereafter referred to as the UPS. The UPS shall operate in
conjunction with the existing building electrical system to provide power
conditioning, back‐up and distribution for critical electrical loads, The UPS shall consist of
the Rectifier, Inverter Static & Maintenance bypass, battery backup and other
features as described in this specification.
11.3 UPS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
11.3.1 UPS system Components: The UPS system shall consist of the following main
components:
11.3.2 UPS containing a Rectifier, Inverter, Inbuilt Battery Charger, Static Bypass, and Integrated
maintenance bypass, and associated Control and Monitor Panel.
1 Battery string(s) in Line‐and‐Match Battery racks.

2 Optional Line‐and‐Match cabinet(s).
11.4 UPS MODULE MODES OF OPERATION:
11.4.1 The UPS Module shall operate as frequency independent (Class VFI‐SS‐111), fully
automatic online system in the following modes.
1 Normal: Utilizing commercial AC power, the critical load shall be continuously

supplied by the Inverter. The Inverter shall power the load while regulating both
voltage and
frequency. The Rectifier shall derive power form the commercial AC source and shall
supply DB power to the Inverter. Simultaneously, the Battery Charger shall Charge the
battery.
2 Battery: Upon failure of the commercial AC power, the critical load shall continue to
be supplied by the Inverter, which shall obtain power from the batteries without any
operator intervention. There shall be no interruption to the critical load upon failure
or restoration of the commercial AC source.
3 Recharge: Upon restoration of the AC source, the Charger shall recharge the
batteries
Page 223 of 252

and simultaneously the Rectifier shall provide power to the Inverter. This shall be
an automatic function and shall cause no interruption to the critical loads.
4 Bypass: If the UPS module must be taken out of the Normal mode for overload,
load
fault, or internal failures, the static bypass switch shall automatically transfer the
critical load to the commercial AC power. Return from Bypass mode to Normal mode
of operation shall be automatic. No‐break transfer to and from Bypass mode shall be
capable of being initiated manually from the front panel.
11.5 REFERENCES
11.5.1.1 IEC 62040‐1‐1 (International Electro‐technical Commission) Uninterruptible power

systems
(UPS) ‐ Part 1‐1: General and safety requirements for UPS used in operator access areas.
11.5.1.2 IEC 62040‐1‐2 (International Electro‐technical commission)‐Uninterruptible Power
systems
(UPS)‐Part 1‐2: General and safety requirements for UPS used in restricted access locations.
11.5.1.3 IEC 62040‐3 (International Electro‐technical Commission) Uninterruptible power systems (UPS)
‐
Part 1‐2: Method of specifying the performance and test requirements.
11.6 TESTS
1) ROUTINE TESTS: As per IEC 62040‐3.
11.7 SUBMITTALS
11.7.1 The UPS shall be supplied with sufficient documentation, including the following
manuals:
1 Installation and Operation Manual: Four copy of the installation and operation
manual shall be furnished. It shall possess sufficient detail and clarity to enable the
owner’s technicians or representatives to install and operate the UPS equipment.
The manual shall include the following major
items. a) UPS description
b) UPS site planning and
unpacking c) UPS installation
d) Optional accessory
installation
e) UPS theory of operation

f) Operating procedures
g) system events
Page 224 of 252

h) UPS maintenance
i) Performance and technical specifications
j) Wiring requirements and recommendations
k) Physical features and requirements
l) Cabinet dimensions
11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
11.8.1 The UPS shall withstand any combination of the following external environmental
conditions without operational degradation.
1 Operating Temperature: 0 degrees C to + 40 degrees C (32 degrees F to 104 degrees F)

without de‐rating (excluding batteries).
2 Storage Temperature: ‐25 degrees C to + 60 degrees C (‐13 degrees F to 140 degrees F).
Prolonged storage above + 40 degrees C (104 degrees F) will cause rapid battery self‐
discharge.
3 Relative Humidity (operating and storage): 95% maximum non‐condensing.
4 Elevation:
Operational: 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without de‐rating.
Transportation: Capable of air transport.
11.9 UPS MODULE STANDARD FEATURES
The UPS module shall consist of the following standard components:
11.9.1 Rectifier/Charger:
11.9.2 The rectifier/charger shall convert incoming AC power to regulated DC output for supplying
the inverter and for charging the battery. The rectifier/charger shall be a high‐frequency
pulse‐with‐modulation (PWM) design, using Insulated Gate Bi‐polar Transistors (IGBTs). The
design o f the UPS shall permit safe and fast removal and replacement of the faulty
components of the charger/rectifier. Mean time to repair (MTTR) for the module shall be
no more than 120 minutes in order to return UPS to normal mode. The rectifier/charger
module shall also provide the following:
1 The rectifier shall be capable of drawing power from the utility with a power factor of
0.9 or better under nominal conditions.
Page 225 of 252

HTC Phase-II LT Internal Electrical work
2 The rectifier shall feature protection circuitry that prevents the IGBTs from sourcing
current in excess of their published ratings.
11.9.3 Inverter:
11.9.4 The inverter shall feature an IGBT pulse‐with‐modulation (PWM) design with high speed
switching. The Inverter shall also have the following features:
1 The inverter shall be capable of providing the specified quality output power while
operating from any DC source voltage (rectifier or battery) within the specified DC
operating range.
2 The design of the UPS shall permit safe and fast removal and replacement of the faulty
components of the inverter. Mean time to repair (MTTR) for the module shall be no more
than 120 minutes in order to return UPS to normal mode.
3 The Inverter shall feature protection circuitry that prevents the IGBTs from sourcing
current in excess of their published ratings.
11.9.5 Static Bypass:
11.9.6 The bypass shall serve as an alternative source of power for the critical load when
performing maintenance on the UPS, or when a failure prevents operation in normal mode.
The bypass shall consist of a fully rated, naturally‐commutated static switch for high‐speed
transfers. The bypass shall feature the following transfer and operational characteristics.
1 Transfers to bypass shall be automatically initiated for the following conditions:
a) Output overload period expired.
b) Critical bus voltage out of limits.
c) Over temperature period expired.
d) Total battery discharge.
e) UPS failure.
2 Uninterrupted automatic re‐transfer shall take place whenever the inverter is capable
of assuming the critical load.
3 Uninterrupted automatic re‐transfers shall be inhibited for the following conditions:
a) When transfer to bypass is activated manually or remotely.
Page 226 of 252

b) In the event of multiple transfers/re‐transfer operations the control circuitry

shall limit “cycling” to three (3) operations in any ten minute period. The
fourth transfer shall lock the critical load on the bypass source.
c) UPS failure.
4 Uninterrupted manual transfers shall be initiated from the control panel.

Uninterrupted manual transfers to bypass and from bypass shall be possible with the
inverter logic. During manual transfers to bypass mode, the inverter must verify proper
bypass operations before transferring the critical load to the bypass.
5 All transfers to bypass shall be inhibited for the following conditions:
a) Bypass voltage out of limits (+/‐ 10% of nominal)
b) Bypass frequency out of limits (+/‐ 2 Hz, adjustable, factory set)
c) Bypass out of synchronization

d) Bypass phase rotation/installation error
6 Static transfer time: <2msec in synchronous condition & <20msec in asynchronous

condition
7 The bypass shall be manually energized using the control panel or remotely through a
building alarm input.
11.9.7 Monitoring and control components:
11.9.8 The following components shall provide monitor and control capability:
1 Control panel with status indicators.
2 Alarm and metering display.
3 Building alarm monitoring.
4 Inverter and bypass contactor monitoring.
5 Communication ports.
11.9.9 Battery management system:
11.9.10 The UPS shall contain a battery management system which has the following features:
1 The battery management system shall automatic/Manual test the battery string(s) to
ensure that the battery is capable of providing greater that 80% of it’s rated capacity. Upon
detection of the battery strings(s) not capable of providing 80%, the UPS system will alarm
that the battery needs attention/replacement.
Page 227 of 252

2 The battery management system shall be able to test the batteries. The test shall record
data used for battery life, battery failure and battery capacity analysis. The test shall
provide these load ratings from 0 to 100% load on the output of the UPS system. Testing
the batteries shall not jeopardize the operation of the critical load. Failure of the batteries
shall be annunciate through the front panel and other communication devices.
3 An optional temperature sensor shall be available to monitor the ambient temperature

internal to the battery cabinet. If the ambient temperature increases, the UPS system
charger shall automatically reduce the charging voltage to a level recommended by the
battery manufacturer. If the ambient temperature is decreased the UPS shall automatically
increase the battery charge voltage to that recommended by the battery manufacturer.
4 Battery life, capacity, and failure information shall be part of the UPS remote monitoring
information.
11.9.11 Wiring Terminals
11.9.12 The neutral output compression terminal shall be sized for 200% of UPS module rated
current to accommodate higher neutral currents associated with non‐linear load. The UPS
module shall contain mechanical compression terminals (adequately sized to accommodate
90º C wiring) for securing user wiring to the following locations:
1 Rectifier/charger input connections
2 Bypass input connections
3 DC link connections for battery cabinets (positive and negative).
4 AC output connections
11.10 UPS MODULE OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
11.10.1 a. The UPS module shall consist of the following options and
accessories:
11.10.2 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Network Adapter and UPS Power
Monitoring Software:
11.10.3 b. SNMP adapters shall provide a communications interface between

the UPS module and SNMP‐compatible network management systems. This capability shall
allow the unit to be monitored remotely over an Ethernet network using a standard web
browser.
Page 228 of 252

11.10.4 UPS Power monitoring software: This system shall continuously monitor critical power
elements associated with the UPS, using the communications port on each module and a
customer furnished PC. The system shall automatically alarm if any problems arise and
notify local or remote personnel of the alarm condition via email.
11.11 BATTERY CABINET:
11.11.1 The battery cabinet shall feature valve regulated, high‐rated discharge, SMF (VRLA) valve‐
regulated lead–acid batteries which provide energy to the support the critical load during a
momentary loss of input power to the rectifier. The batteries shall be flame retardant in
accordance requirements. Batteries shall be housed in open type MS Rack. The battery
cabinet shall have the following features:
1 Each battery cabinet shall require front access only for installation, service and
maintenance. The battery cabinet shall provide top and bottom cable entry.
2 Each battery cabinet shall feature a DC rated circuit breaker. The circuit breaker within
the battery cabinet shall only provide protection to the battery string within that battery
cabinet. For battery configurations involving multiple battery cabinets, a battery string in
one battery cabinet may be isolated from the DC link via its circuit breaker without
removing other battery strings form the DC link and the UPS module.
3 Power and Control wiring between the battery cabinet and the UPS shall be factory
provided with compression type connectors between cabinets.
4 The batteries shall be configured with a ¼” spade type connector for attaching sense
leads to each jar to facilitate the future addition of a battery monitoring system.
5 Expected battery life: 200 complete full load discharge cycles when operated and
maintained within specifications.
6 Battery Voltage Characteristics. The UPS battery system shall have the following
characteristics.
a) UPS module will automatically adjust battery shutdown based upon loading and
battery capacity.
b) Nominal Float Voltage: 2.25 V per cell.
c) Maximum Equalizing Voltage: 2.38 V per cell.
Page 229 of 252

11.12 UNINTERRPUTIBLE POWER SUPPLY RATINGS AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
11.12.1 UPS continuous Ratings. The UPS shall be rated as per specified in BOQ.
11.12.2 Rectifier/charger input:
1 Nominal three phase input voltage: 230 V / AC +/‐15% for 1PH. & 415V / AC +/‐15% for
3PH 4‐wire plus ground for input & 4‐wire plus ground for output configuration
2 Operating input voltage range: + 15%, ‐15% of average nominal input voltage without
battery discharge.
For 50Hz systems, operating input frequency range shall be 48 to 52Hz.
Input power factor 0.8 to Unity.
3 Normal input current limit: The UPS shall have the following programmable input
current limit settings while operating in normal mode:
a) Rectifier/charger input current limit shall be adjustable from 100 to 125% of
full‐ load input current.
b) Battery input current limit shall be adjustable from 10% to 15% of the UPS full
load input current regardless of the actual load on the UPS.
4 On generator input current limit: The UPS shall have the following programmable input
current limit settings while operating in normal mode on generator:
a) Rectifier/charger input current limit shall be adjustable form 50% to 125% of
full‐load input current.
b) Battery recharge input current limit shall be adjustable from 10% to 25% of the
UPS full load input current regardless of the actual load on the UPS.
5 Input current total harmonic distortion (THD) shall be less than 8%.
6 Power walk‐in: 2sec (2 to 30sec selectable).
A. Bypass Input:
1 Synchronizing bypass voltage range shall be +/‐ 10% of average nominal input
voltage.
2 Synchronizing bypass frequency range is centred on the nominal frequency.
3 Input surge withstand capability: The UPS input shall be equipped with
category ‘B’ surge protective device as specified IEEE STD C62.41‐1991.
B. Rectifier/charger output:
1 Steady state voltage regulation shall be +/‐ 1%.
2 Voltage ripple shall be less that <1% with battery & <2% without battery.
Page 230 of 252

3 Capacity: the rectifier/Charger shall support a fully loaded inverter and

recharge the battery to 95% of its full capacity within 10 times the discharge
when input current limit is set at maximum.
4 Low line operation: The rectifier/charger shall be capable of sharing the DC load
with the battery when the input voltage falls below the specified operation
input voltage range, the ON battery indicator shall enunciate operation in this
mode.
a. Battery equalize: Automatic and manual means must be provided for
battery equalization.
b. DC sensing: DC voltage sensing methods shall be incorporated for providing
battery over‐voltage protection.
C. UPS output in normal mode
1 Nominal output voltage 415 V, 3 Ph + N.

2 Steady state voltage regulation (in inverter) shall be within +/‐ 1% average from
nominal output voltage.
3 Transient voltage response shall be < +/‐ 5% from nominal voltage for 100% load step,
full load re‐transfers and full load drop on battery.
4 Transient voltage recovery shall be 25 ms to within +/‐ 1% of steady state.
5 Linear load harmonic distortion capability: Output voltage THD of less than 2% for
100% linear load.
6 Non‐liner load harmonic distortion capability: Output voltage THD of less than 5% for
100% non‐liner load when tested using the non‐linear load connected line to neutral.
7 Output voltage 380 ‐ 415V + N, 200 ‐ 230V programmable.
8 Line synchronization range shall be +/‐ 2.5 Hz.
9 Frequency regulation shall be +/‐ 0.1 Hz free running.
10 Frequency slew rate shall be 1 Hz/second maximum (adjustable).
11 Phase angle control:
a) Balanced linear load shall be +/‐ 1 degree from nominal 120 degrees
b) Unbalanced linear loads shall be better then +/‐ <2 degrees from
average phase voltage for 100% load unbalance.
12 Phase voltage control:
a) Balanced linear loads shall be +/‐ 1% from average phase voltage.
b) Unbalanced linear loads shall be better then +/‐ <2% for 100% load
unbalanced.
Page 231 of 252

13 Overload current capability (with nominal line and fully charged battery): The unit shall
maintain voltage regulation for up to 110% of resistive/inductive load for 10 minutes,
up to 125% for 300 seconds, and up to 150% for 60 seconds.
14 Fault clearing current capability: 150% phase‐to‐phase for 10 cycles: 300% phase‐to‐
neutral for up to 5 cycles.
15 Common mode noise attenuation:
a) ‐65dB up to 20Khz, ‐40db up to 100Khz
D. Acoustical noise: Noise generated by the UPS under normal operation shall not exceed
65 dBA at one meter from any operator surface, measured at 25 degrees C (77 degrees
F0 and full load.
E. Efficiency: The typical UPS input to output efficiency shall be up to 91% at full load at
nominal input voltage
11.13 MECHANICAL DESIGN
A. Enclosures: The UPS shall be housed in free‐standing double front enclosures (safety
shields behind doors) equipped with levelling feet. The enclosures shall be designed for
computer room applications.
B. Ventilation: The UPS shall be designed for forced‐air cooling. Air inlets shall be on the
front of the unit. Air outlets shall be on the back/top. 460 mm of clearance over the
UPS outlets shall be required for proper air circulation.
C. Back or side clearance or access required for UPS shall be minimum.
D. Cable entry: Standard cable entry for the UPS cabinet shall be through either the
enclosure bottom. A dedicated wire way shall be provided within the UPS cabinet for
routing user input and output wiring.
E. Front access: All serviceable subassemblies shall be capable of being replaced from the
front of the UPS (front access only required).
F. Service area requirements: The system shall require no more than thirty‐six inches of
front service access room.
11.14 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
11.14.1 Microprocessor controlled circuitry: The UPS controls shall have the following design and
operating characteristics:
1 Fully automatic operation of the UPS shall be provided through the use of
microprocessor controlled Digital Signal Processing. DSP shall eliminate variances from
component tolerance or drift, and provide consistent operational responses.
Page 232 of 252

2 All operating and protection parameters shall be firmware controlled, thus eliminating a
need for manual adjustments. The logic shall include system test capability to facilitate
maintenance and troubleshooting. Printed circuit board replacement shall be possible
without requiring calibration.
3 Start‐up and transfers shall be automatic functions.
11.14.2 Digital Front Panel Display:
11.14.3 The UPS control panel shall be a digital front panel display. The LCD shall display UPS status,
metering, battery status, alarm/event queue, active alarms and UPS configurations. The
front panel display shall show a system mimic diagram with an outlined power path,
current operating mode and event logs.
11.14.4 Control Panel Indicators:
11.14.5 The UPS control panel shall provide the following monitoring functions with indicator LED’s:
1 NORMAL: This shall indicate that the commercial AC utility or generator source is
supplying power to the rectifier and the inverter is supporting the critical load. A text
message shall indicate if the bypass line is not within tolerance.
2 BYPASS: This shall indicate that the UPS has transferred the load to the bypass circuit.
3 BATTERY: This shall indicate that the commercial AC utility or generator source has failed
and the battery is supplying power to the inverter, which is supporting the load. a text
message shall indicate if the battery charge is low or if the battery is installed but
disconnected.
4 ALARM: This shall indicate that the UPS detects and alarm condition, outlined in detail in
the operator’s manual.
11.14.6 Control Panel Controls:
11.14.7 The UPS control panel shall provide the following functions from front panel push buttons:
1 EVENTS: Displays the list of Active System Events and a historical log of system events.
Historical logs shall include a detailed time stamped list of the latest events.
2 METERS: Displays performance meters for the system or critical load. When selected,
the front display shall show individual screens of input parameters, output parameters
or bypass parameters including, voltage, current and frequency. in addition, the
battery display shall show runtime remaining.
3 CONTRIOLS: Displays a Systems controls screen. Allows selection of operating mode,
normal, bypass, charger on/off and Power Module on/off.
Page 233 of 252

4 SETUP: Allows display contrast, date and time information serial communication port
configuration and display of firmware revision numbers.
5 RETURN: Confirms selection or returns to previous screen.
11.15 COMMUNICATIONS
11.15.1 Communications Bay:
11.15.2 The UPS shall be equipped with field configurable communications bays that will
accommodate two (2) communication devices. A communication bay upgrade shall be
available to increase the quantity of communication devices up to four.
11.15.3 Monitoring:
1 The UPS shall be able to be monitored locally or across a network. Monitoring or UPS
status may also be performed through isolated dry contact From C relays.
Simultaneous monitoring of multiple UPSs shall be possible from one central location.
Communication via modem for monitoring shall also be possible.
2 Monitoring of the UPS shall also be possible through status indicators on the UPS or
elsewhere in the same facility through a device that replicated these indicators.
11.15.4 Notification:
1 There shall be a mechanism to send alerts to key personnel via email or SNMP traps. An
alarm notification may also be sent by a network message.
11.16 UPS MODULE PROTECTION
11.16.1 Rectifier/Charger and Bypass protection shall be provided through individual fusing of each
phase.
11.16.2 Battery protection shall be provided by thermal‐magnetic molded‐case circuit breakers in

each battery cabined (if standard battery pack is provided) or external protective device for
an external battery.
11.16.3 Output protection shall be provide by electronic current limiting circuitry and fuses in the
Inverter circuit.
11.17 UPS INSTALLATION
A. Installation should be carried out as per manufacturer’s installation guide lines &
instructions.
11.18 COMMISSIONING
Page 234 of 252
A. Factory start‐up shall be provided on a 5 x 8 basis (7 x 24 optional). Start‐up service shall

include but will not be limited to the following visits:
1 Pre‐energize visit to inspect installation and provide guidance to installers as required.

2 Start‐up visit to perform all procedures and tests specified within UPS Installation and
Operation manual.
3 Post‐start‐up visit for alarm notification configuration, operator training, generator
testing, etc.
B. The following procedures and tests shall be performed by Field Service personnel during the
UPS start‐up:
1 Visual Inspection:
a) Visually inspect all equipment for signs of damage or foreign materials.

b) Observe the type of ventilation, the cleanliness of the room, the use of proper
signs, and any other safety related factors.
2 Mechanical Inspection:
a) Check all the power connections for tightness.
b) Check all the control wiring terminations and plugs for tightness or proper
seating.
3 Electrical Pre‐check:
a) Check the DC bus for a possible short circuit.
b) Check input and Bypass power for proper voltages and phase rotation.
c) Check all lamp test functions.
4 Initial UPS Start‐up:
a) Verify that all the alarms are in a “go” condition.

b) Energize the UPS module and verify the proper DC, walk‐up, and AC phase on. c)
Check the DC link holding voltage, AC output voltages, and output waveforms. d)
Check the final DC link voltage and Inverter AC output. Adjust if required.
e) Check for the proper synchronization.
f) Check for the voltage difference between the Inverter output and the Bypass
source.
g) Perform full‐load, step‐load, and battery discharge test using supplier
furnished load bank.
Page 235 of 252

5 Operational Training: Before leaving the site, the field service engineer shall familiarize
responsible personnel with the operation of the UPS. The UPS equipment shall be
available for demonstration of the modes of operation.
11.19 WARRANTY
All components of the UPS system (UPS module, batteries, and optional cabinet) shall be
covered by a standard 2‐year warranty.
Manufacturer shall also offer, as an option, 7 x 24 on‐site service supports with guaranteed
response times. Additional preventive maintenance visits shall be available as an option for
both UPS and battery components.
11.20 AMC
Annual Maintenance Contract ‐ Charges (Comprehensive) For the whole system as above
(including Batteries) for 3RD, 4TH And 5th year with initial warrantee period of 24
months.(Regular preventive maintenance including a service visit every three month + Service
and support visits as & when
required).
ANNEXURE for 40 KVA UPS TO BE FILLED BY UPS VENDOR.
Sr.
Description ARAI Requirement Bidder Remarks
No
1.0 MODEL Bidder to Specify

TECHNOLOGY
1.1 IGBT Rectifier & IGBT Inverter,
1.2 Inverter IGBT

1.3 Rectifier IGBT
Max. Permissible Non-linear
1.4 100%
loads
1.5 Max. unbalanced load 100%
PHYSICAL Dimension &
2.0
Weight
2.1 Construction Compact. Modular design
2.2 UPS Floor Space Bidder to Specify
2.3 Ventilation Bidder to Specify
2.4 UPS Dimension & weight
Length in MM Bidder to Specify
Width in MM Bidder to Specify
Height in MM Bidder to Specify
Weight in kgs Bidder to Specify
Page 236 of 252

Batterty Bank (Dimention

2.5
and weight)
Length in MM Bidder to Specify
Width in MM Bidder to Specify
Height in MM Bidder to Specify
Weight in kgs Bidder to Specify
Accessibility ( front & back
2.6 with clear Dimension to be Bidder to Specify
specfied )
Cable connection Bottom for
2.7 Input & Output. Bottom
Parallel Configuration upto

2.8 6 nos
no of Module .
DG Set Sizing No of time of
2.9 UPS Module. & Minimum Bidder to Specify
Size of DG set Required
Minmum Input circuit
2.10 breaker required to be Specify
specified
3 INPUT
3.1 Voltage 380V -400V- 415V -433V
3.2 Voltage range 340 to 460V
3.3 Frequency 50 Hz
3.4 Frequency range +/- 5 Hz
3.5 Ripple content <1% with battery connected
3.7 Input Power Factor
100% 0.99
75% 0.99
50% 0.99
25% 0.98
3.8 Current Harmonic on source
100% <3%
75% <5%
50% <5%
25% <10%
Maximum current with out
3.9 Bidder to Specify
Battery Charging
4 OUTPUT
4.1 Voltage 380/ 400/ 415 V
4.2 KVA 40
4.3 Voltage regulation on
Balanced load +/- 1%, 3 Ph. + N
Un Balanced load @ +/- 3%, 3 Ph. + N
100% +/- 3%, 3 Ph. + N
50% +/- 3%, 3 Ph. + N
15% +/- 3%, 3 Ph. + N
Page 237 of 252

Power Factor
0.8lag - unity- 0.9 lead (Derating of UPS not
4.4
acceptable in this range)
4.5 Frequency 50Hz

4.6 Frequency range +/- 0.5 Hz
4.7 Frequency synch. range 0.25 to 3 Hz
Transient output voltage
4.8 variation for 100% block +/-2%
loading
Recovery time for 100%
4.9 < 5 mill second (ms)
block load
4.11 Wave form Pure Sinusoidal
Total Voltage Distortion out
4.12
put side
Linear load <2%
Non-Linear load <3%
4.13 Crest Factor 3:1
4.14 Phase Displacement
a) Balanced load 120 +/- 0.65°
b) 100 % Unbalanced load 120 +/- 2°
4.15 Inverter Efficiency
a) 100 % Load Bidder to specify
4.16 Overall Efficiency for UPS
a) 50 % Load 91%
b) 75 % Load 91%
c) 100 % Load 92%
Efficiency of UPS in Battery
4.17
Operations
a) 50 % Load 91%
b) 75 % Load 91%
c) 100 % Load 92%
4.18 Overload
a) 125 % 10 minutes
b) 150 % 30 Sec
4.19 Short circuit Capability Required
5 BUILT IN STATIC BYPASS
Inverter and Static Bypass
5.1 Specify
change over time
5.2 Fuse @ static bypass No as per IEEE standards.
5.3 Short circuit Capability Vendor to Specify
5.4 Overload Specify
5.5 Transfer time Less than 5 milli secs.
Manual Bypass inside ups
5.6 Required
only( input/output)
6 DC CHARACTERISTIC
Page 238 of 252

Battery backup to be
calculated at .9 pf.
6.1 VAH >=54000
6.1 DC bus voltage Specify
6.2 DC Current Specify
6.3 No. of cells with AH Specify
6.4 battery voltage Specify
6.5 End. Cell voltage 1.75
6.6 Float voltage specify
6.7 DC current at 100% load specify
6.8 Charging current specify
6.9 Charging time 10 Hrs. max.
True autonomy /
6.10 SNMP Card along with required Software
measurement
6.11 Temp. compensated charger Required
6.12 Automatic battery load test Required
Batt. Breaker with
6.13 Required
protection
6.14 Required Battery Back Up 30 Minutes
7 PROTECTION
7.1 Overload (O/L) Required
7.2 Short circuit (SC) Required
7.3 Input low voltage Required
7.4 Output over voltage Required
7.5 Battery over charging Required
7.6 Battery over discharging Required
7.7 IP Protection IP 20 Minimum
7.8 DC over current Protection Required
8 ENVIRONMENTAL
8.1 Ambient temperature range 0 to 40° C
8.1 Relative humidity 95 % RH
8.2 Max. operating altitude 1000 M above MSL
without derating
8.3 Acoustic Noise 65db
9 AUDIO / VISUAL DISPLAY
9.1 Over load Required
9.2 Short circuit Required
9.3 Input low voltage Required
9.4 Input over voltage Required
9.5 Battery over discharging Required
9.6 Battery on load Required
9.7 Battery low Required
Page 239 of 252

9.8 Fuse failure Required

9.9 Fan failure Required
9.10 Inverter failure Required
9.11 DC over voltage Required
10 VISUAL DISPLAY
10.1 Input/Output voltage Required
10.2 Output current . Required
10.3 Input/ Output frequency Required
Output power in KVA and
10.4 Required
KW
10.5 Output load power factor Required
10.6 Output load crest factor Required
10.7 battery DC voltage Required
10.8 Charging current Required
10.9 Dis-Charging Current Required
10.1 Autonomy Time Required
10.11 Event logs Bidder to specify
11 OTHERS
11.1 Software with LAN connect Required
Auto paging/SMS/Email
11.2 Required
provision
11.3 SNMP compatibility Required
11.4 Diagnostic system Required
11.5 Single line mimic diagram Required
Telemonitoring with
11.6 Required- Mandatory
software
Capablity to parallel 6 similar
11.7 ups systems without any required
additional hardware
ventilation
11.8 forced air cooling with integral fans
11.9 Opertating temperature 0-40deg.C

Inbuilt Battery Bank
11.10 required
management
Power Transfer Mode
11.11 auto systems ( during fault condition)
12 Colour Bidder to specify

Online Thermal Disipation
13
in Btu/Hr
at 100 % Bidder to specify
12
Page 240 of 252
12. PVC WALL TRUNKING
12.9.1 Approved Colour Wall trunking with cover shall be made up of Lead free Polyvinylchloride
material as per EN 50085‐2‐1 and shall be ROHS complied. The trunking shall have smooth
surface finish without sharp edges and Burrs. The trunking shall have IP 30 Protection
against access to hazardous parts and shall be non flame propagating. The trunking shall
have all accessories like internal corner cover, external corner cover, T intersection cover,
and flat angle cover.etc for complete cable management.
12.1 CABLE TRAY MOUNTING
12.10.1 Unless otherwise specifically noted on the relevant layout drawing, all cable tray mounting
works to be carried out ensuring the following :
12.10.2 Cable tray mounting arrangement type to be as marked on layout drawing.
12.10.3 Assembly of tray mounting structure shall be supplied, fabricated, erected & painted by
the contractor.
12.1 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
12.11.1 INSPECTION
All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked by the Engineer‐in‐ Charge
for any damage during transit.
12.11.2 TESTING
All 650/1100 Volt grade cables before laying shall be tested with a 500V megger or with a
2,500/5,000 V megger for cables of higher voltages. The cable cores shall be tested for
continuity, absence of cross phasing, and insulation resistance to earth/sheath/armour nd
insulation resistance between conductors.
All cables shall be subject to above mentioned tests during laying, before covering the cables
by protective covers and back filling and also before the jointing operations.
Completion plan and completion certificate
12.11.3 After completion of the work the Contractor shall draw completion plans to a suitable scale
and shall submit to the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The completion plans shall, inter‐alia, give the
following details :‐
Layout of cable work

Length, size, type and grade of cables.
Method of laying i.e. direct in ground, in pipes etc.
Location of each joint with jointing method followed.
Page 241 of 252

Route marker and joint maker with respect to permanent land marks available at site.
Wherever the previously laid cable is cut and additional joints are introduced etc., the cable
records shall suitably be amended.
13 SAFTEY
MATERIALS
13.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
13.1.1 Insulation Mats
13.1.2 First Aid charts and First Aid Box
13.1.3 Danger Plate
13.1.4 Fire Extinguishers
13.1.5 Fire Buckets
13.1.6 Tool Box
13.1.7 Caution Board
13.1.8 Key Board
13.2 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
13.2.1 IS : 5424 Insulation mats
13.2.2 IS : 2878 Portable C02 Fire Extinguisher
13.2.3 IS : 2546 : Fire Buckets
13.2.4 ANSI/NFPA 70 ‐ National Electrical Code.
13.3 SUBMITTALS
13.3.1 Product Catalogues.
13.4 SPECIFICATIONS
13.4.1 Insulation Mats
13.4.1.1 Insulation mats conforming to IS : 5424 shall be provided in front of main switch boards
and other control equipment as specified.
13.5 FIRST AID CHARTS AND FIRST AID BOX
Page 242 of 252

13.5.1 Charts (one in English, one in Hindi, one in Regional Language), displaying
methods of giving artificial respiration to a recipient of electrical shock shall be
prominently provided at appropriate places. Standard First Aid Boxes containing
materials as prescribed by St. John Ambulance brigade or Indian Red Cross should be
provided in sub‐station.
13.6 DANGER PLATE
13.6.1 Danger plates shall be provided on HV and LV equipments. LV danger notice plate shall be
200 mm x 200 mm made of mild steel at least 2 mm thick vitreous enameled white on both
sides and with inscriptions in signal red color on front side as required.
13.6.2 Size of the HV Danger Notice plate shall be 250 mm x 200 mm and 2mm thick.
13.7 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
13.7.1 Portable CO2 confirming to IS : 2878‐1976 dry chemical (confirming to IS 2171‐1976)

extinguishers shall be installed in the sub‐station at suitable places (like HT/LT panel
rooms) as specified.
13.7.2 Foam type fire extinguisher shall be installed in Transformer Room.
13.8 FIRE BUCKETS
13.8.1 Fire buckets confirming to IS : 2546‐1974 shall be installed with the suitable stand for
storage of water and sand.
13.9 TOOL BOX
13.9.1 Standard tool box containing necessary tools required for operation and maintenance shall
be provided in sub‐station.
13.10 CAUTION BOARD
13.10.1 Necessary number of caution boards such as "Man on Line" "Don't switch on" etc. shall be
available in the sub‐station.
13.10.2 The Caution Board shall be of size 300 mm x 200mm made of mild steel, 2mm thick,
vitreous enameled white on both sides and with inscriptions in original red color on
front side as required.
13.11 KEY BOARD
13.11.1 A key board of required size shall be provided at a proper place containing castel
keys, and all other keys of sub‐station and allied areas.
Page 243 of 252

13.11.2 The Key board shall be made of 12mm thick first class teak wood shall be of size 400 mm x
300m and with adequate depth to hold the keys. It shall be provided with a lockable type
hinged glass door made of 12 mm. thick first class teakwood frame with 3 mm thick sheet
glass fixed with piano hinges. The key board shall enough number of hooks for hanging the
castle keys and all other keys of the sub‐station and allied areas. It shall be painted with
one coat of wood primer and two coats of white enamel paint.
15 APPROVED MAKES LIST
Sr.No. ITEM PREFERRED MAKES APPROVED MAKES
A CABLES
1 LT cables Finolex / RR Kable /Lapp / KEI / Polycab Polycab
2 LT cable joint kits Raychem / 3M Raychem/3M
3 LT cable gland Bracco / Comet / Dowells Bracco / Comet / DOW
B Cable tray and accessories
4 Cable trays Profab / OBO BETTERMANN / Legrand Profab
C EARTHING
5 EARTHING RODS INDILEC/JEF/ERICO/ OBO BETTERMANN INDILEC/JEF/ERICO/
D POINTING WIRING BETTERMANN
6 Switches/sockets and modular
LEGRAND ARTEOR or equivalent
boxes
7 HG ERW conduit ( GI conduit) VIMCO/BEC/BI/EWC
8 Rigid PVC conduit
Precision, Asian, Diamond.,Modi
and accessories
9 PVC casing‐n‐capping and PVC Presto‐plast, Modi's, Sunplast, Precision,
casing‐n‐caping accessories. Diamond.
10 Screws. Nettle Fold, King Fold, Precision Fastners.
11 Metal clad sockets with housing Legrand /Siemens/ Hensel
12 Multi pair twisted cable Lapp/ Uniflex/Delton/Finolex
13 Ceiling fans Crompton Greaves/ Bajaj /Havelles
14 FRLS wires Finolex/LAPP/RR kabel
15 Terminals in TB/JB Wago
Terminals in GI box used point
16 PIRI or Equivalent
wiring
17 Galvanized for GI Boxes, Test B.G.Shirke
link boxes (Pune)/karamtara(Tarapur)/sigma,Navi
18 Wire lugs Mumbai
Dowell or equivalent
19 TV CABLE RG1/11 RPG/ Finolex
20 Flame proof Light Fixtures FCG/BALIGA/TRI-FLP/Sudhir make
21 Industrial Sockets Legrand / Hensel / Bals
22 UPS EMERSON / SOCOMEC / ETON SOCOMEC
23 BATTERIES Quanta / Panasonic /Rocket Rocket
Page 244 of 252
24 Switchgear L&T/ABB/Siemens L&T
Note: Any other make and Equivalent make is subject to approval from Consultant / Client. Where a
single make is specified, equivalent make can be offered subject to approval from Consultant / Client.
Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear

And Control gear Assemblies
1. Scope
The scope of supply covers design, manufacture, routine testing as per IEC and supply of Low Voltage
Switchgear & Control gear Assemblies up-to 1000 V (Will be termed as ‘LV panel’ here forth).
2. Standards
The equipments covered under this specification shall conform to the latest revisions of relevant Indian and
equivalent International Standards some of which are listed below.
IS 8623 : Low voltage switchgear and control Gear assemblies

IEC 60947: General requirements of Switchgear and Control Gear for Voltage not exceeding
1000 / 1200V AC
IS 2705 1992: Current transformers
IEC 60695 : Insulators.
3. Site Conditions
3.1. Location – Plot E/1 Chakan MIDC Pune.

3.2. Altitude above main sea level -
3.3. Design Ambient Temperature -10 Dec to 40 Deg. C
3.4. Temperature rise - As per IEC 61439 part 1 & 2.
3.5. Relative Humidity - 30 RH to 95 RH
3.6. Application – Outdoor.
4. LV Panel Construction
4.1. The LV panels shall be of aesthetic design & IP 55 Rating.

4.2. The LV panels shall have maintenance friendly Construction.
4.3. The LV panels shall be metal clad sheet steel enclosed cubicle, fully compartmentalized, floor
Page 245 of 252
mounting type suitable for outdoor installations.

4.4. The LV panel shall be complete design verified assembly as per IS 8623.
4.5. N/A
4.6. N/A
4.7. N/A
4.8. The LV panel shall have integral base frame.
4.9. All LV panels and covers shall be properly fitted and secured with the frame.
4.10. The LV panel shall have provision for top / bottom in coming and bottom / top out going
respectively as per SLD.
4.11. N/A
4.12. N/A
4.13. N/A.
4.14. The LV Panel shall comply with the Technical Data Sheet, SLD, and Feeder List as specified by
customer.
4.15. The LV panel shall be configured with Air Circuit Breakers, MCCB's, Switch Fuse units and
other switchgear components & equipment as specified in the Schedule of Quantities by
customer.
4.16. N/A.
4.17. Front access shall be available to all components in each cubicle which require adjustment,
maintenance or replacement.
4.18. All the doors and covers shall be with full neoprene gasket to prevent any ingress of dust.
4.19. N/A
4.20. Removable undrilled gland plates shall be fitted in case of bottom cable entry.
4.21. All fixing bolts, screws etc. appearing on the panel shall be so arranged as to present a neat
appearance.
4.22. The Air circuit breakers shall be equipped with Integral Micro Processor based protection
release.
4.23. The MCCB's and Switch Fuse units shall be arranged in multi-tier formation.
4.24. Air Circuit Breakers shall be arranged in Single tier formation only to facilitate ease of
operation and maintenance.
4.25. N/A
4.26. All components like, circuit breakers, switches etc. shall be compatible with the short-circuit
Levels as per IEC 60947.
4.27. All internal wiring shall be with suitable stranded copper conductor FR insulated wire.
4.28. N/A.
4.29. All CT’s & PT’s shall be resin cast unless specified otherwise or as approved by the
customer.
Page 246 of 252

4.30. All relays, meters & switches shall be flush mounted.

4.31. All metering equipment shall be digital unless specified otherwise or as approved by the
customer.
4.32. All holes in metalwork shall be protected by substantial grommets or bushes to protect
wiring passing through them.
4.33. The arrangement of controlling switches in the LV panels and their marking shall be such that
these are prominent, easily identifiable and accessible.
4.34. Single line power / control diagrams shall be placed at the back of door or other accessible
locations in the panels or near to panel with complete details as required.
5. Bus bars and insulating materials
5.1. N/A
5.2. The bus bars shall be colour coded using identifying colour rings at regular interval. Red,
Yellow & Blue colour shall be used for phases & Black for neutral for each shipping section of
panels. The earth Bus bar shall be identified with Green colour rings at regular intervals.
5.3. The Bus bar sizes shall be determined taking into consideration the continuous rating and
fault level indicated, as applicable, without exceeding the temperature raise limits as per
IEC, over ambient temperature. Feeder in adjacent vertical to be feed with common vertical
bus bar / dropper.
5.4. Bus bar supporting systems shall withstand the short circuit forces circuits, without
deflection or deformation.
5.5. The bus bars shall be supported of regular intervals using SMC or DMC insulators as per the
tested design. It should have minimum Comparative Tracking Index (CTI) of 600 V as per
IS 2824).
5.6. Minimum clearance between phases / live parts / live parts /neutral to ground shall be as per IEC 61439
5.7. Direct access to, or accidental contact with bus bars and primary connections shall not be
Possible.
6. Earthing
6.1. One Earthing terminals shall be provided on each side of switchboard.

6.2. An earth bar size must be as per required fault levels. Separate Bus bar calculations to be submitted.
6.3. The earth bar shall be electrically continuous and shall run the full extent of each board. This
earth bar shall be on the same side as the cable entry.
6.4. Each unit shall be constructed to ensure satisfactory electrical continuity between all metal
parts which are not intended to be alive.
6.5. Suitable holes with bolts and nuts shall be provided at each end of earth bar of switchgear for
Page 247 of 252
connection to a main Earthing grid.

6.6. The earth bar shall be accessible in each cable entering compartment either directly or
through a branch extension to ground the cable armour and shields.
6.7. Door earthing shall be provided for all feeder doors, rear doors and CBC doors.
7. Painting and Finishing
As per Technical datasheet
8. Internal Wiring:
8.1. Minimum size of conductor for power circuits shall be 2.5 sq. mm copper & Above as per current ratings.
8.2. All control wiring except CT secondary wiring shall be carried out with minimum 1.5 sq. mm
Copper conductor.
8.3. CT secondary wiring shall be carried out with 2.5 sq. mm copper conductor.
8.4. All wiring shall be securely fixed and neatly arranged to enable easy tracing of wires.
8.5. All terminal blocks and wires shall be tagged for identification in accordance with IS 11353
8.6. All wiring for external connections shall be brought out to the individual terminals on a
readily accessible terminal block.
8.7. Clamp or screw type control terminal blocks shall be provided for outgoing control cables.
Minimum 10% spare terminals shall be provided for future use. Control terminal block shall
be separated from power terminal blocks by means of an insulating barrier.
9. Name Plates & Label
9.1. One name-plate giving designation of the switchboard shall be affixed prominently on top.
9.2. Details of designation shall be specified.
9.3. Labels giving following details shall be affixed on each feeder panel: -
Feeder No - As per feeder list
Equipment tag Number and Description
Rating (KW/KVA/AMP)
9.4. All components whether mounted inside the switchboard or on the door shall be
Permanently and clearly labelled with reference number and/or letter of their function.
Labels for feeder panel designation shall be fixed on the front side of respective panels with
Special rivet made of nylon. These labels shall be identical size to permit interchange.
Page 248 of 252

Technical datasheet for Outdoor LT Panels as per IS 8623 / IEC 60439 - to

be filled by bidder seperately for every panel.
Panel Name :-
SLD No. :-
Sr. No. Description ARAI Requirement Bidder
Remarks
1 Form Of Panel Floor Mounting, free standing,
Fixed Type, Outdoor type with
Bottom entry & Out.
2 Ingress IP 55
Protection
3 Power System TN-S
4 Referance IS 8623/IEC 60439

standard
5 Operating 3 P+ N 440V/50Hz
Voltage
6 Fault level As mentioned in particular

panel SLD
7 Uimp (Impulse 8 / 12 kV
voltage)
8 Powder Coating All metallic surfaces of the

panel will be processed by at
least 7 tank treatment with
necessry test reports.
9 Bus Bar Aluminium up tp 3200A ,

Copper from 4000A & above
ratings.
10 Bus Bar Temp As per IS 8623 considering

rise Ambient temperature of 40
degree celcius.
11 Earth Bus bar As per particular panel SLD.
12 Gland Plates 3 mm Thick MS powder coated.
Page 249 of 252

13 a ) Multifunction Multifunction Energy Meters with

Energy meters- following features
Type 1 1. Measurements :-
V,I,kW,KVA,kVAR,kVAh,kWh,kVA
Rh,1st 3rd & 5th Harmonics ,
THD,PF,Multi tariff,import export
energy.
2.Accuracy :- 0.5S Class.
3. Display :- LCD/LED
4. Communicaion :- Ethernet
WITH ETHERNET PORT INBUILT
b ) Multifunction Multifunction Energy Meters with
Energy meters- following features
Type 2 1. Measurements :-
V,I,kW,KVA,kVAR,kVAh,kWh,kVA
Rh,1st 3rd & 5th Harmonics
THD,PF.
2.Accuracy :- 0.5S Class.
3. Display :- LCD/LED
4. Communicaion :- Ethernet
WITH ETHERNET PORT INBUILT
14 CTs Resin Cast CTs with 0.2S Class

accuracy & as per IS 2705.
16 LV Panel Following test to be

Compliance. complaied along with type
Test reports as per IS 8623 /
IEC 60439.
1. Verification of temperature
rise limit
2. Verification of dielectric
properties.
3. Verification of the short
circuit strength.
4. Verification of continuity of
the protective circuit.
5. Verification of clearances and
creepage distances.
6. Verification of mechanical
operation.
7. Verification of the degree of
protection.
18 ACB Feeder ACB incomer must be single tire

& ACB outgoing feeder in single
or two tire arrangement.
19 MCCB MCCB incommer and/or MCCB

outgoing feeders in multi tire
arrangement.
Page 250 of 252
20 MCB MCB outgoing feeders in multi

tire arrangement.
21 Metering/Operat All operating devices, multi

ing devices function energy meters, power
analysers,selectors switches,
auto/ Manual switches etc
should be mounted on their
respective compartement front
side
22 Dimensions ( Bidder to specify

LXDXH in mm )
23 Total weight of Bidder to specify

complete cubicle
16 SECTION‐12 LIST OF DRAWINGS
LIST OF DRAWINGS
NO.
REV.
SR.NO. DESCRIPTION DRAWING NO. OF
NO.
PAGES
1 ARAI HTC Phase II
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/LGF/10
1 1
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOWER GROUND FLOOR
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/GF/20 1
2
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR GROUND FLOOR
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/FF/30 1
3
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR FIRST FLOOR
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SF/40 1
4
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR SECOND FLOOR
Page 251 of 252

1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/TF/50 1
5
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR TERRACE FLOOR
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/LGF/60 1
6 ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOCTAION OF LT PANELS & LIGHT
FIXTURE LOWER GROUND FLOOR
7 ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOCTAION OF LT PANELS
GROUND FLOOR
8 ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOCTAION OF LT PANELS
FIRST FLOOR
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOCTAION OF LT PANELS 1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SF/90 1
9 SECOND FLOOR
ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS FOR LOCTAION OF LT PANELS 1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/TF/100 1

10 TERRACE FLOOR
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SLD/110 1
11 SLD FOR ACDB PANEL
CCE-1702-HTC-PCC-01(14-33)1
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SLD/120
12 SLD FOR AIR COOLED CHILLER PANEL
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SLD/130 1
13 SLD FOR INDOOR TYPE UPS DB PANEL
1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/LGF/10 1
14 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY LAYOUTS OF LOWER GROUND FLOOR
15 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY LAYOUTS OF GROUND FLOOR
16 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY LAYOUTS OF FIRST FLOOR
ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY LAYOUTS OF SECOND FLOOR 1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/SF/40 1

17
18 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY LAYOUTS TERRACE FLOOR 1702/E/CCEPL/ARAI/TF/50 1
Page 252 of 252

Automative Department Tender PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Automative Department Tender PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

LT Internal Work HTC PH II

THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION & ALLIED WORKS FOR LT INTERNAL

Tender no. ARAI/HTC-ID/LT Elect. Work/PC-

AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

Sr. No. Details

SECTION No 2 Tender and Contract Form

SECTION No 7 ARAI safety code

ARAI Model Rules For Protection Of Health And Sanitary

SECTION No 10 Technical specifications

SECTION No 11 Tender Drawings

1.1 Tender Notice:

ESTIMATED COST OF WORK

1.2 Completion Period:

1.3 Brief Scope of Work:

iv. Electrical Installation & Allied work of M C B D i s t r i b u t i o n B o a r d s w i t h a l l necessary

1.4 Site Description:

1.5 Inspection of Site:

1.6 Refer 1.7 of this section

1.6.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS:

1.6.6 LIST OF FORMS:

capacities of equipment’s, Performance, Finishes, which will be considered. Similar work in

1.6.8.1 MINIMUM ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

Minimum requirements of Human Resources at the office are:

 Project Manager with degree in corresponding field of Engineering of 10 years of

1.6.8.2 EVALUATION CRITERIA

A Financial Strength ( 20 Marks) 60 % marks for minimum eligibility

In between above : on Pro‐ rata basis

B Experience in similar class of works 60 % marks for minimum eligibility

100% Marks for twice the minimum

In between above : on Pro‐ rata basis

Performance reports of works (Quality )

D Personnel and Establishment

Form ‘E’ :‐ (10 Marks)

(ii) Diploma Engineer with 5 yrs of Experience criteria

(a) Amend the scope and value of contract to the applicant.

1.6.8.4 DISQUALIFYING CRITERIA

Any Application failing in demonstrating the following shall be summarily rejected:

1.6.9 INFORMATION REQUIRED FROM APPLICANT FOR EVALUATION

1.6.9.2 Experience in works highlighting experience in similar works

1.6.9.3 Organization information

1.6.9.4 FORM ‘A’

2. Financial arrangements for carrying out the proposed work.

Signature of Chartered Accountant with seal Signature & Stamp of Tenderer

1.6.9.5 FORM ‘B’

FORM OF BANKER’S CERTIFICATE FROM A SCHEDULED BANK

Signature & Stamp

For the Bank

Signature of Chartered Accountant with seal Signature & Stamp of applicant(s)

1.6.9.6 Form ‘C’

Cost Name and

 Indicate gross amount claimed and amount awarded by the Arbitrator.

 All the necessary Purchase orders, completion certificates and other

Signature & Stamp

1.6.9.7 Form ‘D’

PROJECTS UNDER EXECUTION OR AWARDED

Signature & Stamp

1.6.9.8 FORM ‘E’

PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERED TO IN FORMS “C”

Details of work / project and location

(2) Capability and competence of the organization:

(3) Promptness in response:

(4) Customer relations:

2. Date of Birth: Nationality: _____